Wells Fargo
WFC
#54
Rank
$273.03 B
Marketcap
$86.98
Share price
0.80%
Change (1 day)
8.90%
Change (1 year)

Wells Fargo - 10-Q quarterly report FY2012 Q2


Text size:
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended June 30, 2012

Commission file number 001-2979

WELLS FARGO & COMPANY

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware No. 41-0449260
(State of incorporation) (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

420 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California 94163

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: 1-866-249-3302

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes þ            No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

Yes þ            No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer þ  Accelerated filer ¨ 
Non-accelerated filer ¨  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)  Smaller reporting company ¨ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes¨            No þ

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

 

   

Shares Outstanding

July 31, 2012

   
Common stock, $1-2/3 par value  5,282,185,586  


Table of Contents

FORM 10-Q

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEX

 

PART I

 

Financial Information

  

Item 1.

 

Financial Statements

   Page  
 

Consolidated Statement of Income

   53  
 

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

   54  
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet

   55  
 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

   56  
 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

   58  
 

Notes to Financial Statements

  
 

  1  -  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

   59  
 

  2  -  Business Combinations

   61  
 

  3  -   Federal Funds Sold, Securities Purchased under Resale Agreements and Other Short-Term Investments

   61  
 

  4  -  Securities Available for Sale

   62  
 

  5  -  Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses

   70  
 

  6  -  Other Assets

   91  
 

  7  -  Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities

   92  
 

  8  -  Mortgage Banking Activities

   103  
 

  9  -  Intangible Assets

   106  
 

10  -  Guarantees, Pledged Assets and Collateral

   107  
 

11  -  Legal Actions

   109  
 

12  -  Derivatives

   110  
 

13  -  Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities

   117  
 

14  -  Preferred Stock

   142  
 

15  -  Employee Benefits

   144  
 

16  -  Earnings Per Common Share

   145  
 

17  -  Other Comprehensive Income

   146  
 

18  -  Operating Segments

   148  
 

19  -  Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements

   150  
 

20  -  Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements

   155  

Item 2.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations (Financial Review)

  
 

Summary Financial Data

   2  
 

Overview

   3  
 

Earnings Performance

   5  
 

Balance Sheet Analysis

   13  
 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

   16  
 

Risk Management

   17  
 

Capital Management

   46  
 

Regulatory Reform

   49  
 

Critical Accounting Policies

   49  
 

Current Accounting Developments

   50  
 

Forward-Looking Statements

   50  
 

Risk Factors

   51  
 

Glossary of Acronyms

   156  

Item 3.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

   42  

Item 4.

 

Controls and Procedures

   52  

PART II

 

Other Information

  

Item 1.

 

Legal Proceedings

   157  

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

   157  

Item 2.

 

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

   157  

Item 6.

 

Exhibits

   158  

Signature

    158  

Exhibit Index

    159  

 

 

 

1


Table of Contents

PART I - FINANCIAL INFORMATION

FINANCIAL REVIEW

Summary Financial Data

 

 

   Quarter ended   % Change
June 30, 2012 from
  Six months ended     
($ in millions, except per share amounts)  

June 30,

2012

  

March 31,

2012

   

June 30,

2011

   

March 31,

2012

  

June 30,

2011

  

June 30,

2012

   June 30,
2011
   

%

Change

 

 

 

For the Period

             

Wells Fargo net income

  $            4,622    4,248     3,948     9 %   17    8,870     7,707     15 % 

Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock

   4,403    4,022     3,728     9    18    8,425     7,298     15  

Diluted earnings per common share

   0.82    0.75     0.70     9    17    1.57     1.37     15  

Profitability ratios (annualized):

             

Wells Fargo net income to average assets (ROA)

   1.41 %   1.31     1.27     8    11    1.36     1.25     9  

Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock to average Wells Fargo common stockholders’ equity (ROE)

   12.86    12.14     11.92     6    8    12.51     11.95     5  

Efficiency ratio (1)

   58.2    60.1     61.2     (3  (5  59.1     61.9     (5

Total revenue

  $21,289    21,636     20,386     (2  4    42,925     40,715     5  

Pre-tax pre-provision profit (PTPP) (2)

   8,892    8,643     7,911     3    12    17,535     15,507     13  

Dividends declared per common share

   0.22    0.22     0.12     -    83    0.44     0.24     83  

Average common shares outstanding

   5,306.9    5,282.6     5,286.5     -    -    5,294.9     5,282.7     -  

Diluted average common shares outstanding

   5,369.9    5,337.8     5,331.7     1    1    5,354.3     5,329.9     -  

Average loans

  $768,223    768,582     751,253     -    2    768,403     752,657     2  

Average assets

   1,321,584    1,302,921     1,250,945     1    6    1,312,252     1,246,088     5  

Average core deposits (3)

   880,636    870,516     807,483     1    9    875,576     802,184     9  

Average retail core deposits (4)

   624,329    616,569     592,974     1    5    620,445     588,561     5  

Net interest margin

   3.91 %   3.91     4.01     -    (2  3.91     4.03     (3

At Period End

             

Securities available for sale

  $226,846    230,266     186,298     (1  22    226,846     186,298     22  

Loans

   775,199    766,521     751,921     1    3    775,199     751,921     3  

Allowance for loan losses

   18,320    18,852     20,893     (3  (12  18,320     20,893     (12

Goodwill

   25,406    25,140     24,776     1    3    25,406     24,776     3  

Assets

   1,336,204    1,333,799     1,259,734     -    6    1,336,204     1,259,734     6  

Core deposits (3)

   882,137    888,711     808,970     (1  9    882,137     808,970     9  

Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity

   148,070    145,516     136,401     2    9    148,070     136,401     9  

Total equity

   149,437    146,849     137,916     2    8    149,437     137,916     8  

Tier 1 capital (5)

   117,856    117,444     113,466     -    4    117,856     113,466     4  

Total capital (5)

   149,813    150,788     149,538     (1  -    149,813     149,538     -  

Capital ratios:

             

Total equity to assets

   11.18 %   11.01     10.95     2    2    11.18     10.95     2  

Risk-based capital (5):

             

Tier 1 capital

   11.69    11.78     11.69     (1  -    11.69     11.69     -  

Total capital

   14.85    15.13     15.41     (2  (4  14.85     15.41     (4

Tier 1 leverage (5)

   9.25    9.35     9.43     (1  (2  9.25     9.43     (2

Tier 1 common equity (6)

   10.08    9.98     9.15     1    10    10.08     9.15     10  

Common shares outstanding

   5,275.7    5,301.5     5,278.2     -    -    5,275.7     5,278.2     -  

Book value per common share

  $26.06    25.45     23.84     2    9    26.06     23.84     9  

Common stock price:

             

High

   34.59    34.59     32.63     -    6    34.59     34.25     1  

Low

   29.80    27.94     25.26     7    18    27.94     25.26     11  

Period end

   33.44    34.14     28.06     (2  19    33.44     28.06     19  

Team members (active, full-time equivalent)

   264,400    264,900     266,600     -    (1  264,400     266,600     (1

 

 

 

(1)The efficiency ratio is noninterest expense divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).
(2)Pre-tax pre-provision profit (PTPP) is total revenue less noninterest expense. Management believes that PTPP is a useful financial measure because it enables investors and others to assess the Company’s ability to generate capital to cover credit losses through a credit cycle.
(3)Core deposits are noninterest-bearing deposits, interest-bearing checking, savings certificates, certain market rate and other savings, and certain foreign deposits (Eurodollar sweep balances).
(4)Retail core deposits are total core deposits excluding Wholesale Banking core deposits and retail mortgage escrow deposits.
(5)See Note 20 (Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.
(6)See the “Capital Management” section in this Report for additional information.

 

2


Table of Contents

This Quarterly Report, including the Financial Review and the Financial Statements and related Notes, contains forward-looking statements, which may include forecasts of our financial results and condition, expectations for our operations and business, and our assumptions for those forecasts and expectations. Do not unduly rely on forward-looking statements. Actual results may differ materially from our forward-looking statements due to several factors. Factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from our forward-looking statements are described in this Report, including in the “Forward-Looking Statements” section, and the “Risk Factors” and “Regulation and Supervision” sections of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011 (2011 Form 10-K).

When we refer to “Wells Fargo,” “the Company,” “we,” “our” or “us” in this Report, we mean Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries (consolidated). When we refer to the “Parent,” we mean Wells Fargo & Company. When we refer to “legacy Wells Fargo,” we mean Wells Fargo excluding Wachovia Corporation (Wachovia). See the Glossary of Acronyms at the end of this Report for terms used throughout this Report.

Financial Review

Overview

 

 

Wells Fargo & Company is a diversified financial services company with $1.3 trillion in assets. Founded in 1852 and headquartered in San Francisco, we provide banking, insurance, trust and investments, mortgage banking, investment banking, retail banking, brokerage services and consumer and commercial finance through more than 9,000 stores, 12,000 ATMs, the internet and other distribution channels to individuals, businesses and institutions across North America and internationally. With approximately 265,000 active, full-time equivalent team members, we serve one in three households in America and ranked No. 26 on Fortune’s 2012 rankings of America’s largest corporations. We ranked fourth in assets and first in the market value of our common stock among all U.S. banks at June 30, 2012.

Our vision is to satisfy all our customers’ financial needs, help them succeed financially, be recognized as the premier financial services company in our markets and be one of America’s great companies. Our primary strategy to achieve this vision is to increase the number of our products our customers utilize and to offer them all of the financial products that fulfill their needs. Our cross-sell strategy, diversified business model and the breadth of our geographic reach facilitate growth in both strong and weak economic cycles, as we can grow by expanding the number of products our current customers have with us, gain new customers in our extended markets, and increase market share in many businesses. Our retail bank household cross-sell increased each quarter during 2011, as well as in first quarter 2012, and in May 2012 we achieved a milestone of 6.00 products per household, up from 5.82 in May 2011. We believe there is more opportunity for cross-sell as we continue to earn more business from our customers. Our goal is eight products per customer, which is approximately half of our estimate of potential demand for an average U.S. household. At May 31, 2012, one of every four of our retail banking households had eight or more products.

Our pursuit of growth and earnings performance is influenced by our belief that it is important to maintain a well controlled operating environment. We manage our credit risk by establishing what we believe are sound credit policies for underwriting new business, while monitoring and reviewing the

performance of our loan portfolio. We manage the interest rate and market risks inherent in our asset and liability balances within established ranges, while ensuring adequate liquidity and funding. We maintain strong capital levels to facilitate future growth.

Expense management is also important to us, but our efforts are not intended to adversely affect revenue. Our current company-wide expense management initiative, which we publicly announced with our second quarter 2011 results, is focused on removing unnecessary complexity and eliminating duplication as a way to improve our customers’ experience and the work process of our team members. Our expenses, however, are driven in part by our revenue opportunities. Given the continued momentum in revenue opportunities in second quarter 2012, including a record number of mortgage applications, and our continued reinvestment in our businesses, we currently expect fourth quarter 2012 noninterest expense to be higher than our previously announced target of $11.25 billion. Reflecting these higher revenue opportunities, we believe our efficiency ratio, which measures our noninterest expense as a percentage of total revenue, is a better measure of our expense management than specific dollar estimates. We have targeted an efficiency ratio of 55 to 59%, and our efficiency ratio of 58.2% in second quarter 2012 was within this target range. For the remainder of 2012, we expect noninterest expense to decline from second quarter 2012 levels and that we will operate within our targeted efficiency ratio range.

Financial Performance

We reported strong financial results in second quarter 2012 driven by a $903 million increase in total revenues and $78 million decrease in noninterest expenses as compared to second quarter 2011. Wells Fargo net income was $4.6 billion and diluted earnings per common share were $0.82 in second quarter 2012, each up 17% from the prior year. Second quarter 2012 was our tenth consecutive quarter of earnings per share growth. Total revenue was $21.3 billion in second quarter 2012, up 4% from the prior year. Credit quality trends continued to show improvement in second quarter 2012, with reductions in net losses, nonperforming assets, nonaccrual loans, and loans 90

 

 

3


Table of Contents

days or more past due and still accruing. Our return on assets of 1.41% was up 14 basis points from the prior year and our return on equity of 12.86% was up 94 basis points.

Our net income growth from second quarter 2011 was primarily driven by higher noninterest income as well as higher net interest income and lower noninterest expenses.

The 4% year-over-year increase in second quarter 2012 revenue predominantly reflects increased mortgage banking net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities due to higher margins and the continued low interest rate environment which contributed to higher loan applications. Net gains on mortgage loan originations/sales activities were negatively affected in second quarter 2012 by a provision of $669 million for mortgage loan repurchases losses, compared with a provision of $242 million in second quarter 2011. As a result of increased mortgage loan applications our unclosed mortgage loan pipeline at June 30, 2012, was $102 billion, the second largest in our history.

Noninterest expense of $12.4 billion in second quarter 2012 was down from $12.5 billion in second quarter 2011. Our efficiency ratio of 58.2% in second quarter 2012 improved by 300 basis points from a year ago and was at the lowest level in nine quarters. Second quarter 2012 noninterest expense included $524 million of operating losses, up from $428 million for the prior year, predominantly due to additional litigation accruals.

Our balance sheet continued to strengthen in second quarter 2012 with core loan growth and growth in average core deposits. Our non-strategic/liquidating loan portfolios decreased $5.1 billion during the quarter and, excluding the planned runoff of these loans, our core loan portfolios increased $13.8 billion. Included in our core loan growth was $6.9 billion of commercial loans acquired during the quarter in connection with the acquisition of WestLB’s subscription finance loan portfolio and BNP Paribas’s North American energy lending business. Our securities portfolios decreased $3.4 billion during second quarter 2012 as new investments were more than offset by the call of lower-yielding securities and portfolio run-off. Our average core deposits were up $10.1 billion from first quarter 2012 and up $73.2 billion, or 9%, from a year ago. We have grown deposits while reducing our deposit costs for seven consecutive quarters. Our costs on average deposits in second quarter 2012 were 19 basis points, down 9 basis points from the same quarter a year ago. Our average core deposits were 115% of average loans in second quarter 2012, up from 107% for the second quarter last year.

Credit Quality

Our key credit quality indicators continued to improve during second quarter 2012. Net charge-offs of $2.2 billion were 1.15% (annualized) of average loans, down 37 basis points from 1.52% a year ago, our lowest charge-off rate since 2007. Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing (excluding government insured/guaranteed loans) decreased to $1.4 billion from $2.0 billion at December 31, 2011. Nonperforming assets decreased by $1.1 billion to $24.9 billion at June 30, 2012, from $26.0 billion at December 31, 2011. The year to date decrease is inclusive of the offsetting impact of our $1.7 billion reclassification of real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgages to nonaccrual status in

first quarter 2012 in accordance with junior lien mortgage industry guidance issued by bank regulators during that quarter. The improvement in our credit portfolio was due in part to the continued decline in balances in our non-strategic/liquidating loan portfolios, which decreased $5.1 billion during the quarter, and $87.7 billion in total since the beginning of 2009, to $103.1 billion at June 30, 2012.

With the continued credit performance improvement in our loan portfolios, our $1.8 billion provision for credit losses in second quarter 2012 was $38 million less than a year ago. The provision included a release of $400 million from the allowance for credit losses (the amount by which net charge-offs exceeded the provision), compared with a release of $1.0 billion a year ago. Absent significant deterioration in the economy, we expect continued but more modest improvement in credit performance for the remainder of the year, and we continue to expect future allowance releases in 2012.

Capital

Our capital position continued to grow in second quarter 2012, as total equity increased by $2.6 billion from the prior quarter to $149.4 billion and our Tier 1 common equity ratio grew 10 basis points during the quarter to 10.08% of risk-weighted assets under Basel I.

In June 2012, the three federal banking agencies, including the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (FRB), jointly published notices of proposed rulemaking, which would substantially amend the risk-based capital rules for banks. The proposed capital rules are intended to implement in the U.S. the Basel III regulatory capital reforms, comply with changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act, and replace the existing Basel I-based capital requirements. Based on our current interpretation of the proposed Basel III capital rules contained in the notices of proposed rulemaking, we estimate that our Tier 1 common equity ratio was 7.78% at June 30, 2012.

Our other regulatory capital ratios remained strong with a small decrease in the Tier 1 capital ratio to 11.69% and Tier 1 leverage ratio to 9.25% at June 30, 2012, compared with 11.78% and 9.35%, respectively, at March 31, 2012. See the “Capital Management” section in this Report for more information regarding our capital, including Tier 1 common equity.

In second quarter 2012 we repurchased approximately 53 million shares of common stock and entered into a forward repurchase contract to repurchase an estimated 11 million shares expected to settle in third quarter 2012. We also paid quarterly common stock dividends of $0.22 per share, and redeemed $2.7 billion of trust preferred securities with an average coupon of 6.33%.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Earnings Performance

 

 

Wells Fargo net income for second quarter 2012 was $4.6 billion ($0.82 diluted earnings per common share) compared with $3.9 billion ($0.70 diluted earnings per common share) for second quarter 2011. Net income for the first half of 2012 was $8.9 billion compared with $7.7 billion for the same period a year ago. Our June 30, 2012, quarterly and six month earnings reflected strong execution of our business strategy and growth throughout many of our businesses. The key drivers of our financial performance in second quarter 2012 were continued improved credit quality, strong mortgage banking results, diversified sources of fee income, balanced net interest and fee income, and a diversified loan portfolio.

Revenue, the sum of net interest income and noninterest income, was $21.3 billion in second quarter 2012, compared with $20.4 billion in second quarter 2011. Revenue for the first half of 2012 was $42.9 billion, up 5% from a year ago. The increase in revenue for the second quarter and first half of 2012 was due to growth in noninterest income, predominantly from mortgage banking, as well as modest growth in net interest income. Mortgage banking revenue in second quarter 2012 increased 79% from a year ago with strong originations and margins reflecting some stabilization in the housing market and the low interest rate environment. Mortgage originations were $131 billion in second quarter 2012, more than double what they were a year ago. The unclosed mortgage pipeline at June 30, 2012, was very strong at $102 billion, up 100% from second quarter 2011. In addition to mortgage banking, businesses generating double-digit year-over-year revenue growth for second quarter 2012 included capital markets, commercial banking, commercial real estate, corporate trust, asset backed finance, merchant services, government and institutional banking, global remittance services and business payroll services. Net interest income was $11.0 billion in second quarter 2012, representing 52% of revenue, compared with $10.7 billion (52%) in second quarter 2011. Continued success in generating low-cost deposits enabled us to grow assets by funding loans and securities growth while reducing higher cost long-term debt.

Noninterest income was $10.3 billion in second quarter 2012, representing 48% of revenue, compared with $9.7 billion (48%) in second quarter 2011. Noninterest income was $21.0 billion for the first half of 2012 compared with $19.4 billion for the same period a year ago. The increase in noninterest income for the second quarter and first half of 2012 was driven by increases in net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities as well as service charges on deposit accounts.

Noninterest expense was $12.4 billion in second quarter 2012, compared with $12.5 billion in second quarter 2011. Noninterest expense was $25.4 billion for the first half of 2012 compared with $25.2 billion for the same period a year ago. The decrease in noninterest expense in second quarter 2012 from second quarter 2011 was predominantly due to lower merger-related integration expense, offset by higher revenue-based commissions and incentive compensation. Our efficiency ratio was 58.2% in second quarter 2012 compared with 61.2% in second quarter 2011, reflecting our expense management efforts and revenue growth.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is the interest earned on debt securities, loans (including yield-related loan fees) and other interest-earning assets minus the interest paid for deposits, short-term borrowings and long-term debt. The net interest margin is the average yield on earning assets minus the average interest rate paid for deposits and our other sources of funding. Net interest income and the net interest margin are presented on a taxable-equivalent basis in Table 1 to consistently reflect income from taxable and tax-exempt loans and securities based on a 35% federal statutory tax rate.

Net interest income and the net interest margin are significantly influenced by the mix and overall size of our earning asset portfolio and the cost of funding those assets. In addition, some sources of interest income, such as loan prepayment fees and collection of interest on nonaccrual loans, can vary from period to period. Net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis was $11.2 billion and $22.3 billion in the second quarter and first half of 2012, compared with $10.9 billion and $21.7 billion for the same periods a year ago. The net interest margin was 3.91% for both the second quarter and first half of 2012, down from 4.01% and 4.03% for the same periods a year ago. The increase in net interest income was largely driven by loan growth, redeployment of short-term investments into available-for-sale securities, disciplined deposit pricing, debt maturities and redemptions of higher yielding trust preferred securities, which offset the impact of higher yielding loan and investment runoff. Continued runoff of higher yielding assets was the primary driver of the decline in net interest margin in second quarter 2012 compared with second quarter 2011. Pressure on our second quarter 2012 net interest margin was in part offset by variable sources of interest income, including resolution of PCI loans. We expect continued pressure on our net interest margin as the balance sheet reprices in the current low interest rate environment.

Average earning assets increased $66.4 billion and $63.1 billion in the second quarter and first half of 2012 from a year ago, as average securities available for sale increased $54.3 billion and $56.6 billion, and average mortgages held for sale increased $18.9 billion and $13.5 billion for the same periods, respectively. In addition, solid commercial loan demand offset the impact of liquidating certain loan portfolios, resulting in $17.0 billion and $15.7 billion higher average loans in the second quarter and first half of 2012 compared with a year ago. These increases in average securities available for sale, mortgages held for sale and average loans were predominantly offset by a $27.3 billion and $27.4 billion decline in average short-term investments from the second quarter and first half of 2011.

Core deposits are an important low-cost source of funding and affect both net interest income and the net interest margin. Core deposits include noninterest-bearing deposits, interest-bearing checking, savings certificates, market rate and other savings, and certain foreign deposits (Eurodollar sweep balances). Average core deposits rose to $880.6 billion in second quarter 2012 ($875.6 billion in the first half of 2012) compared with $807.5 billion in second quarter 2011 ($802.2 billion in the first half of 2011) and funded 115% of average loans in second

 

 

5


Table of Contents

quarter 2012 (114% in the first half of 2012) compared with 107% a year ago (107% for the first half of 2011). Average core deposits increased to 76% and 77% of average earning assets in second quarter and first half of 2012, respectively, compared with 74% for each respective period a year ago. The cost of these deposits has continued to decline due to a sustained low interest rate environment and a shift in our deposit mix from higher cost certificates of deposit to lower yielding checking and savings products. About 93% of our average core deposits are in checking and savings deposits, one of the highest industry percentages.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Earnings Performance (continued)

 

Table 1: Average Balances, Yields and Rates Paid (Taxable-Equivalent Basis) (1)(2)

 

 

   Quarter ended June 30, 
   2012   2011 
(in millions)  

Average

balance

  

Yields/

rates

  

Interest

income/

expense

   

Average

balance

  

Yields/

rates

  

Interest

income/

expense

 

 

 

Earning assets

        

Federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments

  $71,250     0.47 %  $83      98,519     0.32 %  $80   

Trading assets

   42,614     3.27    348      38,015     3.71    352   

Securities available for sale (3):

        

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

   1,954     1.60         2,058     2.33    12   

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

   34,560     4.39    379      22,536     5.35    302   

Mortgage-backed securities:

        

Federal agencies

   95,031     3.37    800      70,891     4.76    844   

Residential and commercial

   33,870     6.97    591      29,981     8.86    664   

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total mortgage-backed securities

   128,901     4.32    1,391      100,872     5.98    1,508   

Other debt and equity securities

   48,915     4.39    535      34,580     5.81    502   

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   214,330     4.32    2,313      160,046     5.81    2,324   

Mortgages held for sale (4)

   49,528     3.86    477      30,674     4.73    362   

Loans held for sale (4)

   833     5.48    12      1,356     5.05    17   

Loans:

        

Commercial:

        

Commercial and industrial

   171,776     4.21    1,801      153,630     4.60    1,761   

Real estate mortgage

   105,509     4.60    1,208      101,437     4.16    1,051   

Real estate construction

   17,943     4.96    221      21,987     4.64    254   

Lease financing

   12,890     6.86    221      12,899     7.72    249   

Foreign

   38,917     2.57    249      36,445     2.65    241   

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial

   347,035     4.28    3,700      326,398     4.37    3,556   

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consumer:

        

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   230,065     4.62    2,658      224,873     4.97    2,792   

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

   82,076     4.30    878      91,934     4.25    975   

Credit card

   22,065     12.70    697      20,954     12.97    679   

Other revolving credit and installment

   86,982     6.09    1,317      87,094     6.32    1,372   

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer

   421,188     5.29    5,550      424,855     5.48    5,818   

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans (4)

   768,223     4.83    9,250      751,253     5.00    9,374   

Other

   4,486     4.56    51      4,997     4.10    52   

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total earning assets

  $1,151,264     4.37 %  $        12,534              1,084,860     4.64 %  $12,561   

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funding sources

        

Deposits:

        

Interest-bearing checking

  $30,440     0.07 %  $     53,344     0.09 %  $12   

Market rate and other savings

   500,327     0.12    152      455,126     0.20    226   

Savings certificates

   60,341     1.34    200      72,100     1.42    256   

Other time deposits

   12,803     1.83    59      12,988     2.03    67   

Deposits in foreign offices

   65,587     0.17    27      57,899     0.23    33   

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

   669,498     0.27    443      651,457     0.37    594   

Short-term borrowings

   51,698     0.19    24      53,340     0.18    24   

Long-term debt

   127,660     2.48    789      145,431     2.78    1,009   

Other liabilities

   10,408     2.48    65      10,978     3.03    83   

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

   859,264     0.62    1,321      861,206     0.80    1,710   

Portion of noninterest-bearing funding sources

   292,000     -         223,654     -      

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total funding sources

  $        1,151,264     0.46    1,321      1,084,860     0.63    1,710   

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest margin and net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis (5)

    3.91 %  $11,213       4.01 %  $        10,851   
   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Noninterest-earning assets

        

Cash and due from banks

  $16,200        17,373     

Goodwill

   25,332        24,773     

Other

   128,788        123,939     

 

     

 

 

   

Total noninterest-earning assets

  $170,320        166,085     

 

     

 

 

   

Noninterest-bearing funding sources

        

Deposits

  $254,442        199,339     

Other liabilities

   58,441        53,169     

Total equity

   149,437        137,231     

Noninterest-bearing funding sources used to fund earning assets

   (292,000)       (223,654)    

 

     

 

 

   

Net noninterest-bearing funding sources

  $170,320        166,085     

 

     

 

 

   

Total assets

  $1,321,584        1,250,945     

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Our average prime rate was 3.25% for the quarters ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, and 3.25% for the first six months of both 2012 and 2011. The average three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) was 0.47% and 0.26% for the quarters ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and 0.49% and 0.29%, respectively, for the first six months of 2012 and 2011.
(2)Yield/rates and amounts include the effects of hedge and risk management activities associated with the respective asset and liability categories.
(3)Yields and rates are based on interest income/expense amounts for the period, annualized based on the accrual basis for the respective accounts. The average balance amounts represent amortized cost for the periods presented.
(4)Nonaccrual loans and related income are included in their respective loan categories.
(5)Includes taxable-equivalent adjustments of $176 million and $173 million for the quarters ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and $346 million and $334 million for the first six months of 2012 and 2011, respectively, primarily related to tax-exempt income on certain loans and securities. The federal statutory tax rate utilized was 35% for the periods presented.

 

7


Table of Contents
   Six months ended June 30, 
   2012   2011 
(in millions)  Average
balance
  Yields/
rates
  Interest
income/
expense
   Average
balance
  Yields/
rates
  Interest
income/
expense
 

 

 

Earning assets

        

Federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments

  $63,635     0.49 %  $156      90,994     0.34 %  $152   

Trading assets

   43,190     3.39    731      37,711     3.76    708   

Securities available for sale (3):

        

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

   3,875     1.13    22      1,804     2.56    23   

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

   33,578     4.45    747      21,220     5.39    572   

Mortgage-backed securities:

        

Federal agencies

   93,165     3.43    1,597      70,656     4.74    1,676   

Residential and commercial

   34,201     6.89    1,178      30,104     9.28    1,396   

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total mortgage-backed securities

   127,366     4.36    2,775      100,760     6.10    3,072   

Other debt and equity securities

   49,658     4.10    1,015      34,093     5.68    967   

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   214,477     4.26    4,559      157,877     5.87    4,634   

Mortgages held for sale (4)

   48,218     3.88    936      34,686     4.61    799   

Loans held for sale (4)

   790     5.29    21      1,167     4.98    29   

Loans:

        

Commercial:

        

Commercial and industrial

   169,279     4.20    3,534      151,849     4.62    3,484   

Real estate mortgage

   105,750     4.33    2,280      100,621     4.04    2,018   

Real estate construction

   18,337     4.87    444      23,128     4.44    509   

Lease financing

   13,009     7.89    513      12,959     7.78    504   

Foreign

   40,042     2.54    507      35,050     2.73    476   

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial

   346,417     4.22    7,278      323,607     4.35    6,991   

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consumer:

        

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   229,859     4.66    5,346      227,208     4.99    5,659   

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

   83,397     4.28    1,778      93,313     4.30    1,993   

Credit card

   22,097     12.81    1,408      21,230     13.08    1,388   

Other revolving credit and installment

   86,633     6.14    2,646      87,299     6.34    2,743   

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer

   421,986     5.31    11,178      429,050     5.51    11,783   

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans (4)

   768,403     4.82    18,456      752,657     5.01    18,774   

Other

   4,545     4.49    103      5,111     4.00    102   

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total earning assets

  $        1,143,258     4.38 %  $        24,962              1,080,203     4.69 %  $25,198   

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funding sources

        

Deposits:

        

Interest-bearing checking

  $31,299     0.06 %  $10      55,909     0.09 %  $26   

Market rate and other savings

   498,177     0.12    305      449,388     0.21    463   

Savings certificates

   61,515     1.35    413      73,229     1.41    511   

Other time deposits

   12,727     1.88    119      13,417     2.14    143   

Deposits in foreign offices

   65,217     0.16    53      57,687     0.23    66   

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

   668,935     0.27    900      649,630     0.38    1,209   

Short-term borrowings

   50,040     0.17    43      54,041     0.20    54   

Long-term debt

   127,599     2.54    1,619      147,774     2.86    2,113   

Other liabilities

   10,105     2.55    129      10,230     3.13    159   

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

   856,679     0.63    2,691      861,675     0.82    3,535   

Portion of noninterest-bearing funding sources

   286,579     -         218,528     -      

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total funding sources

  $1,143,258     0.47    2,691      1,080,203     0.66    3,535   

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest margin and net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis (5)

    3.91 %  $22,271       4.03 %  $        21,663   
   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Noninterest-earning assets

        

Cash and due from banks

  $16,587        17,367     

Goodwill

   25,230        24,774     

Other

   127,177        123,744     

 

     

 

 

   

Total noninterest-earning assets

  $168,994        165,885     

 

     

 

 

   

Noninterest-bearing funding sources

        

Deposits

  $250,528        196,237     

Other liabilities

   57,821        54,237     

Total equity

   147,224        133,939     

Noninterest-bearing funding sources used to fund earning assets

   (286,579)       (218,528)    

 

     

 

 

   

Net noninterest-bearing funding sources

  $168,994        165,885     

 

     

 

 

   

Total assets

  $1,312,252        1,246,088     

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Earnings Performance (continued)

 

Noninterest Income

Table 2: Noninterest Income

 

 

   Quarter ended June 30,   %  Six months ended June 30,   % 
(in millions)  2012   2011   Change  2012   2011   Change 

 

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

  $1,139     1,074      6 $2,223     2,086      7

Trust and investment fees:

           

Trust, investment and IRA fees

   1,041     1,020      2    2,065     2,080      (1)  

Commissions and all other fees

   1,857     1,924      (3)    3,672     3,780      (3)  

 

    

 

 

   

Total trust and investment fees

   2,898     2,944      (2)    5,737     5,860      (2)  

 

    

 

 

   

Card fees

   704     1,003      (30)    1,358     1,960      (31)  

Other fees:

           

Cash network fees

   120     94      28    238     175      36  

Charges and fees on loans

   427     404      6    872     801      9  

Processing and all other fees

   587     525      12    1,119     1,036      8  

 

    

 

 

   

Total other fees

   1,134     1,023      11    2,229     2,012      11  

 

    

 

 

   

Mortgage banking:

           

Servicing income, net

   679     877      (23)    931     1,743      (47)  

Net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities

   2,214     742      198    4,832     1,892      155  

 

    

 

 

   

Total mortgage banking

   2,893     1,619      79    5,763     3,635      59  

 

    

 

 

   

Insurance

   522     568      (8)    1,041     1,071      (3)  

Net gains from trading activities

   263     414      (36)    903     1,026      (12)  

Net losses on debt securities available for sale

   (61)     (128)     (52)    (68)     (294)     (77)  

Net gains from equity investments

   242     724      (67)    606     1,077      (44)  

Operating leases

   120     103      17    179     180      (1)  

All other

   398     364      9    1,029     773      33  

 

    

 

 

   

Total

  $          10,252     9,708      6   $          21,000     19,386      8  

 

 

 

Noninterest income was $10.3 billion and $9.7 billion for second quarter 2012 and 2011, respectively, and $21.0 billion and $19.4 billion for the first half of 2012 and 2011, respectively. Noninterest income represented 48% of revenue for the quarter and 49% for the first half of 2012. The increase in total noninterest income in the second quarter and first half of 2012 from the same periods a year ago was due predominantly to higher net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities.

Our service charges on deposit accounts increased 6% in the second quarter and 7% in the first half of 2012 from the same periods a year ago. This increase was predominantly due to product and account changes including changes to service charges and fewer fee waivers, continued customer adoption of overdraft services and customer account growth.

We earn trust, investment and IRA (Individual Retirement Account) fees from managing and administering assets, including mutual funds, corporate trust, personal trust, employee benefit trust and agency assets. At June 30, 2012, these assets totaled $2.2 trillion, up 1% from a year ago. Trust, investment and IRA fees are largely based on a tiered scale relative to the market value of the assets under management or administration. These fees were $1.0 billion and $2.1 billion in the second quarter and first half of 2012, respectively, essentially flat from a year ago for both periods.

We receive commissions and other fees for providing services to full-service and discount brokerage customers as well as from investment banking activities including equity and bond underwriting. These fees were $1.9 billion and $3.7 billion in the second quarter and first half of 2012, respectively, down 3%

from a year ago for both periods. Commissions and other fees include transactional commissions, which are based on the number of transactions executed at the customer’s direction, and asset-based fees, which are based on the market value of the customer’s assets. Brokerage client assets totaled $1.2 trillion at June 30, 2012, a 2% decrease from a year ago.

Card fees decreased to $704 million in second quarter 2012, from $1.0 billion in second quarter 2011. For the first six months of 2012, these fees decreased to $1.4 billion from $2.0 billion a year ago. Card fees decreased because of lower debit card interchange rates resulting from the final FRB rules implementing the Durbin Amendment to the Dodd-Frank Act, which became effective in fourth quarter 2011 and placed limits on debit card interchange rates. The reduction in debit card interchange rates was partially offset by growth in purchase volume and new accounts.

Mortgage banking noninterest income, consisting of net servicing income and net gains on loan origination/sales activities, totaled $2.9 billion in second quarter 2012, compared with $1.6 billion a year ago and totaled $5.8 billion for the first half of 2012 compared with $3.6 billion for the same period a year ago. The increase year over year in mortgage banking noninterest income was predominantly driven by an increase in net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities.

Net mortgage loan servicing income includes amortization of commercial mortgage servicing rights (MSRs), changes in the fair value of residential MSRs during the period as well as changes in the value of derivatives (economic hedges) used to hedge the residential MSRs. Net servicing income for second

 

 

9


Table of Contents

quarter 2012 included a $377 million net MSR valuation gain ($1.63 billion decrease in the fair value of the MSRs offset by a $2.01 billion hedge gain) and for second quarter 2011 included a $374 million net MSR valuation gain ($1.08 billion decrease in the fair value of MSRs offset by a $1.45 billion hedge gain). For the first half of 2012, net servicing income included a $319 million net MSR valuation gain ($1.79 billion decrease in the fair value of MSRs offset by a $2.11 billion hedge gain) and for the same period of 2011, included a $753 million net MSR valuation gain ($576 million decrease in the fair value of MSRs offset by a $1.33 billion hedge gain). The $434 million decline in net MSR valuation gain results for the first half of 2012 compared with the same period last year was primarily due to a reduction in the fair value of our residential MSRs to include a discount rate increase reflecting increased capital return requirements from market participants. The valuation of our MSRs at the end of second quarter 2012 and 2011 reflected our assessment of expected future amounts of servicing and foreclosure costs. Our portfolio of loans serviced for others was $1.91 trillion at June 30, 2012, and $1.85 trillion at December 31, 2011. At June 30, 2012, the ratio of MSRs to related loans serviced for others was 0.69%, compared with 0.76% at December 31, 2011. See the “Risk Management – Mortgage Banking Interest Rate and Market Risk” section of this Report for additional information regarding our MSRs risks and hedging approach and the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Risks Relating to Servicing Activities” section in this Report for information on the regulatory consent orders that we entered into relating to our mortgages servicing and foreclosure practices.

Income from mortgage loan origination/sale activities was $2.2 billion and $4.8 billion in the second quarter and first half of 2012, respectively, up from $742 million and $1.9 billion for the same periods a year ago. The year over year increases were driven by higher loan origination volume and margins. Residential real estate originations were $131 billion in second quarter 2012 compared with $64 billion a year ago and mortgage applications were $208 billion in second quarter 2012 compared with $109 billion a year ago. The 1-4 family first mortgage unclosed pipeline was $102 billion at June 30, 2012, and $51 billion a year ago. For additional information about our mortgage banking activities and results, see the “Risk Management – Mortgage Banking Interest Rate and Market Risk” section and Note 8 (Mortgage Banking Activities) and Note 13 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) to Financial Statements in this Report.

Net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities include the cost of any additions to the mortgage repurchase liability. Mortgage loans are repurchased from third parties based on standard representations and warranties, and early payment default clauses in mortgage sale contracts. Additions to the mortgage repurchase liability that were charged against net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities during second quarter 2012 totaled $669 million (compared with $242 million for second quarter 2011), of which $597 million ($222 million for second quarter 2011) was for subsequent increases in estimated losses on prior period loan sales. Additions to the mortgage repurchase liability for the six months ended June 30, 2012, and 2011 were $1.1 billion and $491

million, respectively, of which $965 million and $436 million, respectively, were for subsequent increases in estimated losses on prior period loan sales. For additional information about mortgage loan repurchases, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Liability for Mortgage Loan Repurchase Losses” section and Note 8 (Mortgage Banking Activities) to Financial Statements in this Report.

Net gains (losses) from trading activities, which reflect unrealized changes in fair value of our trading positions and realized gains and losses, were $263 million and $903 million in the second quarter and first half of 2012, respectively, compared with $414 million and $1.0 billion for the same periods a year ago. The year-over-year decrease for the second quarter and first half of 2012 was driven by lower gains on deferred compensation plan investments and economic hedging losses. Net gains (losses) from trading activities do not include interest income and other fees earned from related activities. Those amounts are reported within interest income from trading assets and other noninterest income, respectively, in the income statement. Net gains (losses) from trading activities are primarily from trading conducted on behalf of or driven by the needs of our customers (customer accommodation trading) and also include the results of certain economic hedging and proprietary trading activity. Proprietary trading had $1 million of net losses in the second quarter and $14 million of net gains in the first half of 2012, compared with net losses of $23 million and $9 million, respectively, for the same periods a year ago. Proprietary trading results also included interest and fees reported in their corresponding income statement line items. Proprietary trading activities are not significant to our client-focused business model. Our trading activities, customer accommodation, economic hedging and proprietary trading are further discussed in the “Asset/Liability Management – Market Risk – Trading Activities” section in this Report.

Net gains on debt and equity securities totaled $181 million for second quarter 2012 and $596 million for second quarter 2011 ($538 million and $783 million for the first half of 2012 and 2011, respectively), after other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) write-downs of $120 million and $205 million for second quarter 2012 and 2011, respectively, and $185 million and $326 million for the first half of 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

Earnings Performance (continued)

 

Noninterest Expense

Table 3: Noninterest Expense

 

 

   Quarter ended June 30,   %  Six months
ended June 30,
   % 
(in millions)  2012   2011   Change  2012   2011   Change 

 

 

Salaries

  $3,705     3,584     3 $7,306     7,038     4

Commission and incentive compensation

   2,354     2,171     8    4,771     4,518     6  

Employee benefits

   1,049     1,164     (10  2,657     2,556     4  

Equipment

   459     528     (13  1,016     1,160     (12

Net occupancy

   698     749     (7  1,402     1,501     (7

Core deposit and other intangibles

   418     464     (10  837     947     (12

FDIC and other deposit assessments

   333     315     6    690     620     11  

Outside professional services

   658     659     -    1,252     1,239     1  

Contract services

   236     341     (31  539     710     (24

Foreclosed assets

   289     305     (5  593     713     (17

Operating losses

   524     428     22    1,001     900     11  

Postage, stationery and supplies

   195     236     (17  411     471     (13

Outside data processing

   233     232     -    449     452     (1

Travel and entertainment

   218     205     6    420     411     2  

Advertising and promotion

   144     166     (13  266     282     (6

Telecommunications

   127     132     (4  251     266     (6

Insurance

   183     201     (9  340     334     2  

Operating leases

   27     31     (13  55     55     -  

All other

   547     564     (3  1,134     1,035     10  

 

    

 

 

   

Total

  $    12,397     12,475     (1 $    25,390     25,208     1  

 

 

Noninterest expense was $12.4 billion in second quarter 2012, down 1% from $12.5 billion a year ago, predominantly due to lower merger costs in 2012 with the completion of Wachovia merger integration activities in first quarter 2012 ($484 million in second quarter 2011), partially offset by higher personnel expenses ($7.1 billion, up from $6.9 billion a year ago) and higher operating losses ($524 million, up from $428 million a year ago). For the first half of 2012, noninterest expense was up 1% from the same period a year ago.

Personnel expenses were up $189 million or 3% in second quarter 2012 compared with the same quarter last year, largely due to higher revenues generated by businesses with revenue-based compensation, such as mortgage, and severance expense related to our expense initiative. Included in personnel expense was a $115 million decline in employee benefits due primarily to lower deferred compensation expense which was offset in trading income. Personnel expenses were up $622 million, or 4%, for the first half of 2012 compared with the same period in 2011, mostly due to higher revenue-based compensation, higher severance costs, and annual salary increases and related salary taxes.

Operating losses were up 22% in second quarter 2012 compared with the same quarter last year predominantly due to additional litigation accruals, including additional accruals for our settlement with the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) announced on July 12, 2012, which resolved alleged claims related to our mortgage lending practices. See “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Other Mortgage Matters” and Note 11 (Legal Actions) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information regarding matters related to the DOJ settlement.

The completion of Wachovia integration activities in first quarter 2012 significantly contributed to year-over-year reductions, for both the second quarter and first half of 2012, in equipment, occupancy, contract services, postage, stationery and supplies, and advertising and promotion expenses. We also have made significant progress on our expense management initiatives as evidenced by the year-over-year $903 million increase in revenues and $78 million decrease in noninterest expense. We have achieved a number of expense reduction accomplishments since fourth quarter 2010. For example, we reduced full-time equivalent (FTE) employees by 3% and net occupancy expense declined 7% as a result of significant reduction in real estate holdings. We lowered our third party expenditures through renegotiated contracts and optimization of procurement practices. We reduced organizational complexity, streamlining the number of our legal entities and satellite data centers, both by 13%.

We remain focused on continuing our expense management efforts. At the same time, our efforts are not intended to adversely affect revenue, and we have not foregone attractive revenue opportunities, such as recently completed business and loan portfolio acquisitions, in order to meet specific noninterest expense targets.

Income Tax Expense

Our effective tax rate was 33.9% in second quarter 2012, up from 33.6% in second quarter 2011. Our effective tax rate was 34.6% in the first half of 2012, up from 31.7% in the first half of 2011. The lower tax rate in 2011 reflects a tax benefit from the realization for tax purposes of a previously written down investment as well as tax benefits related to charitable donations of appreciated securities.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Operating Segment Results

We are organized for management reporting purposes into three operating segments: Community Banking; Wholesale Banking; and Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement. These segments are defined by product type and customer segment and their results are based on our management accounting process, for which there is no comprehensive, authoritative financial accounting guidance equivalent to generally accepted accounting principles

(GAAP). In first quarter 2012, we modified internal funds transfer rates and the allocation of funding. The prior periods have been revised to reflect these changes. Table 4 and the following discussion present our results by operating segment. For a more complete description of our operating segments, including additional financial information and the underlying management accounting process, see Note 18 (Operating Segments) to Financial Statements in this Report.

 

 

Table 4: Operating Segment Results – Highlights

 

 

   Community Banking   Wholesale Banking   Wealth, Brokerage
and Retirement
 
(in billions)  2012   2011    2012   2011    2012   2011 

Quarter ended June 30,

            

Revenue

  $13.1     12.6      6.1     5.6      3.0     3.1  

Net income

   2.5     2.1      1.9     1.9      0.3     0.3  

Average loans

   483.9     497.0      270.2     242.9      42.5     43.5  

Average core deposits

   586.1     552.0      220.9     190.6      134.2     125.9  

Six months ended June 30,

            

Revenue

  $          26.5     25.3      12.2     11.0      6.0     6.2  

Net income

   4.9     4.3      3.7     3.5      0.6     0.7  

Average loans

   485.0     502.7      269.4     238.8      42.5     43.1  

Average core deposits

   580.7     550.0      220.9     187.7      134.9     125.7  

 

 

Community Banking offers a complete line of diversified financial products and services for consumers and small businesses including investment, insurance and trust services in 39 states and D.C., and mortgage and home equity loans in all 50 states and D.C. through its Regional Banking and Wells Fargo Home Mortgage business units.

Community Banking had net income of $2.5 billion, up $415 million, or 20%, from second quarter 2011, and $4.9 billion for the first half of 2012, up $583 million, or 14%, compared with the same period a year ago. Revenue of $13.1 billion increased $487 million, or 4%, from second quarter 2011 and was $26.5 billion for the first half of 2012, an increase of $1.3 billion, or 5%, compared with the same period a year ago. Revenue increased in both periods as a result of higher volume-related mortgage banking income and deposit growth, with the increase partially offset by outsized equity gains in the prior year second quarter, planned runoff of non-strategic loan balances and lower debit card revenue due to regulatory changes enacted in October 2011. Noninterest income increased $1.6 billion, or 15%, for the first half of 2012 compared with the same period a year ago, mostly due to higher volume-related mortgage banking income. Average core deposits increased $34.1 billion, or 6%, from second quarter 2011 and $30.7 billion, or 6%, from the first half of 2011. The number of consumer checking accounts grew 1.0% from May 2011 to May 2012. Noninterest expense in second quarter and for the first half of 2012 increased 2%, primarily from higher mortgage volume-related expenses and increased severance expense associated with our efficiency and cost save initiatives. The provision for credit losses decreased $343 million from second quarter 2011 and $526 million from the first half of 2011 due to a decrease in net charge-offs, offset in part by a lower allowance release. We released $725 million of allowance

in the first half of 2012, compared with $1.6 billion released in the same period a year ago.

Wholesale Banking provides financial solutions to businesses across the United States and globally with annual sales generally in excess of $20 million. Products and business segments include Middle Market Commercial Banking, Government and Institutional Banking, Corporate Banking, Commercial Real Estate, Treasury Management, Wells Fargo Capital Finance, Insurance, International, Real Estate Capital Markets, Commercial Mortgage Servicing, Corporate Trust, Equipment Finance, Wells Fargo Securities, Principal Investments, Asset Backed Finance, and Asset Management.

Wholesale Banking had net income of $1.9 billion in second quarter 2012, down $32 million, or 2%, from second quarter 2011. Net income increased to $3.7 billion for the first half of 2012 from $3.5 billion a year ago. Results for the first six months of 2012 benefited from strong revenue growth partially offset by increased noninterest expense and a higher provision for loan losses. Revenue in second quarter 2012 increased $522 million, or 9%, from second quarter 2011 and revenue in the first half of 2012 increased $1.1 billion, or 10%, from the first half of 2011 driven by broad-based business growth, primarily from acquisitions and strong loan and deposit growth. Average loans of $270.2 billion in second quarter 2012 increased 11% from second quarter 2011 driven by acquisitions and strong borrowing demand across all customer segments, with most lending areas experiencing double-digit rates of growth in loans outstanding, including in asset backed finance, capital finance, commercial banking, commercial real estate, corporate banking, international, and real estate capital markets. Average core deposits of $220.9 billion in second quarter 2012 increased 16% from second quarter 2011, reflecting continued strong customer

 

 

12


Table of Contents

Earnings Performance (continued)

 

liquidity. Noninterest expense in second quarter and for the first half of 2012 increased 13% and 11%, respectively, from the comparable periods last year, because of higher personnel expenses and higher operating losses. Despite an improvement of $40 million in net charge-offs, the provision for credit losses rose $285 million from second quarter 2011. The provision included a $25 million loan loss allowance build, compared with a $300 million loan loss allowance release a year ago.

Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement provides a full range of financial advisory services to clients using a planning approach to meet each client’s needs. Wealth Management provides affluent and high net worth clients with a complete range of wealth management solutions, including financial planning, private banking, credit, investment management and trust. Abbot Downing (formerly branded as Lowry Hill and Wells Fargo Family Wealth) meets the unique needs of ultra high net worth clients. Brokerage serves customers’ advisory, brokerage and financial needs as part of one of the largest full-service brokerage firms in the United States. Retirement is a national leader in providing institutional retirement and trust services (including 401(k) and pension plan record keeping) for businesses, retail retirement solutions for individuals, and reinsurance services for the life insurance industry.

Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement had net income of $343 million in second quarter 2012, up $6 million, or 2%, from second quarter 2011. Net income for the first half of 2012 was $639 million, down $41 million, or 6%, compared with the same period a year ago. The prior year results include the H.D. Vest Financial Services business that we divested in fourth quarter 2011. Revenue was down 4% from second quarter 2011, due to lower brokerage transaction revenue, reduced securities gains in the brokerage business and market impact on deferred compensation plan investments (offset in noninterest expense), partially offset by growth in managed account fee revenue. Revenue was down 3% from the first six months of 2011 due to lower brokerage transaction revenue and reduced securities gains in the brokerage business, partially offset by growth in managed account fee revenue. Total provision for credit losses decreased $25 million from second quarter 2011 and $22 million compared with the first half of 2011. Noninterest expense was down 4% from second quarter 2011, driven by a decline in personnel costs largely due to decreased broker commissions from lower production levels, and lower deferred compensation plan expense. Noninterest expense was down 2% for the first half of 2012, driven by a decline in personnel costs largely due to decreased broker commissions from lower production levels.

 

 

Balance Sheet Analysis

 

 

At June 30, 2012, our total assets, core deposits and total loans were up from December 31, 2011. Core deposits totaled 114% of the loan portfolio at June 30, 2012, and we have the capacity to add higher yielding earning assets to generate future revenue and earnings growth. The strength of our business model produced record earnings and continued internal capital generation as reflected in our improved capital ratios. Tier 1 capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets increased to 11.69%, total capital increased to 14.85%, Tier 1 leverage increased to 9.25%, and Tier 1 common equity increased to

10.08% at June 30, 2012, up from 11.33%, 14.76%, 9.03%, and 9.46%, respectively, at December 31, 2011. For additional information about our capital, see Note 20 (Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements) to Financial Statements in this Report.

The following discussion provides additional information about the major components of our balance sheet. Information regarding our capital and changes in our asset mix is included in the “Earnings Performance – Net Interest Income” and “Capital Management” sections of this Report.

 

 

Securities Available for Sale

Table 5: Securities Available for Sale – Summary

 

 

   June 30, 2012   December 31, 2011 
(in millions)  Cost   Net
unrealized
gain
   Fair
value
   Cost   Net
unrealized
gain
   Fair
value
 

Debt securities available for sale

  $        214,870     9,129     223,999     212,642     6,554     219,196  

Marketable equity securities

   2,478     369     2,847     2,929     488     3,417  

Total securities available for sale

  $217,348     9,498     226,846     215,571     7,042     222,613  

 

 

Table 5 presents a summary of our securities available-for-sale portfolio, which consists of both debt and marketable equity securities. We hold debt securities available for sale primarily for liquidity, interest rate risk management and long-term yield enhancement. Accordingly, this portfolio consists primarily of liquid, high quality federal agency debt and privately issued mortgage-backed securities (MBS). The total net unrealized gains on securities available for sale were $9.5 billion at June  30,

2012, up from net unrealized gains of $7.0 billion at December 31, 2011, due to a decline in long-term yields and tightening of credit spreads.

We analyze securities for OTTI quarterly or more often if a potential loss-triggering event occurs. Of the $185 million OTTI write-downs recognized in the first half of 2012, $127 million related to debt securities. There was $6 million in OTTI write-downs for marketable equity securities and $52 million in OTTI

 

 

13


Table of Contents

write-downs related to nonmarketable equity securities. For a discussion of our OTTI accounting policies and underlying considerations and analysis see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – Securities) in our 2011 Form 10-K and Note 4 (Securities Available for Sale) to Financial Statements in this Report.

At June 30, 2012, debt securities available for sale included $37.3 billion of municipal bonds, of which 80% were rated “A-” or better based on external and, in some cases internal, ratings. Additionally, some of the securities in our total municipal bond portfolio are guaranteed against loss by bond insurers. These guaranteed bonds are predominantly investment grade and were generally underwritten in accordance with our own investment standards prior to the determination to purchase, without relying on the bond insurer’s guarantee in making the investment decision. Our municipal bond holdings are monitored as part of our ongoing impairment analysis of our securities available for sale.

The weighted-average expected maturity of debt securities available for sale was 5.2 years at June 30, 2012. Because 61% of this portfolio is MBS, the expected remaining maturity may differ from contractual maturity because borrowers generally have the right to prepay obligations before the underlying mortgages mature. The estimated effect of a 200 basis point increase or decrease in interest rates on the fair value and the expected remaining maturity of the MBS available for sale are shown in Table 6.

Table 6: Mortgage-Backed Securities

 

 

(in billions) Fair
value
  Net
unrealized
gain (loss)
  Expected
remaining
maturity
(in years)
 

At June 30, 2012

   

Actual

 $    137.5    6.8    3.7  

Assuming a 200 basis point:

   

Increase in interest rates

  127.6    (3.1  5.5  

Decrease in interest rates

  140.6    9.9    3.0  

 

See Note 4 (Securities Available for Sale) to Financial Statements in this Report for securities available for sale by security type.

 

 

14


Table of Contents

Balance Sheet Analysis (continued)

 

Loan Portfolio

Total loans were $775.2 billion at June 30, 2012, up $5.6 billion from December 31, 2011. Table 7 provides a summary of total outstanding loans for our commercial and consumer loan portfolios. Excluding the runoff in the non-strategic/liquidating portfolios of $9.2 billion, loans in the core portfolio grew $14.8 billion in the first half of 2012. Included in our core loan growth was $6.9 billion of commercial loans ($5.4 billion commercial and industrial and $1.5 billion foreign) acquired during second quarter 2012 in connection with the acquisition of BNP Paribas’ North American energy lending business and WestLB’s subscription finance loan portfolio and $858 million of commercial asset-based loans acquired with the acquisition of

Burdale Financial Holdings Limited (Burdale) and the portfolio of Burdale Capital Finance Inc. in first quarter 2012. Loan growth occurred across commercial and industrial, foreign, real estate 1-4 family first mortgage, consumer auto lending and private student lending. This growth was offset by a decline in commercial real estate and continued runoff in the home equity portfolio. Additional information on the non-strategic and liquidating loan portfolios is included in Table 11 in the “Credit Risk Management” section of this Report.

 

 

Table 7: Loan Portfolios – Summary

 

 

   June 30, 2012   December 31, 2011 
(in millions)  Core   Liquidating   Total   Core   Liquidating   Total 

Commercial

  $349,774      4,278      354,052      339,755      5,695      345,450   

Consumer

   322,297      98,850      421,147      317,550      106,631      424,181   

Total loans

  $  672,071     103,128      775,199      657,305      112,326      769,631   

 

A discussion of the impact on net interest income and a comparative detail of average loan balances is included in “Earnings Performance – Net Interest Income” and Table 1 earlier in this Report. Additional information on total loans outstanding by portfolio segment and class of financing receivable is included in the “Credit Risk Management” section in this Report. Period-end balances and other loan related information are in Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.

Deposits

Deposits totaled $928.9 billion at June 30, 2012, compared with $920.1 billion at December 31, 2011. Table 8 provides additional information regarding deposits. Information regarding the impact of deposits on net interest income and a comparison of average deposit balances is provided in “Earnings Performance – Net Interest Income” and Table 1 earlier in this Report. Total core deposits were $882.1 billion at June 30, 2012, up $9.5 billion from $872.6 billion at December 31, 2011.

 

 

Table 8: Deposits

 

 

(in millions)  June 30,
2012
   % of
total
deposits
  December 31,
2011
   % of
total
deposits
  %
Change
 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing

  $253,997     28 %  $243,961     26 %   4  

Interest-bearing checking

   29,574     3    37,027     4    (20

Market rate and other savings

   496,034     53    485,534     53    2  

Savings certificates

   59,184     6    63,617     7    (7

Foreign deposits (1)

   43,348     5    42,490     5    2  

 

  

Core deposits

   882,137     95    872,629     95    1  

Other time and savings deposits

   21,788     2    20,745     2    5  

Other foreign deposits

   25,008     3    26,696     3    (6

 

  

Total deposits

  $928,933     100 %  $        920,070     100 %   1  

 

 

(1)Reflects Eurodollar sweep balances included in core deposits.

 

15


Table of Contents

Fair Valuation of Financial Instruments

We use fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain financial instruments and to determine fair value disclosures. See our 2011 Form 10-K for a description of our critical accounting policy related to fair valuation of financial instruments.

We may use independent pricing services and brokers (collectively, pricing vendors) to obtain fair values (vendor prices) which are used to either record the price of an instrument or to corroborate internally developed prices. For certain securities, we may use internal traders to price instruments. Where vendor prices are utilized for recording the price of an instrument, we determine the most appropriate and relevant pricing vendor for each security class and obtain a price from that particular pricing vendor for each security.

Determination of the fair value of financial instruments using either vendor prices or internally developed prices are both subject to our internal price validation procedures, which include, but are not limited to, one or a combination of the following procedures:

  

comparison to pricing vendors (for internally developed prices) or to other pricing vendors (for vendor developed prices);

  

variance analysis of prices;

  

corroboration of pricing by reference to other independent market data such as secondary broker quotes and relevant benchmark indices;

  

review of pricing by Company personnel familiar with market liquidity and other market-related conditions; and

  

investigation of prices on a specific instrument-by-instrument basis.

For instruments where we use vendor prices to record the price of an instrument, we perform additional procedures. We evaluate pricing vendors by comparing prices from one vendor to prices of other vendors for identical or similar instruments and evaluate the consistency of prices to known market

transactions when determining the level of reliance to be placed on a particular pricing vendor. Methodologies employed and inputs used by third party pricing vendors are subject to additional review when such services are provided. This review may consist of, in part, obtaining and evaluating control reports issued and pricing methodology materials distributed.

Table 9 presents the summary of the fair value of financial instruments recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, and the amounts measured using significant Level 3 inputs (before derivative netting adjustments). The fair value of the remaining assets and liabilities were measured using valuation methodologies involving market-based or market-derived information (collectively Level 1 and 2 measurements).

Table 9: Fair Value Level 3 Summary

 

 

  June 30, 2012  December 31, 2011 
($ in billions) Total
balance
  Level 3 (1)  Total
balance
  Level 3 (1) 

Assets carried at fair value

 $    363.8     50.0    373.0    53.3  

As a percentage of total assets

  27   4    28    4  

Liabilities carried at fair value

 $27.3     4.3    26.4    4.6  

As a percentage of total liabilities

    *    2    *  

 

*Less than 1%.
(1)Before derivative netting adjustments.

See Note 13 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information regarding our use of fair valuation of financial instruments, our related measurement techniques and the impact to our financial statements.

 

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

 

In the ordinary course of business, we engage in financial transactions that are not recorded in the balance sheet, or may be recorded in the balance sheet in amounts that are different from the full contract or notional amount of the transaction. These transactions are designed to (1) meet the financial needs of customers, (2) manage our credit, market or liquidity risks, (3) diversify our funding sources, and/or (4) optimize capital.

Off-Balance Sheet Transactions with Unconsolidated Entities

We routinely enter into various types of on- and off-balance sheet transactions with special purpose entities (SPEs), which are corporations, trusts or partnerships that are established for a limited purpose. Historically, the majority of SPEs were formed in connection with securitization transactions. For more information on securitizations, including sales proceeds and cash flows from securitizations, see Note 7 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities) to Financial Statements in this Report.

 

 

16


Table of Contents

Risk Management

 

 

All financial institutions must manage and control a variety of business risks that can significantly affect their financial performance. Key among those are credit, asset/liability and market risk.

For more information about how we manage these risks, see the “Risk Management” section in our 2011 Form 10-K. The discussion that follows provides an update regarding these risks.

Credit Risk Management

Loans represent the largest component of our balance sheet and their related credit risk is among the most significant risks we manage. We define credit risk as the risk of loss associated with a borrower or counterparty default (failure to meet obligations in accordance with agreed upon terms). Table 10 presents our total loans outstanding by portfolio segment and class of financing receivable.

Table 10: Total Loans Outstanding by Portfolio Segment and Class of Financing Receivable

 

 

(in millions)  June 30,
2012
   Dec. 31,
2011
 

Commercial:

    

Commercial and industrial

  $177,646     167,216  

Real estate mortgage

   105,666     105,975  

Real estate construction

   17,594     19,382  

Lease financing

   12,729     13,117  

Foreign (1)

   40,417     39,760  

Total commercial

   354,052     345,450  

Consumer:

    

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   230,263     228,894  

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

   80,881     85,991  

Credit card

   22,706     22,836  

Other revolving credit and installment

   87,297     86,460  

Total consumer

   421,147     424,181  

Total loans

  $      775,199     769,631  

 

 

(1)Substantially all of our foreign loan portfolio is commercial loans. Loans are classified as foreign if the borrower’s primary address is outside of the United States.
 

 

17


Table of Contents

Non-Strategic and Liquidating Loan Portfolios We continually evaluate and modify our credit policies to address appropriate levels of risk. We may designate certain portfolios and loan products as non-strategic or liquidating to cease their continued origination as we actively work to limit losses and reduce our exposures.

Table 11 identifies our non-strategic and liquidating loan portfolios. They consist primarily of the Pick-a-Pay mortgage portfolio and other PCI loans acquired from Wachovia, some portfolios from legacy Wells Fargo Home Equity and Wells Fargo Financial, and our education finance government guaranteed loan portfolio. The total of outstanding balances of

our non-strategic and liquidating loan portfolios has decreased 46% since the merger with Wachovia at December 31, 2008, and decreased 8% from the end of 2011.

The home equity portfolio of loans generated through third party channels was designated as liquidating in fourth quarter 2007. Additional information regarding this portfolio is included in the “Credit Risk Management – Home Equity Portfolios” section of this Report.

Information about the liquidating PCI and Pick-a-Pay loan portfolios is provided in the discussion of loan portfolios that follows.

 

 

Table 11: Non-Strategic and Liquidating Loan Portfolios

 

 

   Outstanding balance 
(in millions)  June 30,
2012
   Dec. 31,
2011
   Dec. 31,
2010
   Dec. 31,
2009
   Dec. 31,
2008
 

Commercial:

          

Legacy Wachovia commercial and industrial, CRE and foreign PCI loans (1)

  $4,278     5,695     7,935     12,988     18,704  

Total commercial

   4,278     5,695     7,935     12,988     18,704  

Consumer:

          

Pick-a-Pay mortgage (1)

   62,045     65,652     74,815     85,238     95,315  

Liquidating home equity

   5,199     5,710     6,904     8,429     10,309  

Legacy Wells Fargo Financial indirect auto

   1,454     2,455     6,002     11,253     18,221  

Legacy Wells Fargo Financial debt consolidation

   15,511     16,542     19,020     22,364     25,299  

Education Finance - government guaranteed

   13,823     15,376     17,510     21,150     20,465  

Legacy Wachovia other PCI loans (1)

   818     896     1,118     1,688     2,478  

Total consumer

   98,850     106,631     125,369     150,122     172,087  

Total non-strategic and liquidating loan portfolios

  $        103,128     112,326     133,304     163,110     190,791  

 

 

(1)Net of purchase accounting adjustments related to PCI loans.

 

PURCHASED CREDIT-IMPAIRED (PCI) LOANS Loans acquired with evidence of credit deterioration since their origination and where it is probable that we will not collect all contractually required principal and interest payments are accounted for using the measurement provisions for PCI loans. PCI loans are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition, and the historical allowance for credit losses related to these loans is not carried over. Such loans are considered to be accruing due to the existence of the accretable yield and not based on consideration given to contractual interest payments. Substantially all of our PCI loans were acquired in the Wachovia acquisition on December 31, 2008. For additional information on PCI loans, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans” section in our 2011 Form 10-K.

During the first half of 2012, we recognized as income $52 million released from the nonaccretable difference related to commercial PCI loans due to payoffs and other resolutions. We also transferred $319 million from the nonaccretable difference to the accretable yield for PCI loans with improving credit-related cash flows and absorbed $1.1 billion of losses in the nonaccretable difference from loan resolutions and write-downs. Table 12 provides an analysis of changes in the nonaccretable difference.

 

 

18


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

 

Table 12: Changes in Nonaccretable Difference for PCI Loans

 

 

(in millions)      Commercial  Pick-a-Pay  

Other

consumer

  Total 

Balance, December 31, 2008

  $10,410    26,485    4,069    40,964  

Addition of nonaccretable difference due to acquisitions

   188    -    -    188  

Release of nonaccretable difference due to:

     

Loans resolved by settlement with borrower (1)

   (1,345  -    -    (1,345

Loans resolved by sales to third parties (2)

   (299  -    (85  (384

Reclassification to accretable yield for loans with improving credit-related cash flows (3)

   (1,216  (2,383  (614  (4,213

Use of nonaccretable difference due to:

     

Losses from loan resolutions and write-downs (4)

   (6,809  (14,976  (2,718  (24,503

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

   929    9,126    652    10,707  

Addition of nonaccretable difference due to acquisitions

   -    -    -    -  

Release of nonaccretable difference due to:

     

Loans resolved by settlement with borrower (1)

   (52  -    -    (52

Loans resolved by sales to third parties (2)

   -    -    -    -  

Reclassification to accretable yield for loans with improving credit-related cash flows (3)

   (147  (45  (127  (319

Use of nonaccretable difference due to:

     

Losses from loan resolutions and write-downs (4)

   (72  (953  (85  (1,110

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2012

  $658    8,128    440    9,226  

 

 

 

 

Balance, March 31, 2012

  $748    8,621    506    9,875  

Addition of nonaccretable difference due to acquisitions

   -    -    -    -  

Release of nonaccretable difference due to:

     

Loans resolved by settlement with borrower (1)

   (24  -    -    (24

Loans resolved by sales to third parties (2)

   -    -    -    -  

Reclassification to accretable yield for loans with improving credit-related cash flows (3)

   (39  (45  -    (84

Use of nonaccretable difference due to:

     

Losses from loan resolutions and write-downs (4)

   (27  (448  (66  (541

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2012

  $658    8,128    440    9,226  

 

 

 

(1)Release of the nonaccretable difference for settlement with borrower, on individually accounted PCI loans, increases interest income in the period of settlement. Pick-a-Pay and Other consumer PCI loans do not reflect nonaccretable difference releases for settlements with borrowers due to pool accounting for those loans, which assumes that the amount received approximates the pool performance expectations.
(2)Release of the nonaccretable difference as a result of sales to third parties increases noninterest income in the period of the sale.
(3)Reclassification of nonaccretable difference to accretable yield for loans with increased cash flow estimates will result in increased interest income as a prospective yield adjustment over the remaining life of the loan or pool of loans.
(4)Write-downs to net realizable value of PCI loans are absorbed by the nonaccretable difference when severe delinquency (normally 180 days) or other indications of severe borrower financial stress exist that indicate there will be a loss of contractually due amounts upon final resolution of the loan.

 

19


Table of Contents

Since December 31, 2008, we have released $6.3 billion in nonaccretable difference, including $4.5 billion transferred from the nonaccretable difference to the accretable yield and $1.8 billion released to income through loan resolutions. Also, we have provided $1.8 billion for losses on certain PCI loans or pools of PCI loans that have had credit-related decreases to cash flows expected to be collected. The net result is a $4.5 billion reduction from December 31, 2008, through June 30, 2012, in our initial projected losses on all PCI loans.

At June 30, 2012, the allowance for credit losses on certain PCI loans was $212 million. The allowance is necessary to absorb credit-related decreases in cash flows expected to be collected and primarily relates to individual PCI loans. Table 13 analyzes the actual and projected loss results on PCI loans since acquisition through June 30, 2012.

For additional information on PCI loans, see Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.

 

 

Table 13: Actual and Projected Loss Results on PCI Loans

 

 

(in millions)  Commercial  Pick-a-Pay   Other
consumer
  Total 

Release of nonaccretable difference due to:

      

Loans resolved by settlement with borrower (1)

  $1,397    -     -    1,397  

Loans resolved by sales to third parties (2)

   299    -     85    384  

Reclassification to accretable yield for loans with improving credit-related cash flows (3)

   1,363    2,428     741    4,532  

 

 

Total releases of nonaccretable difference due to better than expected losses

   3,059    2,428     826    6,313  

Provision for losses due to credit deterioration (4)

   (1,686  -     (125  (1,811

 

 

Actual and projected losses on PCI loans less than originally expected

  $1,373    2,428     701    4,502  

 

 

 

(1)Release of the nonaccretable difference for settlement with borrower, on individually accounted PCI loans, increases interest income in the period of settlement. Pick-a-Pay and Other consumer PCI loans do not reflect nonaccretable difference releases for settlements with borrowers due to pool accounting for those loans, which assumes that the amount received approximates the pool performance expectations.
(2)Release of the nonaccretable difference as a result of sales to third parties increases noninterest income in the period of the sale.
(3)Reclassification of nonaccretable difference to accretable yield for loans with increased cash flow estimates will result in increased interest income as a prospective yield adjustment over the remaining life of the loan or pool of loans.
(4)Provision for additional losses is recorded as a charge to income when it is estimated that the cash flows expected to be collected for a PCI loan or pool of loans may not support full realization of the carrying value.

 

Significant Portfolio Reviews Measuring and monitoring our credit risk is an ongoing process that tracks delinquencies, collateral values, FICO scores, economic trends by geographic areas, loan-level risk grading for certain portfolios (typically commercial) and other indications of credit risk. Our credit risk monitoring process is designed to enable early identification of developing risk and to support our determination of an appropriate allowance for credit losses. The following discussion provides additional characteristics and analysis of our significant portfolios. See Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report for more analysis and credit metric information.

COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL LOANS AND LEASE FINANCING For purposes of portfolio risk management, we aggregate commercial and industrial loans and lease financing according to market segmentation and standard industry codes. Table 14 summarizes commercial and industrial loans and lease financing by industry with the related nonaccrual totals. We generally subject commercial and industrial loans and lease financing to individual risk assessment using our internal borrower and collateral quality ratings. Our ratings are aligned to pass and criticized categories with our criticized categories aligned to special mention, substandard and doubtful categories as defined by bank regulatory agencies.

Across our non-PCI commercial loans and leases, the commercial and industrial loans and lease financing portfolio generally experienced credit improvement in second quarter 2012. Of the total commercial and industrial loans and lease financing non-PCI portfolio, 0.02% was 90 days or more past due and still accruing at June 30, 2012, compared with 0.09% at

December 31, 2011, 0.84% (1.22% at December 31, 2011) was nonaccruing and 10.7% (12.5% at December 31, 2011) was criticized. The net charge-off rate for this portfolio declined to 0.54% in second quarter 2012 from 0.58% for first quarter 2012 and 0.70% for the full year of 2011.

A majority of our commercial and industrial loans and lease financing portfolio is secured by short-term liquid assets, such as accounts receivable, inventory and securities, as well as long-lived assets, such as equipment and other business assets. Generally, the collateral securing this portfolio represents a secondary source of repayment. See Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional credit metric information.

During second quarter 2012, we acquired $6.9 billion of commercial loans in connection with our acquisition of BNP Paribas’ North American energy lending business and WestLB’s subscription finance loan portfolio, which added an aggregate of $5.4 billion to the commercial and industrial loan portfolio. In first quarter 2012, we also added $858 million to this portfolio when we acquired commercial asset-based loans from the Bank of Ireland in the Burdale acquisition.

 

 

20


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

 

Table 14: Commercial and Industrial Loans and Lease Financing by Industry

 

 

    June 30, 2012 
(in millions)  Nonaccrual
loans
   Outstanding
balance (1)
  % of
total
loans
 

 

 

PCI loans (1):

     

Healthcare

  $-     44    

Technology

   -     39    *  

Aerospace and defense

   -     39    *  

Steel and metal products

   -     17    *  

Real estate lessor

   -     17    *  

Home furnishings

   -     16    *  

Other

   -     72 (2)   *  

 

 

Total PCI loans

  $-     244    

 

 

All other loans:

     

Oil and gas

  $57     13,115    

Investors

   2     12,335    2  

Cyclical retailers

   31     11,038    1  

Financial institutions

   96     11,031    1  

Food and beverage

   46     10,348    1  

Industrial equipment

   19     9,133    1  

Healthcare

   55     8,890    1  

Securities firms

   34     7,681    *  

Real estate lessor

   35     6,884    *  

Technology

   21     6,852    *  

Transportation

   10     6,500    *  

Business services

   33     5,901    *  

Other

   1,153     80,423 (3)   10  

 

 

Total all other loans

  $1,592     190,131    25 

 

 

Total

  $1,592     190,375    25 

 

 

 

*Less than 1%.
(1)For PCI loans, amounts represent carrying value. PCI loans are considered to be accruing due to the existence of the accretable yield and not based on consideration given to contractual interest payments.
(2)No other single category had loans in excess of $13.4 million.
(3)No other single category had loans in excess of $4.4 billion.

 

COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE (CRE) The CRE portfolio, consisting of both CRE mortgage loans and CRE construction loans, totaled $123.3 billion, or 16%, of total loans at June 30, 2012. CRE construction loans totaled $17.6 billion at June 30, 2012, and CRE mortgage loans totaled $105.7 billion at June 30, 2012. Table 15 summarizes CRE loans by state and property type with the related nonaccrual totals. CRE nonaccrual loans totaled 4% of the non-PCI CRE outstanding balance at June 30, 2012. The portfolio is diversified both geographically and by property type. The largest geographic concentrations of combined CRE loans are in California and Florida, which represented 25% and 9% of the total CRE portfolio, respectively. By property type, the largest concentrations are office buildings at 26% and industrial/warehouse at 11% of the portfolio. At June 30, 2012, we had $20.5 billion of criticized non-PCI CRE mortgage loans, a decrease of 9% from December 31, 2011, and $5.3 billion of criticized non-PCI CRE construction loans, a decrease of 22% from December 31, 2011. See Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information on criticized loans.

At June 30, 2012, the recorded investment in PCI CRE loans totaled $3.9 billion, down from $12.3 billion when they were acquired at December 31, 2008, reflecting the reduction resulting from principal payments, loan resolutions and write-downs.

 

 

21


Table of Contents

Table 15: CRE Loans by State and Property Type

 

 

   June 30, 2012 
   Real estate mortgage   Real estate construction   Total  % of 
(in millions)  Nonaccrual
loans
   

Outstanding

balance (1)

   Nonaccrual
loans
   

Outstanding

balance (1)

   Nonaccrual
loans
   

Outstanding

balance (1)

  total
loans
 

 

 

By state:

             

PCI loans (1):

             

New York

  $-     509     -     164     -     673    *

Florida

   -     351     -     198     -     549    *  

California

   -     402     -     49     -     451    *  

Texas

   -     148     -     96     -     244    *  

Pennsylvania

   -     118     -     112     -     230    *  

Other

   -     1,094     -     677     -     1,771 (2)   *  

 

 

Total PCI loans

  $-     2,622     -     1,296     -     3,918    *

 

 

All other loans:

             

California

  $952     27,768     269     3,137     1,221     30,905    

Florida

   518     8,973     161     1,309     679     10,282    1  

Texas

   347     7,990     43     1,407     390     9,397    1  

New York

   34     5,665     4     966     38     6,631    *  

North Carolina

   266     4,144     154     1,006     420     5,150    *  

Arizona

   176     4,214     34     457     210     4,671    *  

Virginia

   88     2,965     33     1,213     121     4,178    *  

Georgia

   212     3,399     166     523     378     3,922    *  

Washington

   44     3,092     8     490     52     3,582    *  

Colorado

   81     2,905     19     393     100     3,298    *  

Other

   1,114     31,929     530     5,397     1,644     37,326 (3)   5  

 

 

Total all other loans

  $3,832     103,044     1,421     16,298     5,253     119,342    15 

 

 

Total

  $3,832     105,666     1,421     17,594     5,253     123,260    16 

 

 

By property:

             

PCI loans (1):

             

Office buildings

  $-     966     -     123     -     1,089    *

Apartments

   -     582     -     184     -     766    *  

Retail (excluding shopping center)

   -     388     -     22     -     410    *  

1-4 family land

   -     2     -     342     -     344    *  

Shopping center

   -     207     -     136     -     343    *  

Other

   -     477     -     489     -     966    *  

 

 

Total PCI loans

  $-     2,622     -     1,296     -     3,918    *

 

 

All other loans:

             

Office buildings

  $910     29,279     98     1,559     1,008     30,838    

Industrial/warehouse

   530     12,700     26     391     556     13,091    2  

Apartments

   238     9,955     63     1,953     301     11,908    2  

Retail (excluding shopping center)

   587     11,078     48     294     635     11,372    1  

Real estate - other

   364     10,158     41     309     405     10,467    1  

Shopping center

   289     9,408     79     772     368     10,180    1  

Hotel/motel

   223     8,069     24     621     247     8,690    1  

Land (excluding 1-4 family)

   6     97     426     6,710     432     6,807    *  

Institutional

   111     2,864     -     247     111     3,111    *  

Agriculture

   175     2,556     4     19     179     2,575    *  

Other

   399     6,880     612     3,423     1,011     10,303    1  

 

 

Total all other loans

  $3,832     103,044     1,421     16,298     5,253     119,342    15 

 

 

Total

  $3,832     105,666     1,421     17,594     5,253     123,260    16 

 

 

 

*Less than 1%.
(1)For PCI loans, amounts represent carrying value. PCI loans are considered to be accruing due to the existence of the accretable yield and not based on consideration given to contractual interest payments.
(2)Includes 34 states; no state had loans in excess of $229 million.
(3)Includes 40 states; no state had loans in excess of $3.1 billion.

 

22


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

 

FOREIGN LOANS AND EUROPEAN EXPOSURE We classify loans as foreign if the borrower’s primary address is outside of the United States. At June 30, 2012, foreign loans represented approximately 5% of our total consolidated loans outstanding and approximately 3% of our total assets.

Our foreign country risk monitoring process incorporates frequent dialogue with our foreign financial institution customers, counterparties and with regulatory agencies, enhanced by centralized monitoring of macroeconomic and capital markets conditions. We establish exposure limits for each country through a centralized oversight process based on the needs of our customers, and in consideration of relevant economic, political, social, legal, and transfer risks. We monitor exposures closely and adjust our limits in response to changing conditions.

As per bank regulatory reporting requirements, we evaluate our individual country risk exposure on an ultimate risk basis which is normally based on the country of residence of the guarantor or collateral location. Our largest foreign country exposure on an ultimate risk basis was the United Kingdom, which amounted to approximately $12.5 billion, or 1% of our total assets, and included $1.7 billion of sovereign claims. Our United Kingdom sovereign claims arise primarily from deposits we have placed with the Bank of England pursuant to regulatory requirements in support of our London branch.

At June 30, 2012, our Eurozone exposure, including cross-border claims on an ultimate risk basis, and foreign exchange and derivative products, aggregated approximately $10.9 billion, including $352 million of sovereign claims, compared with approximately $11.4 billion at December 31, 2011, which included $364 million of sovereign claims. Our Eurozone exposure is relatively small compared to our overall credit risk exposure and is diverse by country, type, and counterparty.

We conduct periodic stress tests of our significant country risk exposures, analyzing the direct and indirect impacts on the risk of loss from various macroeconomic and capital markets scenarios. We do not have significant exposure to foreign country risks because our foreign portfolio is relatively small. However, we have identified exposure to increased loss from U.S. borrowers associated with the potential indirect impact of a European downturn on the U.S. economy. We mitigate these potential impacts through our normal risk management processes which include active monitoring and, if necessary, the application of aggressive loss mitigation strategies.

Table 16 provides information regarding our exposures to European sovereign entities and institutions located within such countries, including cross-border claims on an ultimate risk basis, and foreign exchange and derivative products.

 

 

Table 16: European Exposure

 

 

  Lending (1)(2)  Securities (3)  Derivatives and other (4)  Total exposure 
(in millions) Sovereign  Non-
sovereign
  Sovereign  Non-
sovereign
  Sovereign  Non-
sovereign
  Sovereign  Non-
sovereign (5)
  Total 

 

 

June 30, 2012

         

Eurozone

         

Netherlands

 $-    2,394    -    249    -    535    -    3,178    3,178  

Germany

  59    1,848    -    241    -    202    59    2,291    2,350  

Luxembourg

  -    1,002    -    131    -    4    -    1,137    1,137  

Ireland

  100    784    -    187    -    20    100    991    1,091  

France

  73    489    -    374    -    30    73    893    966  

Spain

  -    682    -    94    -    16    -    792    792  

Italy

  -    371    -    105    -    1    -    477    477  

Austria

  100    238    -    6    -    -    100    244    344  

Belgium

  -    188    -    37    -    67    -    292    292  

Other (6)

  20    145    -    105    -    9    20    259    279  

Total Eurozone exposure

  352    8,141    -    1,529    -    884    352    10,554    10,906  

United Kingdom

  1,726    4,624    -    5,802    -    314    1,726    10,740    12,466  

Other European countries

  -    4,048    4    440    1    620    5    5,108    5,113  

Total European exposure

 $2,078    16,813    4    7,771    1    1,818    2,083    26,402    28,485  

 

(1)Lending exposure includes funded loans and unfunded commitments, leveraged leases, and money market placements presented on a gross basis prior to the deduction of impairment allowance and collateral received under the terms of the credit agreements.
(2)Includes $1.4 billion in PCI loans, largely to customers in Germany and United Kingdom territories, and $2.9 billion in defeased leases secured predominantly by U.S. Treasury and government agency securities, or government guaranteed.
(3)Represents issuer exposure on cross-border debt and equity securities, held in trading or available-for-sale portfolio, at fair value.
(4)Represents counterparty exposure on foreign exchange and derivative contracts, and securities resale and lending agreements. This exposure is presented net of counterparty netting adjustments and reduced by the amount of cash collateral. It includes credit default swaps (CDS) predominantly used to manage our U.S. and London-based cash credit trading businesses, which sometimes results in selling and purchasing protection on the identical reference entity. Generally, we do not use market instruments such as CDS to hedge the credit risk of our investment or loan positions, although we do use them to manage risk in our trading businesses. At June 30, 2012, the gross notional amount of our CDS sold that reference assets domiciled in Europe was $8.4 billion, which was offset by the notional amount of CDS purchased of $8.4 billion. We did not have any CDS purchased or sold where the reference asset was solely the sovereign debt of a European country. Certain CDS purchased or sold reference pools of assets that contain sovereign debt, however the amount of referenced sovereign European debt was insignificant at June 30, 2012.
(5)Total non-sovereign exposure comprises $11.0 billion exposure to financial institutions and $15.4 billion to non-financial corporations at June 30, 2012.
(6)Includes non-sovereign exposure to Greece and Portugal in the amount of $3 million and $57 million, respectively. We had no sovereign debt exposure to these countries at June 30, 2012.

 

23


Table of Contents

REAL ESTATE 1-4 FAMILY FIRST AND JUNIOR LIEN MORTGAGE LOANS Our real estate 1-4 family first and junior lien mortgage loans primarily include loans we have made to customers and retained as part of our asset liability management strategy. These loans also include the Pick-a-Pay portfolio acquired from Wachovia and the home equity portfolio, which are discussed later in this Report. In addition, these loans include other purchased loans and loans included on our balance sheet due to the adoption of consolidation accounting guidance related to variable interest entities (VIEs).

Our underwriting and periodic review of loans collateralized by residential real property includes appraisals or estimates from automated valuation models (AVMs). Additional information about AVMs and our policy for their use can be found in the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Real Estate 1-4 Family Mortgage Loans” section in our 2011 Form 10-K.

Some of our real estate 1-4 family first and junior lien mortgage loans include an interest-only feature as part of the loan terms. These interest-only loans were approximately 20% of total loans at June 30, 2012, compared with 21% at December 31, 2011.

We believe we have manageable adjustable-rate mortgage (ARM) reset risk across our owned mortgage loan portfolios. We do not offer option ARM products, nor do we offer variable-rate mortgage products with fixed payment amounts, commonly referred to within the financial services industry as negative amortizing mortgage loans. Our liquidating option ARM portfolio was acquired from Wachovia.

We continue to modify real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans to assist homeowners and other borrowers in the current difficult economic cycle. For more information on our participation in the U.S. Treasury’s Making Home Affordable (MHA) programs, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Real Estate 1-4 Family Mortgage Loans” section in our 2011 Form 10-K.

Real estate 1-4 family first and junior lien mortgage loans by state are presented in Table 17. Our real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans to borrowers in California represented approximately 13% of total loans (2% of this amount were PCI loans from Wachovia) at June 30, 2012, located mostly within the larger metropolitan areas, with no single California metropolitan area consisting of more than 3% of total loans. We monitor changes in real estate values and underlying economic or market conditions for all geographic areas of our real estate 1-4 family mortgage portfolio as part of our credit risk management process.

Part of our credit monitoring includes tracking delinquency, FICO scores and collateral values (LTV/CLTV) on the entire real estate 1-4 family mortgage loan portfolio. These metrics continued to improve in second quarter 2012 on the non-PCI mortgage portfolio. Loans 30 days or more delinquent at June 30, 2012, totaled $16.1 billion, or 6%, of total non-PCI mortgages, compared with $18.4 billion, or 6%, at December 31, 2011. Loans with FICO scores lower than 640 totaled $40.5 billion at June 30, 2012, or 14% of all non-PCI mortgages, compared with $44.1 billion, or 15%, at December 31, 2011. Mortgages with a LTV/CLTV greater than 100% totaled

$66.9 billion at June 30, 2012, or 24% of total non-PCI mortgages, compared with $74.2 billion, or 26%, at December 31, 2011. Information regarding credit risk trends can be found in Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.

We monitor the credit performance of our junior lien mortgage portfolio for trends and factors that influence the frequency and severity of loss. In first quarter 2012, in accordance with Interagency Supervisory Guidance on Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses Estimation Practices for Loans and Lines of Credit Secured by Junior Liens on 1-4 Family Residential Properties issued by bank regulators on January 31, 2012 (Interagency Guidance), we aligned our nonaccrual reporting so that a junior lien is reported as a nonaccrual loan if the related first lien is 120 days past due or is in the process of foreclosure. This action increased our nonperforming assets by $1.7 billion, but otherwise had minimal financial impact as the expected loss content of these loans was already considered in the allowance for loan losses. See the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Nonperforming Assets” section in this report for more information.

Table 17: Real Estate 1-4 Family First and Junior Lien Mortgage Loans by State

 

   June 30, 2012 
(in millions) Real estate
1-4 family
first
mortgage
  Real estate
1-4 family
junior lien
mortgage
  Total real
estate 1-4
family
mortgage
  % of
total
loans
 

 

 

PCI loans:

    

California

 $18,366    37    18,403    2 % 

Florida

  2,549    35    2,584    *  

New Jersey

  1,267    23    1,290    *  

Other (1)

  6,149    95    6,244    *  

 

 

Total PCI loans

 $28,331    190    28,521    4 % 

 

 

All other loans:

    

California

 $56,821    22,562    79,383    10 % 

Florida

  15,633    7,215    22,848    3  

New Jersey

  8,990    5,946    14,936    2  

New York

  9,676    3,399    13,075    2  

Virginia

  5,828    4,192    10,020    1  

Pennsylvania

  5,669    3,709    9,378    1  

North Carolina

  5,623    3,388    9,011    1  

Georgia

  4,600    3,172    7,772    1  

Texas

  6,456    1,212    7,668    1  

Other (2)

  54,210    25,896    80,106    10  

Government insured/guaranteed loans (3)

  28,426    -    28,426    4  

 

 

Total all other loans

 $201,932    80,691    282,623    36 % 

 

 

Total

 $230,263    80,881    311,144    40 % 

 

 
 

 

*Less than 1%.
(1)Consists of 45 states; no state had loans in excess of $715 million.
(2)Consists of 41 states; no state had loans in excess of $6.5 billion.
(3)Represents loans whose repayments are insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.

 

24


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

 

Pick-a-Pay Portfolio The Pick-a-Pay portfolio was one of the consumer residential first mortgage portfolios we acquired from Wachovia and a majority of the portfolio was identified as PCI loans.

The Pick-a-Pay portfolio includes loans that offer payment options (Pick-a-Pay option payment loans), and also includes loans that were originated without the option payment feature, loans that no longer offer the option feature as a result of our modification efforts since the acquisition, and loans where the customer voluntarily converted to a fixed-rate product. The Pick-

a-Pay portfolio is included in the consumer real estate 1-4 family first mortgage class of loans throughout this Report. Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgages and lines of credit associated with Pick-a-Pay loans are reported in the home equity portfolio. Table 18 provides balances by types of loans as of June 30, 2012, as a result of modification efforts, compared to the types of loans included in the portfolio at December 31, 2011, and at acquisition.

 

 

Table 18: Pick-a-Pay Portfolio - Comparison to Acquisition Date

 

 

       December 31, 
    June 30, 2012  2011  2008 
(in millions)  

Adjusted

unpaid

principal

balance (1)

   

% of  

total  

  

Adjusted

unpaid

principal

balance (1)

   

% of

total

  

Adjusted

unpaid

principal

balance (1)

   

% of

total

 

 

 

Option payment loans

  $35,353     51 %  $39,164     53 %  $99,937     86 % 

Non-option payment adjustable-rate and fixed-rate loans

   9,315     14    9,986     14    15,763     14  

Full-term loan modifications

   24,184     35    24,207     33    -     -  

 

 

Total adjusted unpaid principal balance

  $68,852     100 %  $73,357     100 %  $115,700     100 % 

 

 

Total carrying value

  $62,045      65,652      95,315    

 

 

 

(1)Adjusted unpaid principal balance includes write-downs taken on loans where severe delinquency (normally 180 days) or other indications of severe borrower financial stress exist that indicate there will be a loss of contractually due amounts upon final resolution of the loan.

 

Pick-a-Pay loans may have fixed or adjustable rates with payment options that include a minimum payment, an interest-only payment or fully amortizing payment (both 15 and 30 year options). Total interest deferred due to negative amortization on Pick-a-Pay loans was $1.7 billion at June 30, 2012, and $2.0 billion at December 31, 2011. Approximately 87% of the Pick-a-Pay customers making a minimum payment in June 2012 did not defer interest, compared with 83% in December 2011.

Deferral of interest on a Pick-a-Pay loan may continue as long as the loan balance remains below a pre-defined principal cap, which is based on the percentage that the current loan balance represents to the original loan balance. Substantially all the Pick-a-Pay portfolio has a cap of 125% of the original loan balance. Most of the Pick-a-Pay loans on which there is a deferred interest balance re-amortize (the monthly payment amount is reset or “recast”) on the earlier of the date when the loan balance reaches its principal cap, or the 10-year anniversary of the loan. After a recast, the customers’ new payment terms are reset to the amount necessary to repay the balance over the rest of the original loan term.

Due to the terms of the Pick-a-Pay portfolio, there is little recast risk in the near term. Based on assumptions of a flat rate environment, if all eligible customers elect the minimum payment option 100% of the time and no balances prepay, we would expect the following balances of loans to recast based on reaching the principal cap: $3 million for the remainder of 2012, $19 million in 2013, and $64 million in 2014. In addition, in a flat rate environment, we would expect the following balances of loans to start fully amortizing due to reaching their recast anniversary date: $21 million for the

remainder of 2012, $91 million in 2013, and $332 million in 2014. In second quarter 2012, $6 million was recast based on these events.

Table 19 reflects the geographic distribution of the Pick-a-Pay portfolio broken out between PCI loans and all other loans. In stressed housing markets with declining home prices and increasing delinquencies, the LTV ratio is a useful metric in predicting future real estate 1-4 family first mortgage loan performance, including potential charge-offs. Because PCI loans were initially recorded at fair value, including write-downs for expected credit losses, the ratio of the carrying value to the current collateral value will be lower compared with the LTV based on the adjusted unpaid principal balance. For informational purposes, we have included both ratios for PCI loans in the following table.

 

 

25


Table of Contents

Table 19: Pick-a-Pay Portfolio (1)

 

 

    June 30, 2012 
    PCI loans  All other loans 
(in millions)  Adjusted
unpaid
principal
balance (2)
   Current
LTV
ratio (3)
  Carrying
value (4)
   Ratio of
carrying
value to
current
value (5)
  Carrying
value (4)
   Ratio of
carrying
value to
current
value (5)
 

 

 

California

  $23,498     118 %  $18,329     91 %  $16,769     85 % 

Florida

   3,077     114    2,407     85    3,507     95  

New Jersey

   1,285     92    1,211     85    2,192     79  

New York

   729     91    681     84    970     80  

Texas

   319     77    294     71    1,389     63  

Other states

   5,736     106    4,781     87    9,515     85  

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total Pick-a-Pay loans

  $34,644     $    27,703     $    34,342    

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)The individual states shown in this table represent the top five states based on the total net carrying value of the Pick-a-Pay loans at the beginning of 2012.

 

(2)Adjusted unpaid principal balance includes write-downs taken on loans where severe delinquency (normally 180 days) or other indications of severe borrower financial stress exist that indicate there will be a loss of contractually due amounts upon final resolution of the loan.

 

(3)The current LTV ratio is calculated as the adjusted unpaid principal balance divided by the collateral value. Collateral values are generally determined using automated valuation models (AVM) and are updated quarterly. AVMs are computer-based tools used to estimate market values of homes based on processing large volumes of market data including market comparables and price trends for local market areas.

 

(4)Carrying value, which does not reflect the allowance for loan losses, includes remaining purchase accounting adjustments, which, for PCI loans may include the nonaccretable difference and the accretable yield and, for all other loans, an adjustment to mark the loans to a market yield at date of merger less any subsequent charge-offs.

 

(5)The ratio of carrying value to current value is calculated as the carrying value divided by the collateral value.

 

To maximize return and allow flexibility for customers to avoid foreclosure, we have in place several loss mitigation strategies for our Pick-a-Pay loan portfolio. We contact customers who are experiencing financial difficulty and may in certain cases modify the terms of a loan based on a customer’s documented income and other circumstances.

We also have taken steps to work with customers to refinance or restructure their Pick-a-Pay loans into other loan products. For customers at risk, we offer combinations of term extensions of up to 40 years (from 30 years), interest rate reductions, forbearance of principal, and, in geographies with substantial property value declines, we may offer permanent principal forgiveness.

In second quarter 2012, we completed more than 2,600 proprietary and HAMP Pick-a-Pay loan modifications and have completed more than 105,000 modifications since the Wachovia acquisition, resulting in $4.3 billion of principal forgiveness to our Pick-a-Pay customers as well as an additional $548 million of conditional forgiveness that can be earned by borrowers through performance over the next three years. As announced in October 2010, we entered into agreements with certain state attorneys general whereby we agreed to offer loan modifications to eligible Pick-a-Pay customers through June 2013. These agreements cover the majority of our option payment loan portfolio and require that we offer modifications (both HAMP and proprietary) to eligible customers with the option payment loan product. In response to these agreements, we developed an enhanced proprietary modification product that allows for various means of principal forgiveness along with changes to other loan terms. Given that these agreements cover all modification efforts to eligible customers for the applicable states, our modifications (both HAMP and proprietary) for our Pick-a-Pay loan portfolio performed in second quarter 2012 were consistent with these agreements. Additionally, as announced in

February 2012, we reached a settlement regarding our mortgage servicing and foreclosure practices with federal and state government entities, which became effective on April 5, 2012, where we committed to provide additional relief to borrowers. See the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Risks Relating to Servicing Activities” section in this report and in our 2011 Form 10-K for more details.

Due to better than expected performance observed on the Pick-a-Pay portfolio compared with the original acquisition estimates, we have reclassified $2.4 billion from the nonaccretable difference to the accretable yield since acquisition. This performance is primarily attributable to significant modification efforts as well as the portfolio’s delinquency stabilization. The resulting increase in the accretable yield will be realized over the remaining life of the portfolio, which is estimated to have a weighted-average remaining life of approximately 11.4 years at June 30, 2012. The accretable yield percentage at June 30, 2012, was 4.32%, down from 4.45% at the end of 2011. Fluctuations in the accretable yield are driven by changes in interest rate indices for variable rate PCI loans, prepayment assumptions, and expected principal and interest payments over the estimated life of the portfolio, which will be affected by the pace and degree of improvements in the U.S. economy and housing markets and projected lifetime performance resulting from loan modification activity. Changes in the projected timing of cash flow events, including loan liquidations, modifications and short sales, can also affect the accretable yield percentage and the estimated weighted-average life of the portfolio.

The Pick-a-Pay portfolio is a significant portion of our PCI loans. For further information on the judgment involved in estimating expected cash flows for PCI loans, please see “Critical Accounting Policies – Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans” in our 2011 Form 10-K.

 

 

26


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

 

HOME EQUITY PORTFOLIOS Our home equity portfolios consist of real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgages and first and junior lines of credit secured by real estate. Our first lien lines of credit represent 20% of our home equity portfolio and are included in real estate 1-4 family first mortgages. The majority of our junior lien loan products are amortizing payment loans with fixed interest rates and repayment periods between 5 to 30 years. Junior lien loans with balloon payments at the end of the repayment term represent a small portion of our junior lien loans.

Our first and junior lien lines of credit products generally have a draw period of 10 years with variable interest rates and payment options during the draw period of (1) interest only or (2) 1.5% of total outstanding balance. During the draw period, the borrower has the option of converting all or a portion of the line from a variable interest rate to a fixed rate with terms

including interest-only payments for a fixed period between three to seven years or a fully amortizing payment with a fixed period between five to 30 years. At the end of the draw period, a line of credit generally converts to an amortizing payment loan with repayment terms of up to 30 years based on the balance at time of conversion. Substantially all of our lines of credit will remain in their draw period through 2014 and a majority through 2017.

Table 20 summarizes delinquency and loss rates by the holder of the lien. For additional information regarding current junior liens behind delinquent first lien loans, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Home Equities Portfolios” section in our 2011 Form 10-K and the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Real Estate 1-4 Family First and Junior Lien Mortgage Loans” section in this Report.

 

 

Table 20: Home Equity Portfolios Performance by Holder of 1st Lien (1)(2)

 

 

   Outstanding balance   % of loans
two payments
or more past due
   Loss rate
(annualized)
quarter ended
 
(in millions)  June 30,
2012
   Dec. 31,
2011
   June 30,
2012
  Dec. 31,
2011
   June 30,
2012
   Mar. 31,
2012
   Dec. 31,
2011
   Sept. 30,
2011
   June 30,
2011
 

 

 

First lien lines

  $20,242     20,786     3.07 %   3.10     0.88     1.35     0.95     0.91     0.82  

Junior lien mortgages and lines behind:

                 

Wells Fargo owned or serviced first lien

   40,718     42,810     2.68    2.91     3.34     3.54     3.48     3.43     3.76  

Third party first lien

   39,992     42,996     3.00    3.59     3.44     3.72     3.83     4.11     4.32  

 

              

Total

  $    100,952     106,592     2.89    3.22     2.89     3.18     3.13     3.22     3.43  

 

 

 

(1)Excludes PCI loans and real estate 1-4 family first lien line reverse mortgages added to the consumer portfolio in fourth quarter 2011 as a result of consolidating reverse mortgage loans previously sold. These reverse mortgage loans are insured by the FHA.

 

(2)Includes $1.4 billion and $1.5 billion at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively, associated with the Pick-a-Pay portfolio.

 

27


Table of Contents

We monitor the number of borrowers paying the minimum amount due on a monthly basis. In June 2012, approximately 45% of our borrowers with a home equity outstanding balance paid only the minimum amount due; 93% paid the minimum or more.

The home equity liquidating portfolio includes home equity loans generated through third party channels, including correspondent loans. This liquidating portfolio represents less than 1% of our total loans outstanding at June 30, 2012, and contains some of the highest risk in our home equity portfolio, with a loss rate of 8.14% compared with 2.60% for the core (non-liquidating) home equity portfolio at June 30, 2012. Table 21 shows the credit attributes of the core and liquidating home equity portfolios and lists the top five states by outstanding

balance. California loans represent the largest state concentration in each of these portfolios. The decrease in outstanding balances primarily reflects loan paydowns and charge-offs. As of June 30, 2012, 36% of the outstanding balance of the core home equity portfolio was associated with loans that had a combined loan to value (CLTV) ratio in excess of 100%. CLTV means the ratio of the total loan balance of first mortgages and junior lien mortgages (including unused line amounts for credit line products) to property collateral value. The unsecured portion of the outstanding balances of these loans (the outstanding amount that was in excess of the most recent property collateral value) totaled 16% of the core home equity portfolio at June 30, 2012.

 

 

Table 21: Home Equity Portfolios (1)

 

 

   Outstanding balance   % of loans
two payments
or more past due
   Loss rate
(annualized)
quarter ended
 
   June 30,   Dec. 31,   June 30,  Dec. 31,   June 30,   Mar. 31,   Dec. 31,   Sept. 30,   June 30, 
(in millions)  2012   2011   2012  2011   2012   2012   2011   2011   2011 

 

 

Core portfolio (2)

                 

California

  $24,316     25,555     2.66   3.03     3.13     3.56     3.42     3.41     3.69  

Florida

   10,296     10,870     4.36    4.99     3.76     4.79     4.30     4.42     5.23  

New Jersey

   7,640     7,973     3.57    3.73     2.02     2.46     2.22     2.17     2.05  

Virginia

   4,998     5,248     1.98    2.15     1.60     1.42     1.31     1.67     1.85  

Pennsylvania

   4,867     5,071     2.50    2.82     1.45     1.49     1.41     1.38     1.49  

Other

   43,636     46,165     2.53    2.79     2.37     2.50     2.50     2.64     2.70  

 

              

Total

   95,753     100,882     2.81    3.13     2.60     2.91     2.79     2.88     3.08  

 

              

Liquidating portfolio

                 

California

   1,827     2,024     5.16    5.50     10.98     10.80     11.93     12.62     12.73  

Florida

   242     265     5.87    7.02     7.92     9.84     9.71     11.06     10.52  

Arizona

   104     116     4.39    6.64     11.89     15.08     17.54     18.30     14.01  

Texas

   86     97     1.26    0.93     2.01     2.43     1.57     3.07     3.40  

Minnesota

   69     75     2.54    2.83     10.10     5.07     8.13     6.11     7.83  

Other

   2,871     3,133     3.55    4.13     6.35     6.23     7.12     6.20     6.73  

 

              

Total

   5,199     5,710     4.19    4.73     8.14     8.11     9.09     8.97     9.22  

 

              

Total core and liquidating portfolios

  $     100,952     106,592     2.89    3.22     2.89     3.18     3.13     3.22     3.43  

 

              

 

 

 

(1)Consists predominantly of real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgages and first and junior lines of credit secured by real estate, but excludes PCI loans because their losses are generally covered by PCI accounting adjustment at the date of acquisition, and excludes real estate 1-4 family first lien open-ended line reverse mortgages because they do not have scheduled payments. These reverse mortgage loans are insured by the FHA.

 

(2)Includes $1.4 billion and $1.5 billion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, associated with the Pick-a-Pay portfolio.

 

CREDIT CARDS Our credit card portfolio totaled $22.7 billion at June 30, 2012, which represented 3% of our total outstanding loans. The quarterly net charge-off rate (annualized) for our credit card loans was 4.37% for second quarter 2012 compared with 5.63% for second quarter 2011.

OTHER REVOLVING CREDIT AND INSTALLMENT Other revolving credit and installment loans totaled $87.3 billion at June 30, 2012, and predominantly include automobile, student and security-based margin loans. The quarterly loss rate (annualized) for other revolving credit and installment loans was 0.79% for second quarter 2012 compared with 1.03% for second quarter 2011. Excluding government guaranteed student loans, the loss rates were 0.90% and 1.23% for second quarter 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

 

28


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

 

NONPERFORMING ASSETS (NONACCRUAL LOANS AND FORECLOSED ASSETS) Table 22 summarizes nonperforming assets (NPAs) for each of the last four quarters. We generally place loans on nonaccrual status when:

  

the full and timely collection of interest or principal becomes uncertain (generally based on an assessment of the borrower’s financial condition and the adequacy of collateral, if any);

  

they are 90 days (120 days with respect to real estate 1-4 family first and junior lien mortgages) past due for interest

  

or principal, unless both well-secured and in the process of collection;

  

part of the principal balance has been charged off and no restructuring has occurred; or

  

effective first quarter 2012, for junior lien mortgages, we have evidence that the related first lien mortgage may be 120 days past due or in the process of foreclosure regardless of the junior lien delinquency status.

 

 

Table 22: Nonperforming Assets (Nonaccrual Loans and Foreclosed Assets)

 

 

    June 30, 2012  March 31, 2012  December 31, 2011  September 30, 2011 
                              
($ in millions)  Balance   

% of

total

loans

  Balance   

% of

total

loans

  Balance   

% of

total

loans

  Balance   

% of

total

loans

 

 

 

Nonaccrual loans:

             

Commercial:

             

Commercial and industrial

  $1,549     0.87 %  $1,726     1.02 %  $2,142     1.28 %  $2,128     1.29 % 

Real estate mortgage

   3,832     3.63    4,081     3.85    4,085     3.85    4,429     4.24  

Real estate construction

   1,421     8.08    1,709     9.21    1,890     9.75    1,915     9.71  

Lease financing

   43     0.34    45     0.34    53     0.40    71     0.55  

Foreign

   79     0.20    38     0.10    47     0.12    68     0.18  

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total commercial (1)

   6,924     1.96    7,599     2.20    8,217     2.38    8,611     2.53  

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Consumer:

             

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage (2)

   10,368     4.50         10,683     4.67    10,913     4.77    11,024     4.93  

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage (3)

   3,091     3.82    3,558     4.28    1,975     2.30    2,035     2.31  

Other revolving credit and installment

   195     0.22    186     0.21    199     0.23    230     0.27  

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total consumer

   13,654     3.24    14,427     3.43    13,087     3.09    13,289     3.16  

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total nonaccrual loans (4)(5)(6)

        20,578     2.65    22,026     2.87         21,304     2.77    21,900     2.88  

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Foreclosed assets:

             

Government insured/guaranteed (7)

   1,465      1,352      1,319      1,336    

Non-government insured/guaranteed

   2,842      3,265      3,342      3,608    

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total foreclosed assets

   4,307      4,617      4,661      4,944    

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total nonperforming assets

  $24,885     3.21 %  $26,643     3.48 %  $25,965     3.37 %  $26,844     3.53 % 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Change in NPAs from prior quarter

  $(1,758    678      (879    (1,062  

 

 

 

(1)Includes LHFS of $17 million, $9 million, $25 million and $37 million at June 30 and March 31, 2012, and December 31 and September 30, 2011, respectively.

 

(2)Includes MHFS of $310 million, $287 million, $301 million and $311 million at June 30 and March 31, 2012, and December 31 and September 30, 2011, respectively.

 

(3)Includes $1.7 billion at March 31, 2012, resulting from implementation of the Interagency Guidance issued on January 31, 2012. This guidance accelerated the timing of placing these loans on nonaccrual to coincide with the timing of placing the related real estate 1-4 family first mortgage loans on nonaccrual.

 

(4)Excludes PCI loans because they continue to earn interest income from accretable yield, independent of performance in accordance with their contractual terms.

 

(5)Real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA and student loans predominantly guaranteed by agencies on behalf of the U.S. Department of Education under the Federal Family Education Loan Program are not placed on nonaccrual status because they are insured or guaranteed.

 

(6)See Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report for further information on impaired loans.

 

(7)Consistent with regulatory reporting requirements, foreclosed real estate securing government insured/guaranteed loans are classified as nonperforming. Both principal and interest for government insured/guaranteed loans secured by the foreclosed real estate are collectible because the loans are insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.

 

29


Table of Contents

Total NPAs were $24.9 billion (3.2% of total loans) at June 30, 2012, and included $20.6 billion of nonaccrual loans and $4.3 billion of foreclosed assets. Nonaccrual loans decreased in

second quarter 2012, consistent with the continued improvement in credit performance. Table 23 provides an analysis of the changes in nonaccrual loans.

 

 

Table 23: Analysis of Changes in Nonaccrual Loans

 

 

    Quarter ended 
   June 30,  Mar. 31,  Dec. 31  Sept. 30,  June 30, 
(in millions)  2012  2012  2011  2011  2011 

Commercial nonaccrual loans

      

Balance, beginning of quarter

  $7,599    8,217    8,611    9,265    10,312  

Inflows

   952    1,138    1,329    1,148    1,622  

Outflows:

      

Returned to accruing

   (242  (188  (185  (275  (501

Foreclosures

   (92  (119  (161  (156  (174

Charge-offs

   (402  (347  (382  (397  (399

Payments, sales and other (1)

   (891  (1,102  (995  (974  (1,595

Total outflows

   (1,627  (1,756  (1,723  (1,802  (2,669

Balance, end of quarter

   6,924    7,599    8,217    8,611    9,265  

Consumer nonaccrual loans

      

Balance, beginning of quarter

   14,427    13,087    13,289    13,780    14,653  

Inflows (2)

   2,750    4,765    3,465    3,544    3,443  

Outflows:

      

Returned to accruing

   (1,344  (943  (1,277  (1,411  (1,562

Foreclosures

   (186  (226  (209  (286  (221

Charge-offs

   (1,137  (1,364  (1,404  (1,385  (1,494

Payments, sales and other (1)

   (866  (892  (777  (953  (1,039

Total outflows

   (3,523  (3,425  (3,667  (4,035  (4,316

Balance, end of quarter

   13,654    14,427    13,087    13,289    13,780  

Total nonaccrual loans

  $    20,578    22,026    21,304    21,900    23,045  

 

(1)Other outflows include the effects of VIE deconsolidations and adjustments for loans carried at fair value.
(2)March 31, 2012, includes $1.7 billion moved to nonaccrual status as a result of implementing Interagency Guidance issued January 31, 2012.

 

Typically, changes to nonaccrual loans period-over-period represent inflows for loans that reach a specified past due status, offset by reductions for loans that are charged off, sold, transferred to foreclosed properties, or are no longer classified as nonaccrual as a result of continued performance and an improvement in the borrower’s financial condition and loan repayment capabilities.

While nonaccrual loans are not free of loss content, we believe exposure to loss is significantly mitigated by four factors. First, 99% of the $13.7 billion of consumer nonaccrual loans and 96% of the $6.9 billion of commercial nonaccrual loans are secured at June 30, 2012. Of the consumer nonaccrual loans, 99% are secured by real estate and 35% have a combined LTV (CLTV) ratio of 80% or below. Second, losses of $4.1 billion and $2.1 billion have already been recognized on 48% of consumer nonaccrual loans and 41% of commercial nonaccrual loans, respectively. Generally, when a consumer real estate loan is 120 days past due, we transfer it to nonaccrual status. When the loan reaches 180 days past due it is our policy to write these loans down to net realizable value (fair value of collateral less estimated costs to sell), except for modifications in their trial period that are not written down as long as trial payments are made on time. Thereafter, we revalue each loan regularly and recognize additional write-downs if needed. Third, as of June 30, 2012, 60% of commercial nonaccrual loans were current on interest. Fourth,

the risk of loss for all nonaccruals has been considered and we believe is appropriately covered by the allowance for loan losses.

Under both our proprietary modification programs and the MHA programs, customers may be required to provide updated documentation, and some programs require completion of trial payment periods to demonstrate sustained performance before the loan can be removed from nonaccrual status. In addition, for loans in foreclosure, many states, including California, Florida and New Jersey, have enacted legislation that significantly increases the time to complete the foreclosure process, meaning that loans will remain in nonaccrual status for longer periods.

Table 24 provides a summary of foreclosed assets and an analysis of changes in foreclosed assets.

 

 

30


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

 

 

Table 24: Foreclosed Assets 
      
   June 30,  Mar. 31,  Dec. 31,  Sept. 30,  June 30, 
(in millions)  2012  2012  2011  2011  2011 

Government insured/guaranteed (1)

  $        1,465    1,352    1,319    1,336    1,320  

PCI loans:

      

Commercial

   777    875    840    1,079    993  

Consumer

   321    431    465    530    469  

Total PCI loans

   1,098    1,306    1,305    1,609    1,462  

All other loans:

      

Commercial

   1,147    1,289    1,379    1,322    1,409  

Consumer

   597    670    658    677    670  

Total all other loans

   1,744    1,959    2,037    1,999    2,079  

Total foreclosed assets

  $4,307    4,617    4,661    4,944    4,861  

Analysis of changes in foreclosed assets

      

Balance, beginning of quarter

  $4,617    4,661    4,944    4,861    5,512  

Net change in government insured/guaranteed (2)

   113    33    (17  16    (137

Additions to foreclosed assets (3)

   664    926    934    1,440    880  

Reductions:

      

Sales

   (1,003  (896  (1,123  (1,260  (1,294

Write-downs and loss on sales

   (84  (107  (77  (113  (100

Total reductions

   (1,087  (1,003  (1,200  (1,373  (1,394

Balance, end of quarter

  $4,307    4,617    4,661    4,944    4,861  

 

(1)Consistent with regulatory reporting requirements, foreclosed real estate securing government insured/guaranteed loans are classified as nonperforming. Both principal and interest for government insured/guaranteed loans secured by the foreclosed real estate are collectible because the loans are insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.
(2)Foreclosed government insured/guaranteed loans are temporarily transferred to and held by us as servicer, until reimbursement is received from FHA or VA. The net change in government insured/guaranteed foreclosed assets is made up of inflows from mortgages held for investment and MHFS, and outflows when we are reimbursed by FHA/VA.
(3)Predominantly include loans moved into foreclosure from non-accrual status, PCI loans transitioned directly to foreclosed assets and repossessed automobiles.

 

Foreclosed assets at June 30, 2012, included $1.5 billion of foreclosed real estate that is FHA insured or VA guaranteed and expected to have little to no loss content. The remaining balance of $2.8 billion of foreclosed assets has been written down to estimated net realizable value. Foreclosed assets were down $354 million, or 8%, at June 30, 2012, compared with December 31, 2011. At June 30, 2012, 76% of our foreclosed assets of $4.3 billion have been in the foreclosed assets portfolio one year or less. Given our real estate-secured loan concentrations and current economic conditions, we anticipate we will continue to hold a high level of NPAs on our balance sheet.

 

 

31


Table of Contents

TROUBLED DEBT RESTRUCTURINGS (TDRs)

Table 25: Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDRs) (1)

 

 

   June 30,   Mar. 31,   Dec. 31,   Sept. 30,   June 30, 
(in millions)  2012   2012   2011   2011   2011 

Commercial TDRs

          

Commercial and industrial

  $        1,937     1,967     2,026     2,192     1,821  

Real estate mortgage

   2,457     2,485     2,262     1,752     1,444  

Real estate construction

   980     1,048     1,008     795     694  

Lease financing

   27     29     33     51     84  

Foreign

   28     19     20     9     10  

Total commercial TDRs

   5,429     5,548     5,349     4,799     4,053  

Consumer TDRs

          

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   13,919     13,870     13,799     13,512     12,938  

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

   1,975     1,981     1,986     1,975     1,910  

Other revolving credit and installment

   856     873     872     875     838  

Trial modifications (1)

   745     723     651     668     942  

Total consumer TDRs

   17,495     17,447     17,308     17,030     16,628  

Total TDRs

  $22,924     22,995     22,657     21,829     20,681  

TDRs on nonaccrual status

  $6,900     7,136     6,811     6,758     6,568  

TDRs on accrual status

   16,024     15,859     15,846     15,071     14,113  

Total TDRs

  $22,924     22,995     22,657     21,829     20,681  

 

(1)Based on clarifying guidance from the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) received in December 2011, we classify trial modifications as TDRs at the beginning of the trial period. For many of our consumer real estate modification programs, we may require a borrower to make trial payments generally for a period of three to four months. Prior to the SEC clarification, we classified trial modifications as TDRs once a borrower successfully completed the trial period in accordance with the terms.

 

Table 25 provides information regarding the recorded investment of loans modified in TDRs. The allowance for loan losses for TDRs was $5.4 billion and $5.2 billion at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively. See Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information regarding TDRs.

We do not forgive principal for a majority of our TDRs, but in those situations where principal is forgiven, the entire amount of such principal forgiveness is immediately charged off to the extent not done so prior to the modification. We sometimes delay the timing on the repayment of a portion of principal (principal forbearance) and charge off the amount of forbearance if that amount is not considered fully collectible.

 

 

32


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

 

Table 26 provides an analysis of the changes in TDRs.

Table 26: Analysis of Changes in TDRs

 

 

   Quarter ended 
   June 30,  Mar. 31,  Dec. 31,  Sept. 30,  June 30, 
(in millions)  2012  2012  2011  2011  2011 

Commercial TDRs

      

Balance, beginning of quarter

  $        5,548    5,349    4,799    4,053    3,145  

Inflows

   687    710    1,271    1,321    1,275  

Outflows

      

Charge-offs

   (112  (119  (84  (68  (36

Foreclosure

   (24  (2  (16  (23  (21

Payments, sales and other (1)

   (670  (390  (621  (484  (310

Balance, end of quarter

   5,429    5,548    5,349    4,799    4,053  

Consumer TDRs

      

Balance, beginning of quarter

   17,447    17,308    17,030    16,628    15,888  

Inflows

   762    829    904    1,455    1,574  

Outflows

      

Charge-offs

   (319  (295  (261  (290  (289

Foreclosure

   (25  (33  (33  (39  (33

Payments, sales and other (1)

   (392  (434  (315  (450  (510

Net change in trial modifications (2)

   22    72    (17  (274  (2

Balance, end of quarter

   17,495    17,447    17,308    17,030    16,628  

Total TDRs

  $22,924    22,995    22,657    21,829    20,681  

 

(1)Other outflows include normal amortization/accretion of loan basis adjustments and loans transferred to held-for-sale.
(2)Net change in trial modifications includes: inflows of new TDRs entering the trial payment period, net of outflows for modifications that either (i) successfully perform and enter into a permanent modification, or (ii) did not successfully perform according to the terms of the trial period plan and are subsequently charged-off, foreclosed upon or otherwise resolved. Our recent experience is that most of the mortgages that enter a trial payment period program are successful in completing the program requirements.

 

33


Table of Contents

LOANS 90 DAYS OR MORE PAST DUE AND STILL ACCRUING Loans 90 days or more past due as to interest or principal are still accruing if they are (1) well-secured and in the process of collection or (2) real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans or consumer loans exempt under regulatory rules from being classified as nonaccrual until later delinquency, usually 120 days past due. PCI loans of $6.6 billion, $7.1 billion, $8.7 billion, $8.9 billion and $9.8 billion at June 30 and March 31, 2012, and December 31, September 30 and June 30, 2011, respectively, are not included in these past due and still accruing loans even though they are 90 days or more contractually past due. These PCI loans are considered to be accruing due to the existence of the accretable yield and not based on consideration given to contractual interest payments.

Excluding insured/guaranteed loans, loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing at June 30, 2012, were down $688 million, or 34%, from December 31, 2011, due to loss mitigation

activities including modifications, charge-offs, seasonally lower early stage delinquency levels, decline in non-strategic and liquidating portfolios, and credit stabilization. Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing whose repayments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or predominantly guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) for mortgages and the U.S. Department of Education for student loans under the Federal Family Education Loan Program (FFELP) were $21.5 billion at June 30, 2012, up from $20.5 billion at December 31, 2011.

Table 27 reflects non-PCI loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing by class for loans not government insured/guaranteed. For additional information on delinquencies by loan class, see Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.

 

 

Table 27: Loans 90 Days or More Past Due and Still Accruing

 

 

   June 30,   Mar. 31,   Dec. 31,   Sept. 30,   June 30, 
(in millions)  2012   2012   2011   2011   2011 

Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing:

          

Total (excluding PCI):

  $    22,872     22,555     22,569     19,639     17,318  

Less: FHA insured/guaranteed by the VA (1)(2)

   20,368     19,681     19,240     16,498     14,474  

Less: Student loans guaranteed under the FFELP (3)

   1,144     1,238     1,281     1,212     1,014  

Total, not government insured/guaranteed

  $1,360     1,636     2,048     1,929     1,830  

By segment and class, not government insured/guaranteed:

          

Commercial:

          

Commercial and industrial

  $44     104     153     108     110  

Real estate mortgage

   184     289     256     207     137  

Real estate construction

   25     25     89     57     86  

Foreign

   3     7     6     11     12  

Total commercial

   256     425     504     383     345  

Consumer:

          

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage (2)

   561     616     781     819     728  

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage (2)(4)

   159     156     279     255     286  

Credit card

   274     319     346     328     334  

Other revolving credit and installment

   110     120     138     144     137  

Total consumer

   1,104     1,211     1,544     1,546     1,485  

Total, not government insured/guaranteed

  $1,360     1,636     2,048     1,929     1,830  

 

(1)Represents loans whose repayments are insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.
(2)Includes mortgages held for sale 90 days or more past due and still accruing.
(3)Represents loans whose repayments are predominantly guaranteed by agencies on behalf of the U.S. Department of Education under the FFELP.
(4)During first quarter 2012, $43 million of 1-4 family junior lien mortgages were transferred to nonaccrual upon implementation of the Interagency Guidance issued on January 31, 2012.

 

34


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

 

NET CHARGE-OFFS

Table 28: Net Charge-offs

 

 

   Quarter ended 
   June 30, 2012  March 31, 2012  December 31, 2011  September 30, 2011  June 30, 2011 
($ in millions)  Net loan
charge-
offs
   

As a

% of
avg.
loans(1)

  Net loan
charge-
offs
   

As a

% of
avg.
loans (1)

  Net loan
charge-
offs
  

As a

% of
avg.
loans (1)

  Net loan
charge-
offs
   

As a

% of
avg.
loans (1)

  Net loan
charge-
offs
   

As a

% of
avg.
loans (1)

 

Commercial:

               

Commercial and industrial

  $249     0.58 %  $256     0.62 %  $310    0.74 %  $261     0.65 %  $254     0.66 % 

Real estate mortgage

   81     0.31    46     0.17    117    0.44    96     0.37    128     0.50  

Real estate construction

   17     0.40    67     1.43    (5  (0.09  55     1.06    72     1.32  

Lease financing

   -     -    2     0.06    4    0.13    3     0.11    1     0.01  

Foreign

   11     0.11    14     0.14    45    0.45    8     0.08    47     0.52  

Total commercial

   358     0.42    385     0.45    471    0.54    423     0.50    502     0.62  

Consumer:

               

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   743     1.30    791     1.39    844    1.46    821     1.46    909     1.62  

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

   689     3.38    763     3.62    800    3.64    842     3.75    909     3.97  

Credit card

   240     4.37    242     4.40    256    4.63    266     4.90    294     5.63  

Other revolving credit and installment

   170     0.79    214     0.99    269    1.24    259     1.19    224     1.03  

Total consumer

   1,842     1.76    2,010     1.91    2,169    2.02    2,188     2.06    2,336     2.21  

Total

  $2,200     1.15 %  $2,395     1.25 %  $2,640    1.36 %  $2,611     1.37 %  $2,838     1.52 % 
                                              

 

(1)Quarterly net charge-offs as a percentage of average respective loans are annualized.

 

Table 28 presents net charge-offs for second quarter 2012 and the previous four quarters. Net charge-offs in second quarter 2012 were $2.2 billion (1.15% of average total loans outstanding) compared with $2.8 billion (1.52%) in second quarter 2011. In general, net charge-offs declined as to amount and percentage of average loans for all categories of loans in second quarter 2012 compared with second quarter 2011, as we saw signs of stabilization in the housing market although the economic recovery remained uneven.

 

 

35


Table of Contents

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES The allowance for credit losses, which consists of the allowance for loan losses and the allowance for unfunded credit commitments, is management’s estimate of credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio and unfunded credit commitments at the balance sheet date, excluding loans carried at fair value. The detail of the changes in the allowance for credit losses by portfolio segment (including charge-offs and recoveries by loan class) is in Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report. Table 29 provides a summary of our allowance for credit losses.

We employ a disciplined process and methodology to establish our allowance for credit losses each quarter. This process takes into consideration many factors, including historical and forecasted loss trends, loan-level credit quality ratings and loan grade-specific loss factors. The process involves subjective and complex judgments. In addition, we review a variety of credit metrics and trends. These credit metrics and trends, however, do not solely determine the amount of the allowance as we use several analytical tools. For additional information on our allowance for credit losses, see the “Critical Accounting Policies – Allowance for Credit Losses” section in our 2011 Form 10-K and Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.

 

 

Table 29: Allowance for Credit Losses

 

 

   June 30,  Mar. 31,   Dec. 31,   Sept. 30,   June 30, 
(in millions)  2012  2012   2011   2011   2011 

Components:

         

Allowance for loan losses

  $        18,320    18,852     19,372     20,039     20,893  

Allowance for unfunded credit commitments

   326    277     296     333     369  

Allowance for credit losses

  $18,646    19,129     19,668     20,372     21,262  

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans

   2.36   2.46     2.52     2.64     2.78  

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of annualized net charge-offs

   207    196     185     193     184  

Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans

   2.41    2.50     2.56     2.68     2.83  

Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total nonaccrual loans

   91    87     92     93     92  

 

In addition to the allowance for credit losses, there was $9.2 billion at June 30, 2012, and $10.7 billion at December 31, 2011, of nonaccretable difference to absorb losses for PCI loans. The allowance for credit losses is lower than otherwise would have been required without PCI loan accounting. As a result of PCI loans, certain ratios of the Company may not be directly comparable with prior periods. For additional information on PCI loans, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans” section and Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.

The ratio of the allowance for credit losses to total nonaccrual loans may fluctuate significantly from period to period due to such factors as the mix of loan types in the portfolio, borrower credit strength and the value and marketability of collateral. Over half of nonaccrual loans were home mortgages at June 30, 2012.

The $532 million linked-quarter decline in the allowance for loan losses in second quarter 2012 reflected continued improvement in consumer delinquency trends and improved portfolio performance. Total provision for credit losses was $1.8 billion in each of second quarter 2012 and 2011. The second quarter 2012 provision was $400 million less than net charge-offs, compared with a provision that was $400 million, $600 million, $800 million, and $1.0 billion less than net charge-offs in the first quarter of 2012 and fourth, third and second quarters of 2011, respectively.

In determining the appropriate allowance attributable to our residential real estate portfolios, our process considers the associated credit cost, including re-defaults of modified loans and projected loss severity for loan modifications that occur or are probable to occur. In addition, our process incorporates the

estimated allowance associated with recent events including our settlement announced in first quarter 2012 with federal and state government entities relating to our mortgage servicing and foreclosure practices and high risk portfolios defined in the Interagency Guidance relating to junior lien mortgages.

Changes in the allowance reflect changes in statistically derived loss estimates, historical loss experience, current trends in borrower risk and/or general economic activity on portfolio performance, and management’s estimate for imprecision and uncertainty.

We believe the allowance for credit losses of $18.6 billion was appropriate to cover credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio, including unfunded credit commitments, at June 30, 2012. The allowance for credit losses is subject to change and reflects existing factors at the time of determination, including economic or market conditions and ongoing internal and external examination processes. Due to the sensitivity of the allowance for credit losses to changes in the economy and business environment, it is possible that we will incur incremental credit losses not anticipated as of the balance sheet date. Absent significant deterioration in the economy, we expect continued but more modest improvement in credit performance for the remainder of 2012, and we continue to expect future allowance releases in 2012. Our process for determining the allowance for credit losses is discussed in the “Critical Accounting Policies – Allowance for Credit Losses” section in our 2011 Form 10-K and Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to the Financial Statements in this Report.

 

 

36


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

 

LIABILITY FOR MORTGAGE LOAN REPURCHASE LOSSES We sell residential mortgage loans to various parties, including (1) government-sponsored entities Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae (GSEs) who include the mortgage loans in GSE-guaranteed mortgage securitizations, (2) SPEs that issue private label MBS, and (3) other financial institutions that purchase mortgage loans for investment or private label securitization. In addition, we pool FHA-insured and VA-guaranteed mortgage loans that back securities guaranteed by GNMA. We may be required to repurchase these mortgage loans, indemnify the securitization trust, investor or insurer, or reimburse the securitization trust, investor or insurer for credit losses incurred on loans (collectively, repurchase) in the event of a breach of contractual representations or warranties that is not remedied within a period (usually 90 days or less) after we receive notice of the breach.

We have established a mortgage repurchase liability related to various representations and warranties that reflect management’s estimate of probable losses for loans for which we have a repurchase obligation, whether or not we currently service those loans, based on a combination of factors. Our mortgage repurchase liability estimation process also incorporates a forecast for repurchase demands associated with mortgage insurance rescission activity. Repurchase demands have primarily related to 2006 through 2008 vintages and to GSE-guaranteed MBS.

During second quarter 2012, we continued to experience elevated levels of repurchase activity measured by the number of investor repurchase demands and our level of repurchases. We repurchased or reimbursed investors for incurred losses on mortgage loans with original balances of $847 million in second quarter 2012, compared with $598 million a year ago. In second quarter 2011, we also negotiated a settlement on a pool of mortgage loans with original sold balances of $302 million. This settlement occurred with a private investor to whom we had sold the loans and settled all future mortgage repurchase requests for this pool of loans with this counterparty. We incurred net losses on repurchased loans and investor reimbursements totaling $349 million in second quarter 2012 compared with $261 million a year ago.

Table 30 provides the number of unresolved repurchase demands and mortgage insurance rescissions. We do not typically receive repurchase requests from GNMA, FHA/HUD or VA. As an originator of an FHA insured or VA guaranteed loan, we are responsible for obtaining the insurance with FHA or the guarantee with the VA. To the extent we are not able to obtain the insurance or the guarantee we must request to repurchase the loan from the GNMA pool. Such repurchases from GNMA pools typically represent a self-initiated process upon discovery of the uninsurable loan (usually within 180 days from funding of the loan). Alternatively, in lieu of repurchasing loans from GNMA pools, we may be asked by the FHA/HUD or the VA to indemnify them (as applicable) for defects found in the Post Endorsement Technical Review process or audits performed by FHA/HUD or the VA. Our liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses incorporates probable losses associated with such indemnification.

 

 

Table 30: Unresolved Repurchase Demands and Mortgage Insurance Rescissions

 

 

   Government
sponsored entities (1)
   Private   Mortgage insurance
rescissions with no demand (2)
   Total 
($ in millions)  Number of
loans
   Original loan
balance (3)
   Number of
loans
   Original loan
balance (3)
   Number of
loans
   Original loan
balance (3)
   Number of
loans
   Original loan
balance (3)
 

2012

                

June 30,

   5,687    $            1,265     913    $            213     840    $            188     7,440    $            1,666  

March 31,

   6,333     1,398     857     241     970     217     8,160     1,856  

2011

                

December 31,

   7,066     1,575     470     167     1,178     268     8,714     2,010  

September 30,

   6,577     1,500     582     208     1,508     314     8,667     2,022  

June 30,

   6,876     1,565     695     230     2,019     444     9,590     2,239  

March 31,

   6,210     1,395     1,973     424     2,885     674     11,068     2,493  

 

(1)Includes repurchase demands of 526 and $103 million, 694 and $131 million, 861 and $161 million, 878 and $173 million and 892 and $179 million, for June 30 and March 31, 2012, and December 31, September 30 and June 30, 2011, respectively, received from investors on mortgage servicing rights acquired from other originators. We generally have the right of recourse against the seller and may be able to recover losses related to such repurchase demands subject to counterparty risk associated with the seller. The number of repurchase demands from GSEs that are from mortgage loans originated in 2006 through 2008 totaled 78% at June 30, 2012.
(2)As part of our representations and warranties in our loan sales contracts, we typically represent to GSEs and private investors that certain loans have mortgage insurance to the extent there are loans that have loan to value ratios in excess of 80% that require mortgage insurance. To the extent the mortgage insurance is rescinded by the mortgage insurer due to a claim of breach of a contractual representation or warranty, the lack of insurance may result in a repurchase demand from an investor. Similar to repurchase demands, we evaluate mortgage insurance rescission notices for validity and appeal for reinstatement if the rescission was not based on a contractual breach. When investor demands are received due to lack of mortgage insurance, they are reported as unresolved repurchase demands based on the applicable investor category for the loan (GSE or private). Over the last year, approximately 20% of our repurchase demands from GSEs had mortgage insurance rescission as one of the reasons for the repurchase demand. Of all the mortgage insurance rescissions notices received in 2011, approximately 80% have resulted in repurchase demands through June 2012. Not all mortgage insurance rescissions received in 2011 have been completed through the appeals process with the mortgage insurer and, upon successful appeal, we work with the investor to rescind the repurchase demand.
(3)While the original loan balances related to these demands are presented above, the establishment of the repurchase liability is based on a combination of factors, such as our appeals success rates, reimbursement by correspondent and other third party originators, and projected loss severity, which is driven by the difference between the current loan balance and the estimated collateral value less costs to sell the property.

 

37


Table of Contents

The overall level of unresolved repurchase demands and mortgage insurance rescissions outstanding at June 30, 2012, was down from a year ago in both number of outstanding loans and in total dollar balances as we continued to work through the demands and mortgage insurance rescissions. Customary with industry practice, we have the right of recourse against correspondent lenders from whom we have purchased loans with respect to representations and warranties. Of total repurchase demands and mortgage insurance recissions outstanding as of June 30, 2012, presented in Table 30, approximately 20% relate to loans purchased from correspondent lenders. Due primarily to the financial difficulties of some correspondent lenders, we are currently recovering on average approximately 45% of losses from these lenders. Historical recovery rates as well as projected lender performance are incorporated in the establishment of our mortgage repurchase liability.

We believe we have a high quality residential mortgage loan servicing portfolio. Of the $1.9 trillion in the residential mortgage loan servicing portfolio at June 30, 2012, 93% was current, less than 2% was subprime at origination, and less than 1% was home equity securitizations. Our combined delinquency and foreclosure rate on this portfolio was 7.14% at June 30, 2012, compared with 7.96% at December 31, 2011. Five percent of this portfolio are private label securitizations where we originated the loans and therefore have some repurchase risk. We believe the risk of repurchase in our private label securitizations is substantially reduced, relative to other private label securitizations, because approximately half of this portfolio of private label securitizations do not contain representations

and warranties regarding borrower or other third party misrepresentations related to the mortgage loan, general compliance with underwriting guidelines, or property valuation, which are commonly asserted bases for repurchase. For this 5% private label securitization segment of our residential mortgage loan servicing portfolio (weighted average age of 81 months), 58% are loans from 2005 vintages or earlier; 79% were prime at origination; and approximately 65% are jumbo loans. The weighted-average LTV as of June 30, 2012 for this private securitization segment was 76%. We believe the highest risk segment of these private label securitizations is the subprime loans originated in 2006 and 2007. These subprime loans have seller representations and warranties and currently have LTVs close to or exceeding 100%, and represent 9% of the private label securitization portion of the residential mortgage servicing portfolio. We had only $58 million of repurchases related to private label securitizations in the second quarter 2012. Of the servicing portfolio, 4% is non-agency acquired servicing and 1% is private whole loan sales. We did not underwrite and securitize the non-agency acquired servicing and therefore we have no obligation on that portion of our servicing portfolio to the investor for any repurchase demands arising from origination practices. For the private whole loan segment, while we do have repurchase risk on these loans, less than 2% were subprime at origination and loans that were sold and subsequently securitized are included in the private label securitization segment discussed above.

Table 31 summarizes the changes in our mortgage repurchase liability.

 

 

Table 31: Changes in Mortgage Repurchase Liability

 

 

   Quarter ended 
   June 30,  Mar. 31,  Dec. 31,  Sept. 30,  June 30, 
(in millions)  2012  2012  2011  2011  2011 

Balance, beginning of period

   $            1,444    1,326    1,194    1,188    1,207  

Provision for repurchase losses:

      

Loan sales

   72    62    27    19    20  

Change in estimate (1)

   597    368    377    371    222  

 

 

Total additions

   669    430    404    390    242  

Losses

   (349  (312  (272  (384  (261

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $1,764    1,444    1,326    1,194    1,188  

 

 

 

(1)Results from changes in investor demand and mortgage insurer practices, credit deterioration and changes in the financial stability of correspondent lenders.

 

38


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

 

The mortgage repurchase liability of $1.8 billion at June 30, 2012 represents our best estimate of the probable loss that we expect to incur for various representations and warranties in the contractual provisions of our sales of mortgage loans. The mortgage repurchase liability estimation process requires management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain, including demand expectations, economic factors, and the specific characteristics of the loans subject to repurchase. Our evaluation considers the collective actions of the GSEs and their regulator, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA), mortgage insurers and our correspondent lenders. We maintain regular contact with the GSEs, the FHFA, and other significant investors to monitor their repurchase demand practices and issues as part of our process to update our repurchase liability estimate as new information becomes available.

Our liability for mortgage repurchases, included in “Accrued expenses and other liabilities” in our consolidated balance sheet, was $1.8 billion at June 30, 2012 and $1.3 billion at December 31, 2011. In the quarter ended June 30, 2012, we provided $669 million, which reduced net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities, compared with a provision of $242 million a year ago. Our provision in second quarter 2012 reflected an increase in projections of future GSE repurchase demands, net of appeals, for the 2006 through 2008 vintages to incorporate the impact of recent trends in file requests and repurchase demand activity (comprising approximately 70% of the second quarter 2012 provision), an increase in probable loss estimates for mortgage insurance rescissions (approximately 10%), new loan sales (approximately 10%) and various other observed trends affecting our repurchase liability including higher than anticipated loss severity (approximately 10%). The increase in projected future GSE repurchase demands in the quarter was predominately a result of higher than anticipated GSE file requests, a key leading indicator of future demand activity, and higher repurchase demands, both related to loans with characteristics that did not historically result in either file reviews or repurchases. This trend was partially offset by an improving appeals success rate which reflects the on-going dialogue with the GSEs over what qualifies for repurchase.

Because of the uncertainty in the various estimates underlying the mortgage repurchase liability, there is a range of losses in excess of the recorded mortgage repurchase liability that are reasonably possible. The estimate of the range of possible loss for representations and warranties does not represent a probable loss, and is based on currently available information, significant judgment, and a number of assumptions that are subject to change. The high end of this range of reasonably possible losses in excess of our recorded liability was $2.6 billion at June 30, 2012, and was determined based upon modifying the assumptions utilized in our best estimate of probable loss to reflect what we believe to be the high end of reasonably possible adverse assumptions. For additional information on our repurchase liability, see the “Critical Accounting Policies – Liability for Mortgage Loan Repurchase Losses” section in our 2011 Form 10-K and and Note 8 (Mortgage Banking Activities) to Financial Statements in this Report.

To the extent that economic conditions and the housing market do not improve or future investor repurchase demands and appeals success rates differ from past experience, we could continue to have increased demands and increased loss severity on repurchases, causing future additions to the repurchase liability. However, some of the underwriting standards that were permitted by the GSEs for conforming loans in the 2006 through 2008 vintages, which significantly contributed to recent levels of repurchase demands, were tightened starting in mid to late 2008. Accordingly, we do not expect, and have not experienced, a similar rate of repurchase requests from the 2009 and later vintages, absent unanticipated deterioration in economic conditions or changes in investor behavior.

RISKS RELATING TO SERVICING ACTIVITIES In addition to servicing loans in our portfolio, we act as servicer and/or master servicer of residential mortgage loans included in GSE-guaranteed mortgage securitizations, GNMA-guaranteed mortgage securitizations of FHA/VA-guaranteed mortgages and private label mortgage securitizations, as well as for unsecuritized loans owned by institutional investors. For additional information regarding risks relating to our servicing activities, see pages 73-77 in our 2011 Form 10-K.

In April 2011, the FRB and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) issued Consent Orders that require us to correct deficiencies in our residential mortgage loan servicing and foreclosure practices that were identified by federal banking regulators in their fourth quarter 2010 review. The Consent Orders also require that we improve our servicing and foreclosure practices. We have implemented nearly all of the operational changes that resulted from the expanded servicing responsibilities outlined in the Consent Orders.

On February 9, 2012, a federal/state settlement was announced among the DOJ, Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD), the Department of the Treasury, the Department of Veterans Affairs, the Federal Trade Commission (FTC), the Executive Office of the U.S. Trustee, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, a task force of Attorneys General representing 49 states, Wells Fargo, and four other servicers related to investigations of mortgage industry servicing and foreclosure practices. While Oklahoma did not participate in the larger settlement, it settled separately with the five servicers under a simplified agreement. Under the terms of the larger settlement, which will remain in effect for three and a half years (subject to a trailing review period) we have agreed to the following programmatic commitments, consisting of three components totaling approximately $5.3 billion:

 

  

Consumer Relief Program commitment of $3.4 billion

 

  

Refinance Program commitment of $900 million

 

  

Foreclosure Assistance Program of $1 billion

Additionally and simultaneously, the OCC and FRB announced the imposition of civil money penalties of $83 million and $87 million, respectively, pursuant to the Consent Orders. While still subject to FRB and OCC confirmation, Wells Fargo believes the civil money obligations were satisfied through payments made under the Foreclosure Assistance Program to the federal government and participating

 

 

39


Table of Contents

states for their use to address the impact of foreclosure challenges as they determine and which may include direct payments to consumers.

We began receiving credit towards satisfaction of the requirements of the Consumer Relief Program for activities taken on or after March 1, 2012. We can also receive an additional 25% credit for first or second lien principal reduction taken within one year from March 1, 2012. Because we will not receive dollar-for-dollar credit for the relief provided in some circumstances, the actual relief we provide to borrowers will likely exceed our commitment. The terms also require that we satisfy 75% of the commitments under the Consumer Relief Program within two years from March 1, 2012. If we do not meet this two-year requirement and also do not meet the entire commitment within three years, we are required to pay an amount equal to 140% of the unmet commitment amount. If we meet the two-year commitment target, but do not meet the entire commitment amount within the three years, we are required to pay an amount equal to 125% of the unmet commitment amount. We expect that we will be able to meet our commitment (and state-level sub-commitments) on the Consumer Relief Program within the required timeframes. We expect to be able to meet our Consumer Relief Program commitment primarily through our first and second lien modification and short sale and other deficiency balance waiver programs. We have evaluated our commitment along with the menu of credits and believe that fulfilling our commitment under the Consumer Relief Program has been appropriately considered in our estimation for the allowance for loan losses as well as our cash flow projections to evaluate the nonaccretable difference for our PCI portfolios at June 30, 2012.

We will receive credit under the Refinance Program for activities taken on or after March 1, 2012. The Refinance Program allows for an additional 25% credit (additional credit) for all refinance credits earned in the first 12 months of the program. We expect that we will be able to complete the number of refinances necessary to satisfy the entire credit in the first 12 months of offering the Refinance Program. If successful in this regard, the estimated lifetime amount of interest income reduction to the portfolio will be approximately $1.4 billion to $1.7 billion and the additional credit earned will be $360 million to $423 million.

We expect that we will refinance approximately 34,000 to 40,000 borrowers with an unpaid principal balance of approximately $7.0 billion to $8.0 billion under the Refinance Program. Based on the mix of loans we anticipate will be refinanced, we estimate their weighted average note rate will be reduced by approximately 260 basis points and that their weighted average estimated remaining life will be approximately 8 years. These estimates will be affected by the actual number of eligible borrowers that accept a refinance offer, their existing and new note rates and the remaining term of the actual loans refinanced. The impact of fulfilling our commitment under the Refinance Program will be recognized over a period of years in the form of lower interest income as qualified borrowers benefit from reduced interest rates on loans refinanced under the Refinance Program. Based on our expectation that we will fulfill the credit needs for the Refinance Program within the first

12 months, we expect the future reduction in interest income to be approximately $183 million to $215 million annually. As a result of refinancings under the Refinance Program, we will be forgoing interest that we may not otherwise have agreed to forgo. No loss was recognized in our financial statements for this estimated forgone interest income as the impact will be recognized over a period of years in the form of lower interest income as qualified borrowers benefit from reduced interest rates on loans refinanced under the Refinance Program. The impact of this forgone interest income on our future net interest margin is anticipated to be modestly adverse and will be influenced by the overall mortgage interest rate environment, which products are accepted by the eligible borrowers, and the pace of the execution of the program. The Refinance Program will also affect our fair value for these loans. The estimated reduction of the fair value of our loans for the Refinance Program is approximately $1.4 billion to $1.7 billion and will be affected by our actual execution of the program and borrower acceptance rates.

The expectations discussed above about the volume of loans that we may refinance, the resulting reduction in our lifetime and annual interest income, and the reductions in fair value of loans for the Refinance Program exceed the amounts that would result from just meeting our minimum commitments under the Program due to the significantly higher than expected response we have received from our customers in second quarter 2012, which is partially driven by product changes and the decision to hold interest rates consistent with the prevailing market environment.

Although this component of the settlement relates to borrowers in good standing as to their payment history who are not experiencing financial difficulty, we will evaluate each borrower to confirm their ability to repay their mortgage obligation. This evaluation will include reviewing key credit and underwriting policy metrics to validate that these borrowers are not experiencing financial difficulty and therefore, actions taken under the Refinance Program will not generally be considered a troubled debt restructuring. To the extent we determine that an eligible borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, we will consider alternative modification programs that may result in loans being classified and accounted for as troubled debt restructurings.

We expect that we will be able to meet the obligations of our commitment for the Refinance Program (and any state-level sub-commitments) and will not be required to pay for not meeting our commitment.

We have begun executing activities under both the Consumer Relief and the Refinance Programs in accordance with the terms of our commitments. We are required to provide our first report of progress against our commitments to the third party monitor on November 14, 2012.

Other Mortgage Matters On July 12, 2012, we entered into a settlement agreement with the DOJ resolving the DOJ’s claims that some of our mortgages may have had a disparate impact on some African-American and Hispanic borrowers. The DOJ claims were based on a statistical survey of Wells Fargo Home Mortgage (WFHM) loans between 2004 and 2009, and the

 

 

40


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

 

claims primarily related to mortgages priced and sold to consumers by independent mortgage brokers. In the settlement, we denied the claims, but agreed to pay $125 million to borrowers that the DOJ believes were adversely impacted by mortgages priced and sold by independent mortgage brokers through the wholesale division of WFHM. The settlement also resolved pending litigation filed in 2009 by the State of Illinois and an investigative complaint filed by the Pennsylvania Human Relations Commission. As part of the settlement, we also agreed to pay $50 million to fund a community support program in approximately eight cities or metropolitan statistical areas, as to be agreed upon between the DOJ and Wells Fargo, and agreed to undertake an internal lending compliance review of a small percentage of subprime mortgages delivered through our retail channel during the period of 2004 to 2008 and will rebate borrowers as appropriate. Expenses related to the settlement were fully accrued for as of the end of second quarter 2012. While not part of the settlement, Wells Fargo also announced that as of July 13, 2012, it voluntarily discontinued the funding of mortgages that are originated, priced and sold by independent mortgage brokers through the WFHM wholesale division. Mortgages sold by independent mortgage brokers in this manner represented approximately 5% of Wells Fargo’s home mortgage funded volume in second quarter 2012. For additional information on this and other legal matters related to our mortgage servicing activities and mortgage-related practices, see pages 73-77 in our 2011 Form 10-K and Note 11 (Legal Actions) to Financial Statements in this Report.

 

 

41


Table of Contents

Asset/Liability Management

Asset/liability management involves evaluating, monitoring and managing of interest rate risk, market risk, liquidity and funding. The Corporate Asset/Liability Management Committee (Corporate ALCO), which oversees these risks and reports periodically to the Finance Committee of the Board of Directors, consists of senior financial and business executives. Each of our principal business groups has its own asset/liability management committee and process linked to the Corporate ALCO process.

INTEREST RATE RISK Interest rate risk, which potentially can have a significant earnings impact, is an integral part of being a financial intermediary. We assess interest rate risk by comparing our most likely earnings plan with various earnings simulations using many interest rate scenarios that differ in the direction of interest rate changes, the degree of change over time, the speed of change and the projected shape of the yield curve. For example, as of June 30, 2012, our most recent simulation indicated estimated earnings at risk of less than 1% of our most likely earnings plan over the next 12 months under a range of both lower and higher interest rates, including a scenario in which the federal funds rate remains unchanged and the 10-year Constant Maturity Treasury bond yield averages below 1.20%, and a scenario in which the federal funds rate rises to 3.75% and the 10-year Constant Maturity Treasury bond yield increases to 5.10%. Simulation estimates depend on, and will change with, the size and mix of our actual and projected balance sheet at the time of each simulation. Due to timing differences between the quarterly valuation of MSRs and the eventual impact of interest rates on mortgage banking volumes, earnings at risk in any particular quarter could be higher than the average earnings at risk over the 12-month simulation period, depending on the path of interest rates and on our hedging strategies for MSRs. See the “Risk Management – Mortgage Banking Interest Rate and Market Risk” below for more information.

We use exchange-traded and over-the-counter (OTC) interest rate derivatives to hedge our interest rate exposures. The notional or contractual amount, credit risk amount and estimated net fair value of these derivatives as of June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, are presented in Note 12 (Derivatives) to Financial Statements in this Report.

For additional information regarding interest rate risk, see page 78 of our 2011 Form 10-K.

MORTGAGE BANKING INTEREST RATE AND MARKET RISK We originate, fund and service mortgage loans, which subjects us to various risks, including credit, liquidity and interest rate risks. For a discussion of mortgage banking interest rate and market risk, see pages 78-80 of our 2011 Form 10-K.

While our hedging activities are designed to balance our mortgage banking interest rate risks, the financial instruments we use may not perfectly correlate with the values and income being hedged. For example, the change in the value of ARM production held for sale from changes in mortgage interest rates may or may not be fully offset by Treasury and LIBOR index-based financial instruments used as economic hedges for such ARMs. Additionally, hedge-carry income on our economic

hedges for the MSRs may not continue if the spread between short-term and long-term rates decreases, we shift composition of the hedge to more interest rate swaps, or there are other changes in the market for mortgage forwards that affect the implied carry.

The total carrying value of our residential and commercial MSRs was $13.2 billion at June 30, 2012, and $14.0 billion at December 31, 2011. The weighted-average note rate on our portfolio of loans serviced for others was 4.97% at June 30, 2012, and 5.14% at December 31, 2011. The carrying value of our total MSRs represented 0.69% of mortgage loans serviced for others at June 30, 2012, and 0.76% at December 31, 2011.

MARKET RISK – TRADING ACTIVITIES From a market risk perspective, our net income is exposed to changes in interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, equity and commodity prices and their implied volatilities. The primary purpose of our trading businesses is to accommodate customers in the management of their market price risks. Also, we take positions based on market expectations or to benefit from price differences between financial instruments and markets, subject to risk limits established and monitored by our Corporate ALCO. All securities, foreign exchange transactions, commodity transactions and derivatives used in our trading businesses are carried at fair value. Our Market and Institutional Risk Committee, which provides governance and oversight over market risk-taking activities across the Company, establishes and monitors counterparty risk limits. The credit risk amount and estimated net fair value of all customer accommodation derivatives at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, are included in Note 12 (Derivatives) to Financial Statements in this Report. Open “at risk” positions for all trading businesses are monitored by Corporate ALCO. Table 32 presents net gains from trading activities attributable to the following types of activity:

Table 32: Trading Activities

 

 

   Quarter ended June 30,  Six months ended June 30, 
(in millions) 2012  2011  2012  2011 

 

 

Customer accommodation  

 $356    190    690    687  

Economic hedging

  (92  247    199    348  

Proprietary

  (1  (23  14    (9

 

 

Total net trading gains (losses)

 $263    414    903    1,026  

 

 

The amounts reflected in the table above capture only gains (losses) due to changes in fair value of our trading positions and are reported within net gains (losses) on trading activities within the noninterest income line item of the income statement. These amounts do not include interest income and other fees earned from related activities, which are reported within interest income from trading assets and other fees within noninterest income line items of the income statement. Categorization of net gains (losses) from trading activities in the previous table is based on our own definition of those categories, as further described below, because no uniform industry definitions currently exist.

 

 

42


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management (continued)

 

Customer accommodation trading consists of security or derivative transactions conducted in an effort to help customers manage their market price risks and are done on their behalf or driven by their investment needs. For the majority of our customer accommodation trading we serve as intermediary between buyer and seller. For example, we may enter into financial instruments with customers who use the instruments for risk management purposes and offset our exposure on such contracts by entering into separate instruments. Customer accommodation trading also includes net gains related to market-making activities in which we take positions to facilitate expected customer order flow.

Economic hedges consist primarily of cash or derivative positions used to facilitate certain of our balance sheet risk management activities that did not qualify for hedge accounting or were not designated in a hedge accounting relationship. Economic hedges may also include securities that we elected to carry at fair value with changes in fair value recorded to earnings in order to mitigate accounting measurement mismatches or avoid embedded derivative accounting complexities.

Proprietary trading consists of security or derivative positions executed for our own account based on market expectations or to benefit from price differences between financial instruments and markets. Proprietary trading activity is expected to be restricted by the Dodd-Frank Act prohibitions known as the “Volcker Rule,” which has not yet been finalized. On October 11, 2011, federal banking agencies and the SEC issued for public comment proposed regulations to implement the Volcker Rule. We believe our definition of proprietary trading is consistent with the proposed regulations. However, given that final rule-making is required by various governmental regulatory agencies to define proprietary trading within the context of the final Volcker Rule, our definition of proprietary trading may change. We have reduced or exited certain business activities in anticipation of the final Volcker Rule. As discussed within the noninterest income section of our financial results, proprietary trading activity is not significant to our financial results. See the “Regulatory Reform” sections in our 2011 Form 10-K and in our 2012 First Quarter Form 10-Q for additional information on the Volcker Rule.

The fair value of our trading derivatives is reported in Notes 12 (Derivatives) and 13 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) to Financial Statements in this Report. The fair value of our trading securities is reported in Note 13 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) to Financial Statements in this Report.

The standardized approach for monitoring and reporting market risk for the trading activities consists of value-at-risk (VaR) metrics complemented with sensitivity analysis and stress testing. VaR measures the worst expected loss over a given time interval and within a given confidence interval. We measure and report daily VaR at a 99% confidence interval based on actual changes in rates and prices over the previous 250 trading days. The analysis captures all financial instruments that are considered trading positions. The average one-day VaR throughout second quarter 2012 was $31 million, with a lower bound of $22 million and an upper bound of $50 million.

MARKET RISK – EQUITY MARKETS We are directly and indirectly affected by changes in the equity markets. For additional information regarding market risk related to equity markets, see page 81 of our 2011 Form 10-K.

Table 33 provides information regarding our marketable and nonmarketable equity investments.

Table 33: Nonmarketable and Marketable Equity Investments

 

 

   June 30,   Dec. 31, 
(in millions)  2012   2011 

 

 

Nonmarketable equity investments:

    

Cost method:

    

Private equity investments

  $3,691     3,444  

Federal bank stock

   4,432     4,617  

 

 

Total cost method

   8,123     8,061  

 

 

Equity method:

    

LIHTC investments (1)

   4,073     4,077  

Private equity and other

   4,792     4,670  

 

 

Total equity method

   8,865     8,747  

 

 

Total nonmarketable equity investments (2)

  $            16,988     16,808  

 

 

Marketable equity securities:

    

Cost

  $2,478     2,929  

Net unrealized gains

   369     488  

 

 

Total marketable equity securities (3)

  $2,847     3,417  

 

 

 

(1)Represents low income housing tax credit investments
(2)Included in other assets on the balance sheet. See Note 6 (Other Assets) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.
(3)Included in securities available for sale. See Note 4 (Securities Available for Sale) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.
 

 

43


Table of Contents

LIQUIDITY AND FUNDING The objective of effective liquidity management is to ensure that we can meet customer loan requests, customer deposit maturities/withdrawals and other cash commitments efficiently under both normal operating conditions and under unpredictable circumstances of industry or market stress. To achieve this objective, the Corporate ALCO establishes and monitors liquidity guidelines that require sufficient asset-based liquidity to cover potential funding requirements and to avoid over-dependence on volatile, less reliable funding markets. We set these guidelines for both the consolidated balance sheet and for the Parent to ensure that the Parent is a source of strength for its regulated, deposit-taking banking subsidiaries.

Unencumbered debt and equity securities in the securities available-for-sale portfolio provide asset liquidity, in addition to

the immediately liquid resources of cash and due from banks and federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments. Asset liquidity is further enhanced by our ability to sell or securitize loans in secondary markets and to pledge loans to access secured borrowing facilities through the Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLB) and the FRB.

Core customer deposits have historically provided a sizeable source of relatively stable and low-cost funds. At June 30, 2012, core deposits funded 114% of total loans compared with 108% a year ago. Additional funding is provided by long-term debt, other foreign deposits, and short-term borrowings.

Table 34 shows selected information for short-term borrowings, which generally mature in less than 30 days.

 

 

Table 34: Short-Term Borrowings

 

 

    Quarter ended 
   June 30,   Mar. 31,   Dec. 31,   Sept. 30,   June 30, 
(in millions)  2012   2012   2011   2011   2011 

 

 

Balance, period end

          

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  $  19,695     17,759     18,053     17,444     17,357  

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   36,328     33,205     31,038     33,331     36,524  

 

 

Total

  $56,023     50,964     49,091     50,775     53,881  

 

 

Average daily balance for period

          

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  $18,072     18,038     17,301     17,040     17,105  

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   33,626     30,344     31,441     33,333     36,235  

 

 

Total

  $51,698     48,382     48,742     50,373     53,340  

 

 

Maximum month-end balance for period

          

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings (1)

  $19,695     18,323     18,053     17,569     18,234  

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase (2)

   36,328     33,205     32,354     33,331     36,524  

 

 

 

(1)Highest month-end balance in each of the last five quarters was in June and January 2012, and December, July and April 2011.
(2)Highest month-end balance in each of the last five quarters was in June and March 2012, and October, September and June 2011.

 

        We access domestic and international capital markets for long-term funding through issuances of registered debt securities, private placements and asset-backed secured funding. Investors in the long-term capital markets, as well as other market participants, generally will consider, among other factors, a company’s debt rating in making investment decisions. Rating agencies base their ratings on many quantitative and qualitative factors, including capital adequacy, liquidity, asset quality, business mix, the level and quality of earnings, and rating agency assumptions regarding the probability and extent of Federal financial assistance or support for certain large financial institutions. Adverse changes in these factors could result in a reduction of our credit rating; however, a reduction in credit rating would not cause us to violate any of our debt covenants. There were no changes to our credit ratings in second quarter 2012. See the “Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management” and “Risk Factors” sections in our 2011 Form 10-K for additional information regarding our credit ratings as of December 31, 2011, and the potential impact a credit rating downgrade would have on our liquidity and operations, as well as Note 12 (Derivatives) to Financial Statements in this Report for information regarding additional collateral and funding

obligations required for certain derivative instruments in the event our credit ratings were to fall below investment grade.

On December 20, 2011, the FRB proposed enhanced liquidity risk management rules. The proposed rules would require modifications to our existing liquidity risk management processes. This includes increased frequency of liquidity reporting and stress testing along with additional corporate governance. We will continue to analyze the proposed rules and other regulatory proposals that may affect liquidity risk management, including Basel III, to determine the level of operational or compliance impact to Wells Fargo. For additional information see the “Capital Management” and “Regulatory Reform” sections in this Report and in our 2011 Form 10-K.

Parent Under SEC rules, our Parent is classified as a “well-known seasoned issuer,” which allows it to file a registration statement that does not have a limit on issuance capacity. In April 2012, the Parent filed a registration statement with the SEC for the issuance of senior and subordinated notes, preferred stock and other securities. The Parent’s ability to issue debt and other securities under this registration statement is limited by the debt issuance authority granted by the Board. The Parent is currently authorized by the Board to issue $60 billion in

 

 

 

44


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management (continued)

 

outstanding short-term debt and $170 billion in outstanding long-term debt. During the first half of 2012, the Parent issued $11.7 billion of senior notes, of which $10.4 billion were registered with the SEC.

The Parent’s proceeds from securities issued in the first half of 2012 were used for general corporate purposes, and, unless otherwise specified in the applicable prospectus or prospectus supplement, we expect the proceeds from securities issued in the future will be used for the same purposes. Depending on market conditions, we may purchase our outstanding debt securities from time to time in privately negotiated or open market transactions, by tender offer, or otherwise.

Table 35 provides information regarding the Parent’s medium-term note (MTN) programs. The Parent may issue senior and subordinated debt securities under Series L & M, and the European and Australian programmes. Under Series K, the Parent may issue senior debt securities linked to one or more indices or bearing interest at a fixed or floating rate.

Table 35: Medium-Term Note (MTN) Programs

 

 

         June 30, 2012 
(in billions) Date
established
     Debt
issuance
authority
  Available
for
issuance
 

 

 

MTN program:

    

Series L & M (1)

  May 2012    $25.0    22.3  

Series K (1) (3)

  April 2010     25.0    23.6  

European (2)

  December 2009     25.0    24.1  

Australian (2) (4)

  June 2005    AUD    10.0    6.8  
    

 

 

 

(1)SEC registered.
(2)Not registered with the SEC. May not be offered in the United States without applicable exemptions from registration.
(3)As amended in April 2012.
(4)As amended in October 2005 and March 2010.

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. is authorized by its board of directors to issue $100 billion in outstanding short-term debt and $125 billion in outstanding long-term debt. At June 30, 2012, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. had available $100 billion in short-term debt issuance authority and $104.2 billion in long-term debt issuance authority. In March 2012, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. established a $100 billion bank note program under which, subject to any other debt outstanding under the limits described above, it may issue $50 billion in outstanding short-term senior notes and $50 billion in outstanding long-term senior or subordinated notes. During the first half of 2012, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. issued $2.4 billion of senior notes. At June 30, 2012, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. had remaining issuance capacity under the bank note program of $50 billion in short-term senior notes and $47.6 billion in long-term senior or subordinated notes.

Wells Fargo Canada Corporation In January 2012, Wells Fargo Canada Corporation (WFCC, formerly known as Wells Fargo Financial Canada Corporation), an indirect wholly owned Canadian subsidiary of the Parent, qualified with the Canadian provincial securities commissions a base shelf prospectus for the distribution from time to time in Canada of up to CAD $7.0 billion in medium-term notes. During the first half of 2012, WFCC issued CAD $1.5 billion in medium-term notes. At June 30, 2012, CAD $5.0 billion remained available for future issuance. In July 2012, WFCC issued an additional CAD $1.5 billion in medium-term notes. All medium-term notes issued by WFCC are unconditionally guaranteed by the Parent.

FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK MEMBERSHIP We are a member of the Federal Home Loan Banks based in Dallas, Des Moines and San Francisco (collectively, the FHLBs). Each member of the FHLBs is required to maintain a minimum investment in capital stock of the applicable FHLB. The board of directors of each FHLB can increase the minimum investment requirements in the event it has concluded that additional capital is required to allow it to meet its own regulatory capital requirements. Any increase in the minimum investment requirements outside of specified ranges requires the approval of the Federal Housing Finance Board. Because the extent of any obligation to increase our investment in any of the FHLBs depends entirely upon the occurrence of a future event, potential future payments to the FHLBs are not determinable.

The FHLBs are a group of cooperatives that lending institutions use to finance housing and economic development in local communities. About 80% of U.S. lending institutions, including Wells Fargo, rely on the FHLBs for low-cost funds. We use the funds to support home mortgage lending and other community investments.

 

 

45


Table of Contents

Capital Management

 

 

We have an active program for managing stockholders’ equity and regulatory capital and maintain a comprehensive process for assessing the Company’s overall capital adequacy. We generate capital primarily through the retention of earnings net of dividends. Our objective is to maintain capital at an amount commensurate with our risk profile and risk tolerance objectives, and to meet both regulatory and market expectations. Our potential sources of stockholders’ equity include retained earnings and issuances of common and preferred stock. Retained earnings increased $6.1 billion from December 31, 2011, predominantly from Wells Fargo net income of $8.9 billion, less common and preferred stock dividends of $2.8 billion. During second quarter 2012, we issued approximately 27 million shares of common stock (approximately 74 million for the first half of 2012), substantially all of which was related to employee benefit plans. We also repurchased approximately 42 million shares of common stock in open market transactions and from employee benefit plans during second quarter 2012, at a net cost of $1.3 billion, and approximately 11 million shares through the settlement in May 2012 of a $350 million forward purchase contract entered into in April 2012. We entered into an additional $350 million forward purchase contract in June 2012 that is expected to settle for approximately 11 million shares in third quarter 2012. For additional information about our forward repurchase agreements see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report. During the first half of 2012 we repurchased a total of approximately 44 million shares of common stock at a net cost of $1.4 billion in open market transactions and from employee plans, as well as approximately 17 million shares of common stock at a net cost of $500 million from the settlement of forward purchase contracts.

Regulatory Capital Guidelines

The Company and each of our subsidiary banks are subject to various regulatory capital adequacy requirements administered by the FRB and the OCC. Risk-based capital (RBC) guidelines establish a risk-adjusted ratio relating capital to different categories of assets and off-balance sheet exposures. At June 30, 2012, the Company and each of our subsidiary banks were “well-capitalized” under applicable regulatory capital adequacy guidelines. See Note 20 (Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.

Current regulatory RBC rules are based primarily on broad credit-risk considerations and limited market-related risks, but do not take into account other types of risk facing a financial services company. Our capital adequacy assessment process contemplates a wide range of risks that the Company is exposed to and also takes into consideration our performance under a variety of stressed economic conditions, as well as regulatory expectations and guidance, rating agency viewpoints and the view of capital markets participants.

In 2007, U.S. bank regulators approved a final rule adopting international guidelines for determining regulatory capital

known as “Basel II.” Basel II incorporates three pillars that address (a) capital adequacy, (b) supervisory review, which relates to the computation of capital and internal assessment processes, and (c) market discipline, through increased disclosure requirements. We are well underway toward Basel II implementation and entered the “parallel run phase” of Basel II in July 2012. During the “parallel run phase,” banks must successfully complete at least a four quarter evaluation period under supervision from regulatory agencies in order to be compliant with the Basel II final rule. Our delayed entry into the “parallel run phase” was approved by the FRB in 2010 as a result of our acquisition of Wachovia.

In December 2010, the Basel Committee on Bank Supervision (BCBS) finalized a set of international guidelines for determining regulatory capital known as “Basel III.” These guidelines were developed in response to the financial crisis of 2008 and 2009 and address many of the weaknesses identified in the banking sector as contributing to the crisis including excessive leverage, inadequate and low quality capital and insufficient liquidity buffers. The guidelines, among other things, increase minimum capital requirements and when fully phased in require bank holding companies to maintain a minimum ratio of Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets of at least 7.0% consisting of a minimum ratio of 4.5% plus a 2.5% capital conservation buffer.

The BCBS also proposed additional Tier 1 common equity surcharge requirements for global systemically important banks (G-SIBs). The surcharge ranges from 1.0% to 3.5% depending on the bank’s systemic importance to be determined under an indicator-based approach that would consider five broad categories: cross-jurisdictional activity, size, inter-connectedness, substitutability/financial institution infrastructure and complexity. These additional capital requirements, which would be phased in beginning in January 2016 and become fully effective on January 1, 2019, would be in addition to the Basel III 7.0% Tier 1 common equity requirement. The Financial Stability Board has determined that the Company is one of the initial 29 G-SIBs that would be subject to the surcharge, but we have not been notified of the surcharge amount applicable to us.

U.S. regulatory authorities have been considering the BCBS capital guidelines and proposals, and in June 2012, the U.S. banking regulators jointly published three notices of proposed rulemaking that are essentially intended to implement the BCBS capital guidelines for U.S. banks. Together these notices of proposed rulemaking would, among other things:

 

  

implement in the United States the Basel III regulatory capital reforms including those that revise the definition of capital, increase minimum capital ratios, and introduce a minimum Tier 1 common equity ratio of 4.5% and a capital conservation buffer of 2.5% (for a total minimum Tier 1 common equity ratio of 7.0%) and a potential countercyclical buffer of up to 2.5%, which would be imposed by regulators at their discretion if it is determined that a period of excessive credit growth is contributing to an increase in systemic risk;

 

 

46


Table of Contents

Capital Management (continued)

 

  

revise “Basel I” rules for calculating risk-weighted assets to enhance risk sensitivity;

 

  

modify the existing Basel II advanced approaches rules for calculating risk-weighted assets to implement Basel III; and

 

  

comply with the Dodd-Frank Act provision prohibiting the reliance on external credit ratings.

The U.S. banking regulators also approved a final rule to implement changes to the market risk capital rule, which requires banking organizations with significant trading activities to adjust their capital requirements to better account for the market risks of those activities. The notices of proposed rulemaking did not address the BCBS capital surcharge proposals for G-SIBs or the proposed Basel III liquidity standards. U.S. regulatory authorities have indicated that these proposals will be addressed at a later date.

In December 2011, the FRB also proposed rules required under the Dodd-Frank Act that will impose enhanced prudential standards on large bank holding companies (BHCs) such as Wells Fargo, including enhanced capital, stress testing and liquidity requirements.

Although uncertainty exists regarding final capital rules, we evaluate the impact of Basel III on our capital ratios based on our interpretation of the proposed capital requirements and we estimate that our Tier 1 common equity ratio under the latest Basel III capital proposals exceeded the fully phased-in minimum of 7.0% by 78 basis points at June 30, 2012. The proposed Basel III capital rules and interpretations and assumptions used in estimating our Basel III calculations are subject to change depending on final promulgation of Basel III capital rulemaking.

Table 36 and Table 37, which appear at the end of this Capital Management section, provide information regarding our Tier 1 common equity calculation under Basel I and as estimated under Basel III, respectively.

Capital Planning

In late 2011, the FRB finalized rules to require large BHCs to submit capital plans annually and to obtain regulatory approval before making capital distributions. The rule requires updates to capital plans in the event of material changes in a BHC’s risk profile, including as a result of any significant acquisitions.

Under the FRB’s new capital plan rule, our 2012 Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR) included a comprehensive capital plan supported by an assessment of expected uses and sources of capital over a given planning horizon under a range of expected and stress scenarios, similar to the process the FRB relied upon to conduct a CCAR in 2011. As part of the 2012 CCAR, the FRB also generated a supervisory stress test driven by a sharp decline in the economy and significant decline in asset pricing using the information provided by the Company to estimate performance.

On March 13, 2012, the FRB notified us that it did not object to our 2012 capital plan included in the 2012 CCAR. Since the FRB notification, the Company took several capital actions,

including increasing its quarterly common stock dividend rate to $0.22 a share and redeeming during the second quarter a total of $2.7 billion of trust preferred securities that will no longer count as Tier 1 capital under the Dodd-Frank Act and the proposed Basel III capital standards. In June 2012, we purchased an aggregate of $2.2 billion of our subordinated debt with an effective yield of 2.02% in tender offers for such securities.

Securities Repurchases

From time to time the Board authorizes the Company to repurchase shares of our common stock. Although we announce when the Board authorizes share repurchases, we typically do not give any public notice before we repurchase our shares. Future stock repurchases may be private or open-market repurchases, including block transactions, accelerated or delayed block transactions, forward transactions, and similar transactions. Additionally, we may enter into plans to purchase stock that satisfy the conditions of Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Various factors determine the amount and timing of our share repurchases, including our capital requirements, the number of shares we expect to issue for employee benefit plans and acquisitions, market conditions (including the trading price of our stock), and regulatory and legal considerations, including the FRB’s response to our capital plan and to changes in our risk profile.

In first quarter 2011, the Board authorized the repurchase of 200 million shares of our common stock. At June 30, 2012, we had remaining authority from the 2011 authorization to purchase approximately 56 million shares. For more information about share repurchases during 2012, see Part II, Item 2 of this Report.

Historically, our policy has been to repurchase shares under the “safe harbor” conditions of Rule 10b-18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 including a limitation on the daily volume of repurchases. Rule 10b-18 imposes an additional daily volume limitation on share repurchases during a pending merger or acquisition in which shares of our stock will constitute some or all of the consideration. Our management may determine that during a pending stock merger or acquisition when the safe harbor would otherwise be available, it is in our best interest to repurchase shares in excess of this additional daily volume limitation. In such cases, we intend to repurchase shares in compliance with the other conditions of the safe harbor, including the standing daily volume limitation that applies whether or not there is a pending stock merger or acquisition.

In connection with our participation in the Capital Purchase Program (CPP), a part of the Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP), we issued to the U.S. Treasury Department warrants to purchase 110,261,688 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $34.01 per share expiring on October 28, 2018. The Board authorized the repurchase by the Company of up to $1 billion of the warrants. On May 26, 2010, in an auction by the U.S. Treasury, we purchased 70,165,963 of the warrants at a price of $7.70 per warrant. We have purchased an additional 951,426 warrants since the U.S. Treasury auction. At June 30, 2012, there were 39,144,299 warrants outstanding and exercisable and $452 million of unused warrant repurchase authority. Depending on market conditions, we may purchase from time to time additional warrants in privately negotiated or open market transactions, by tender offer or otherwise.

 

 

47


Table of Contents

Table 36: Tier 1 Common Equity Under Basel I (1)

 

 
      June 30,  Dec. 31, 
(in billions)     2012  2011 

 

 

Total equity

    $            149.4    141.7  

Noncontrolling interests

     (1.3  (1.5

 

 

Total Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity

     148.1    140.2  

 

 

Adjustments:

     

Preferred equity

     (10.6  (10.6

Goodwill and intangible assets (other than MSRs)

     (33.5  (34.0

Applicable deferred taxes

     3.5    3.8  

MSRs over specified limitations

     (0.7  (0.8

Cumulative other comprehensive income

     (4.6  (3.1

Other

     (0.5  (0.4

 

 

Tier 1 common equity

  (A)  $101.7    95.1  

 

 

Total risk-weighted assets (2)

  (B)  $1,008.6    1,005.6  

 

 

Tier 1 common equity to total risk-weighted assets

  (A)/(B)   10.08  9.46  

 

 

 

(1)Tier 1 common equity is a non-GAAP financial measure that is used by investors, analysts and bank regulatory agencies to assess the capital position of financial services companies. Management reviews Tier 1 common equity along with other measures of capital as part of its financial analyses and has included this non-GAAP financial information, and the corresponding reconciliation to total equity, because of current interest in such information on the part of market participants.
(2)Under the regulatory guidelines for risk-based capital, on-balance sheet assets and credit equivalent amounts of derivatives and off-balance sheet items are assigned to one of several broad risk categories according to the obligor or, if relevant, the guarantor or the nature of any collateral. The aggregate dollar amount in each risk category is then multiplied by the risk weight associated with that category. The resulting weighted values from each of the risk categories are aggregated for determining total risk-weighted assets.

Table 37: Tier 1 Common Equity Under Basel III (Estimated) (1)(2)

 

 
(in billions)    June 30, 
2012 
 

 

 

Tier 1 common equity under Basel I

   $101.7   

 

 

Adjustments from Basel I to Basel III (3) (5):

   

Cumulative other comprehensive income related to AFS securities and defined benefit pension plans

    4.2   

Other

    0.3   

 

 

Total adjustments from Basel I to Basel III

    4.5   

Threshold deductions, as defined under Basel III (4) (5)

    (0.7

 

 

Tier 1 common equity anticipated under Basel III

  (C) $105.5   

 

 

Total risk-weighted assets anticipated under Basel III (6)

  (D) $        1,355.2   

 

 

Tier 1 common equity to total risk-weighted assets anticipated under Basel III

  (C)/(D)  7.78

 

 

 

(1)Tier 1 common equity is a non-GAAP financial measure that is used by investors, analysts and bank regulatory agencies to assess the capital position of financial services companies. Management reviews Tier 1 common equity along with other measures of capital as part of its financial analyses and has included this non-GAAP financial information, and the corresponding reconciliation to total equity, because of current interest in such information on the part of market participants.
(2)The Basel III Tier 1 common equity and risk-weighted assets are calculated based on management’s current interpretation of the Basel III capital rules proposed by federal banking agencies in notices of proposed rulemaking announced in June 2012. The proposed rules and interpretations and assumptions used in estimating Basel III calculations are subject to change depending on final promulgations of Basel III capital rules.
(3)Adjustments from Basel I to Basel III represent reconciling adjustments, primarily certain components of cumulative other comprehensive income deducted for Basel I purposes, to derive Tier 1 common equity under Basel III.
(4)Threshold deductions, as defined under Basel III, include individual and aggregate limitations, as a percentage of Tier 1 common equity, with respect to MSRs, deferred tax assets and investments in unconsolidated financial companies.
(5)Volatility in interest rates can have a significant impact on the valuation of cumulative other comprehensive income and MSRs and therefore, may impact adjustments from Basel I to Basel III, and MSRs subject to threshold deductions, as defined under Basel III, in future reporting periods.
(6)Under current Basel proposals, risk-weighted assets incorporate different classifications of assets, with certain risk weights based on a borrower's credit rating or Wells Fargo's own risk models, along with adjustments to address a combination of credit/counterparty, operational and market risks, and other Basel III elements. The amount of risk-weighted assets anticipated under Basel III is preliminary and subject to change depending on final promulgation of Basel III capital rulemaking and interpretations thereof by regulatory authorities.

 

48


Table of Contents

Regulatory Reform

 

 

The past two years have witnessed a significant increase in regulation and regulatory oversight initiatives that may substantially change how most U.S. financial services companies conduct business. Regulation mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act is the source of most current U.S. regulatory reform, and many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act remain subject to final rulemaking, guidance, and interpretation by regulatory authorities.

The following supplements our discussion of the significant regulations and regulatory oversight initiatives that have affected or may affect our business described in the “Regulatory Reform” and “Risk Factors” sections of our 2011 Form 10-K and the “Regulatory Reform” section of our 2012 First Quarter Form 10-Q.

REGULATORY CAPITAL GUIDELINES In June 2012, the federal banking regulators jointly published three notices of proposed rulemaking that will substantially amend the risk-based capital rules for banks. The proposed rules are intended to implement the Basel III regulatory capital reforms in the U.S., comply with changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act, and replace the existing Basel I-based capital requirements. The proposed rules are subject to a comment period and adoption of final rules. For additional information, see the “Capital Management” section and Note 20 (Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements) to Financial Statements in this Report.

“LIVING WILL” REQUIREMENTS Under the Dodd Frank Act, larger financial institutions, including Wells Fargo, are required to prepare and submit to the FRB and the FDIC resolution plans, also known as “living wills, to facilitate the rapid and orderly resolution or “work-out” of a financial institution in the event of a material financial distress or its failure. Under the rules adopted under the Dodd Frank Act, resolution plans must contain detailed strategic analyses of how a distressed or failing institution could be resolved in a way that does not pose systemic risks to the U.S. financial system and that protects depositors and the Deposit Insurance Fund. Under the rules, Wells Fargo is required to submit its resolution plan on or before July 1, 2013.

REGULATION OF SWAPS AND OTHER DERIVATIVES ACTIVITIES In July 2012, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and the Securities and Exchange Commission (collectively, the “Commissions”) jointly adopted new rules and interpretations to further define the terms “swap,” “security-based swap,” and “security-based swap agreement” and to delineate the jurisdiction of “mixed swaps” between the Commissions. Finalization of these definitions establishes the compliance dates for many of the Commissions’ rules implementing the new regulatory framework for swaps required by Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Act, including registration of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as a swap dealer. Swap dealer registration is likely to be required in late September or early October 2012.

 

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

 

Our significant accounting policies (see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in our 2011 Form 10-K) are fundamental to understanding our results of operations and financial condition because they require that we use estimates and assumptions that may affect the value of our assets or liabilities and financial results. Six of these policies are critical because they require management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because it is likely that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. These policies govern:

 

 

the allowance for credit losses;

 

 

PCI loans;

 

 

the valuation of residential MSRs;

 

 

liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses;

 

 

the fair valuation of financial instruments; and

 

 

income taxes.

Management has reviewed and approved these critical accounting policies and has discussed these policies with the Board’s Audit and Examination Committee. These policies are described further in the “Financial Review – Critical Accounting Policies” section and Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in our 2011 Form 10-K.

 

 

49


Table of Contents

Current Accounting Developments

 

 

The following accounting pronouncement has been issued by the FASB but is not yet effective:

 

 

Accounting Standards Update (ASU or Update) 2011-11, Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.

ASU 2011-11 expands the disclosure requirements for certain financial instruments and derivatives that are subject to enforceable master netting agreements or similar arrangements. The disclosures are required regardless of whether the instruments have been offset (or netted) in the statement of

financial position. Under ASU 2011-11, companies must describe the nature of offsetting arrangements and provide quantitative information about those agreements, including the gross and net amounts of financial instruments that are recognized in the statement of financial position. These changes are effective for us in first quarter 2013 with retrospective application. This Update will not affect our consolidated financial results since it amends only the disclosure requirements for offsetting financial instruments.

 

 

Forward-Looking Statements

 

 

This Report contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements can be identified by words such as “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “seeks,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “target,” “projects,” “outlook,” “forecast,” “will,” “may,” “could,” “should,” “can” and similar references to future periods. Examples of forward-looking statements in this Report include, but are not limited to, statements we make about: (i) future results of the Company; (ii) our noninterest expense, including our expectations regarding declines in noninterest expense and operating within our targeted efficiency ratio range of 55 to 59% for the remainder of 2012, as part of our expense management initiatives; (iii) future credit quality and expectations regarding future loan losses in our loan portfolios; our foreign loan exposure; the level and loss content of NPAs and nonaccrual loans; the appropriateness of the allowance for credit losses, including our current expectation of continued but more modest improvement in credit performance for the remainder of 2012 and future allowance releases in 2012; the recast risk in our Pick-a-Pay portfolio; and the reduction or mitigation of risk in our loan portfolios and the effects of loan modification programs; (iv) our net interest income and net interest margin, including our expectation that we expect continued pressure on our net interest margin; (v) future capital levels and our estimate regarding our Tier 1 common equity ratio as of June 30, 2012 under the latest Basel III capital proposals contained in the notices of proposed rulemaking published by federal banking agencies in June 2012; (vi) the quality of our residential mortgage loan servicing portfolio, our mortgage repurchase exposure and exposure relating to our mortgage foreclosure practices; (vii) our expectations regarding the satisfaction of our obligations under our settlement with the DOJ and other federal and state government entities related to our mortgage servicing and foreclosure practices, including our estimates of the impact of the settlement on our future financial results; (viii) the expected outcome and impact of legal, regulatory and legislative developments, including the Dodd-Frank Act; and (ix) the Company’s plans, objectives and strategies, including our belief that we have more opportunity to increase cross-sell of our products.

Forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations and assumptions regarding our business, the economy and other future conditions. Because forward-looking

statements relate to the future, they are subject to inherent uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict. Our actual results may differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements. We caution you, therefore, against relying on any of these forward-looking statements. They are neither statements of historical fact nor guarantees or assurances of future performance. While there is no assurance that any list of risks and uncertainties or risk factors is complete, important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements include the following, without limitation:

 

 

current and future economic and market conditions, including the effects of further declines in housing prices and high unemployment rates, U. S. fiscal debt, budget and tax matters, and the sovereign debt crisis and economic difficulties in Europe;

 

 

our capital and liquidity requirements (including under regulatory capital standards, such as the latest Basel III capital proposals, as determined and interpreted by applicable regulatory authorities) and our ability to generate capital internally or raise capital on favorable terms;

 

 

financial services reform and other current, pending or future legislation or regulation that could have a negative effect on our revenue and businesses, including the Dodd-Frank Act and legislation and regulation relating to overdraft fees (and changes to our overdraft practices as a result thereof), debit card interchange fees, credit cards, and other bank services, as well as the extent of our ability to mitigate the loss of revenue and income from financial services reform and other legislation and regulation;

 

 

the extent of our success in our loan modification efforts, as well as the effects of regulatory requirements or guidance regarding loan modifications or changes in such requirements or guidance;

 

 

the amount of mortgage loan repurchase demands that we receive and our ability to satisfy any such demands without having to repurchase loans related thereto or otherwise indemnify or reimburse third parties, and the credit quality of or losses on such repurchased mortgage loans;

 

 

negative effects relating to our mortgage servicing and foreclosure practices, including our ability to meet our obligations under the settlement with the DOJ and other federal and state government entities, as well as changes in

 

 

50


Table of Contents

Forward-Looking Statements (continued)

 

  

our procedures or practices and/or industry standards or practices, regulatory or judicial requirements, penalties or fines, increased servicing and other costs or obligations, including loan modification requirements, or delays or moratoriums on foreclosures;

 

 

our ability to realize our efficiency ratio target as part of our expense management initiatives when and in the range targeted, including as a result of business and economic cyclicality, seasonality, changes in our business composition and operating environment, growth in our businesses and/or acquisitions, and unexpected expenses relating to, among other things, litigation and regulatory matters;

 

 

the effect of the current low interest rate environment or changes in interest rates on our net interest income, net interest margin and our mortgage originations, MSRs and MHFS;

 

 

hedging gains or losses;

 

 

a recurrence of significant turbulence or disruption in the capital or financial markets, which could result in, among other things, reduced investor demand for mortgage loans, a reduction in the availability of funding or increased funding costs, and declines in asset values and/or recognition of OTTI on securities held in our available-for-sale portfolio due to volatility or changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates and/or debt, equity and commodity prices;

 

 

our ability to sell more products to our existing customers through our cross-selling efforts;

 

 

the effect of a fall in stock market prices on our investment banking business and our fee income from our brokerage, asset and wealth management businesses;

 

 

changes in the value of our venture capital investments;

 

 

changes in our accounting policies or in accounting standards or in how accounting standards are to be applied or interpreted;

 

mergers, acquisitions and divestitures;

 

 

changes in the Company’s credit ratings and changes in the credit quality of the Company’s customers or counterparties;

 

 

reputational damage from negative publicity, protests, fines, penalties and other negative consequences from regulatory violations and legal actions;

 

 

a failure in or breach of our operational or security systems or infrastructure, or those of our third party vendors and other service providers, including as a result of cyber attacks;

 

 

the loss of checking and savings account deposits to other investments such as the stock market, and the resulting increase in our funding costs and impact on our net interest margin;

 

 

fiscal and monetary policies of the FRB; and

 

 

the other risk factors and uncertainties described under “Risk Factors” in our 2011 Form 10-K.

In addition to the above factors, we also caution that there is no assurance that our allowance for credit losses will be adequate to cover future credit losses, especially if housing prices decline and unemployment worsens. Increases in loan charge-offs or in the allowance for credit losses and related provision expense could materially adversely affect our financial results and condition.

Any forward-looking statement made by us in this Report speaks only as of the date on which it is made. Factors or events that could cause our actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as may be required by law.

 

 

Risk Factors

 

 

An investment in the Company involves risk, including the possibility that the value of the investment could fall substantially and that dividends or other distributions on the investment could be reduced or eliminated. We discuss previously under “Forward-Looking Statements” and elsewhere in this Report, as well as in other documents we file with the SEC, risk factors that could adversely affect our financial results and condition and the value of, and return on, an investment in the Company. For a discussion of risk factors, we refer you to the “Risk Factors” section of our 2011 Form 10-K, as well as to the Financial Review section and Financial Statements (and related Notes) in this Report for more information about credit, interest rate, market, and litigation risks and to the “Regulation and Supervision” section in our 2011 Form 10-K for more information about legislative and regulatory risks. Any factor described in this Report or in our 2011 Form 10-K could by itself, or together with other factors, adversely affect our financial results and condition, or the value of an investment in the Company. There are factors not discussed in this Report or in our 2011 Form 10-K that could adversely affect our financial results and condition.

 

 

51


Table of Contents

Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

As required by SEC rules, the Company’s management evaluated the effectiveness, as of June 30, 2012, of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures. The Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer participated in the evaluation. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of June 30, 2012.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the Company’s Board, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and includes those policies and procedures that:

 

 

pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of assets of the Company;

 

 

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and

 

 

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. No change occurred during second quarter 2012 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

52


Table of Contents

Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statement of Income (Unaudited)

 

 
   Quarter ended June 30,  Six months ended June 30, 
(in millions, except per share amounts)  2012  2011  2012  2011 

 

 

Interest income

     

Trading assets

  $343    347    720    697  

Securities available for sale

   2,147    2,166    4,235    4,330  

Mortgages held for sale

   477    362    936    799  

Loans held for sale

   12    17    21    29  

Loans

   9,242    9,361    18,439    18,748  

Other interest income

   133    131    258    253  

 

 

Total interest income

   12,354    12,384    24,609    24,856  

 

 

Interest expense

     

Deposits

   443    594    900    1,209  

Short-term borrowings

   20    20    36    46  

Long-term debt

   789    1,009    1,619    2,113  

Other interest expense

   65    83    129    159  

 

 

Total interest expense

   1,317    1,706    2,684    3,527  

 

 

Net interest income

   11,037    10,678    21,925    21,329  

Provision for credit losses

   1,800    1,838    3,795    4,048  

 

 

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

   9,237    8,840    18,130    17,281  

 

 

Noninterest income

     

Service charges on deposit accounts

   1,139    1,074    2,223    2,086  

Trust and investment fees

   2,898    2,944    5,737    5,860  

Card fees

   704    1,003    1,358    1,960  

Other fees

   1,134    1,023    2,229    2,012  

Mortgage banking

   2,893    1,619    5,763    3,635  

Insurance

   522    568    1,041    1,071  

Net gains from trading activities

   263    414    903    1,026  

Net losses on debt securities available for sale (1)

   (61  (128  (68  (294

Net gains from equity investments (2)

   242    724    606    1,077  

Operating leases

   120    103    179    180  

Other

   398    364    1,029    773  

 

 

Total noninterest income

   10,252    9,708    21,000    19,386  

 

 

Noninterest expense

     

Salaries

   3,705    3,584    7,306    7,038  

Commission and incentive compensation

   2,354    2,171    4,771    4,518  

Employee benefits

   1,049    1,164    2,657    2,556  

Equipment

   459    528    1,016    1,160  

Net occupancy

   698    749    1,402    1,501  

Core deposit and other intangibles

   418    464    837    947  

FDIC and other deposit assessments

   333    315    690    620  

Other

   3,381    3,500    6,711    6,868  

 

 

Total noninterest expense

   12,397    12,475    25,390    25,208  

 

 

Income before income tax expense

   7,092    6,073    13,740    11,459  

Income tax expense

   2,371    2,001    4,699    3,573  

 

 

Net income before noncontrolling interests

   4,721    4,072    9,041    7,886  

Less: Net income from noncontrolling interests

   99    124    171    179  

 

 

Wells Fargo net income

  $            4,622    3,948    8,870    7,707  

 

 

Less: Preferred stock dividends and other

   219    220    445    409  

 

 

Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock

  $4,403    3,728    8,425    7,298  

 

 

Per share information

     

Earnings per common share

  $0.83    0.70    1.59    1.38  

Diluted earnings per common share

   0.82    0.70    1.57    1.37  

Dividends declared per common share

   0.22    0.12    0.44    0.24  

Average common shares outstanding

   5,306.9    5,286.5    5,294.9    5,282.7  

Diluted average common shares outstanding

   5,369.9    5,331.7    5,354.3    5,329.9  

 

 

 

(1)Total other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) losses were $47 million and $129 million for second quarter 2012 and 2011, respectively. Of total OTTI, losses of $77 million and $189 million were recognized in earnings, and gains of $(30) million and $(60) million were recognized as non-credit-related OTTI in other comprehensive income for second quarter 2012 and 2011, respectively. Total other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) losses were $82 million and $53 million for the first half of 2012 and 2011, respectively. Of total OTTI, losses of $127 million and $269 million were recognized in earnings, and gains of $(45) and $(216) million were recognized as non-credit-related OTTI in other comprehensive income for the first half of 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(2)Includes OTTI losses of $43 million and $16 million for second quarter 2012 and 2011, respectively, and $58 million and $57 million for the first half of 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

 

53


Table of Contents

Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Unaudited)

 

 
   Quarter ended June 30,  Six months ended June 30, 
(in millions)  2012  2011  2012  2011 

 

 

Wells Fargo net income

  $4,622    3,948    8,870    7,707  

 

 

Other comprehensive income, before tax:

     

Foreign currency translation adjustments:

     

Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period

   (56  5    (46  29  

Reclassification of net gains included in net income

   (10  -    (10  -  

Securities available for sale:

     

Net unrealized gains arising during the period

   831    631    2,705    1,129  

Reclassification of net gains included in net income

   (23  (234  (249  (183

Derivatives and hedging activities:

     

Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period

   (3  141    39    137  

Reclassification of net gains on cash flow hedges included in net income

   (99  (157  (206  (313

Defined benefit plans adjustment:

     

Net actuarial losses arising during the period

   (12  (2  (17  (3

Amortization of net actuarial loss and prior service cost included in net income

   40    24    76    48  

 

 

Other comprehensive income, before tax

   668    408    2,292    844  

Income tax expense related to OCI

   (255  (7  (866  (164

 

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

   413    401    1,426    680  

Less: Other comprehensive income from noncontrolling interests

   -    -    4    (4

 

 

Wells Fargo other comprehensive income, net of tax

   413    401    1,422    684  

 

 

Wells Fargo comprehensive income

   5,035    4,349    10,292    8,391  

Comprehensive income from noncontrolling interests

   99    124    175    175  

 

 

Total comprehensive income

  $            5,134    4,473    10,467    8,566  

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

 

54


Table of Contents

Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheet (Unaudited)

 

 
   June 30,  Dec. 31, 
(in millions, except shares)  2012  2011 

 

 

Assets

   

Cash and due from banks

  $16,811    19,440  

Federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments

   74,635    44,367  

Trading assets

   64,419    77,814  

Securities available for sale

   226,846    222,613  

Mortgages held for sale (includes $46,621 and $44,791 carried at fair value)

   50,462    48,357  

Loans held for sale (includes $730 and $1,176 carried at fair value)

   853    1,338  

Loans (includes $6,083 and $5,916 carried at fair value)

   775,199    769,631  

Allowance for loan losses

   (18,320  (19,372

 

 

Net loans

   756,879    750,259  

 

 

Mortgage servicing rights:

   

Measured at fair value

   12,081    12,603  

Amortized

   1,130    1,408  

Premises and equipment, net

   9,317    9,531  

Goodwill

   25,406    25,115  

Other assets

   97,365    101,022  

 

 

Total assets (1)

  $1,336,204    1,313,867  

 

 

Liabilities

   

Noninterest-bearing deposits

  $253,999    244,003  

Interest-bearing deposits

   674,934    676,067  

 

 

Total deposits

   928,933    920,070  

Short-term borrowings

   56,023    49,091  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

   76,827    77,665  

Long-term debt (includes $208 and $0 carried at fair value)

   124,984    125,354  

 

 

Total liabilities (2)

   1,186,767    1,172,180  

 

 

Equity

   

Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity:

   

Preferred stock

   11,694    11,431  

Common stock – $1-2/3 par value, authorized 9,000,000,000 shares;
issued 5,432,624,738 shares and 5,358,522,061 shares

   9,054    8,931  

Additional paid-in capital

   58,091    55,957  

Retained earnings

   70,456    64,385  

Cumulative other comprehensive income

   4,629    3,207  

Treasury stock – 156,892,121 shares and 95,910,425 shares

   (4,638  (2,744

Unearned ESOP shares

   (1,216  (926

 

 

Total Wells Fargo stockholders' equity

   148,070    140,241  

Noncontrolling interests

   1,367    1,446  

 

 

Total equity

   149,437    141,687  

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

  $        1,336,204    1,313,867  

 

 

 

(1)Our consolidated assets at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, include the following assets of certain variable interest entities (VIEs) that can only be used to settle the liabilities of those VIEs: Cash and due from banks, $302 million and $321 million; Trading assets, $533 million and $293 million; Securities available for sale, $2.7 billion and $3.3 billion; Mortgages held for sale, $605 million and $444 million; Net loans, $11.4 billion and $12.0 billion; Other assets, $510 million and $1.9 billion, and Total assets, $16.0 billion and $18.2 billion, respectively.
(2)Our consolidated liabilities at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, include the following VIE liabilities for which the VIE creditors do not have recourse to Wells Fargo: Short-term borrowings, $0 and $24 million; Accrued expenses and other liabilities, $144 million and $175 million; Long-term debt, $4.0 billion and $4.9 billion; and Total liabilities, $4.1 billion and $5.1 billion, respectively.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

 

55


Table of Contents

Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity (Unaudited)

 

 

   

 

 
         
   Preferred stock   Common stock 
(in millions, except shares)  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount 

Balance January 1, 2011

   10,185,303      $8,689       5,262,283,228      $    8,787    

Net income

                    

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

                    

Noncontrolling interests

                    

Common stock issued

             31,512,347       53    

Common stock repurchased

             (37,090,733)         

Preferred stock issued to ESOP

   1,200,000       1,200              

Preferred stock released by ESOP

                    

Preferred stock converted to common shares

   (659,999)       (660)       21,466,952       36    

Preferred stock issued

   25,010       2,501              

Common stock dividends

                    

Preferred stock dividends

                    

Tax benefit upon exercise of stock options

                    

Stock incentive compensation expense

                    

Net change in deferred compensation and related plans

                    

Net change

   565,011       3,041       15,888,566       89    

Balance June 30, 2011

   10,750,314      $11,730       5,278,171,794      $8,876    

Balance December 31, 2011

   10,450,690      $11,431       5,262,611,636      $8,931    

Cumulative effect of fair value election for certain
residential mortgage servicing rights

                    

Balance January 1, 2012

   10,450,690       11,431       5,262,611,636       8,931    

Net income

                    

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

                    

Noncontrolling interests

                    

Common stock issued

             54,218,564       90    

Common stock repurchased (1)

             (60,981,696)         

Preferred stock issued to ESOP

   940,000       940              

Preferred stock released by ESOP

                    

Preferred stock converted to common shares

   (677,459)       (677)       19,884,113       33    

Common stock dividends

                    

Preferred stock dividends

                    

Tax benefit upon exercise of stock options

                    

Stock incentive compensation expense

                    

Net change in deferred compensation and related plans

                    

Net change

   262,541       263       13,120,981       123    

Balance June 30, 2012

   10,713,231      $    11,694       5,275,732,617      $9,054    

 

(1)For the six months ended June 30, 2012, includes $350 million related to a private forward repurchase transaction entered into in second quarter 2012 that is expected to settle in third quarter 2012 for an estimated 11 million shares of common stock. See Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) for additional information.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

 

56


Table of Contents

 

 

Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity    

Additional

paid-in

capital

  

Retained

earnings

 

Cumulative

other
comprehensive
income

 

Treasury

stock

 

Unearned

ESOP

shares

 

Total

Wells Fargo
stockholders’

equity

 Noncontrolling
interests
 

Total

equity

 53,426   51,918 4,738 (487) (663) 126,408 1,481 127,889
    7,707       7,707 179 7,886
      684     684 (4) 680
 (42         (42) (141) (183)
 748           801   801
        (1,072)   (1,072)   (1,072)
 102         (1,302) -   -
 (56       716 660   660
 624           -   -
            2,501   2,501
 10   (1,279)       (1,269)   (1,269)
    (404)       (404)   (404)
 62           62   62
 376           376   376
 (24     13   (11)   (11)
 1,800   6,024 684 (1,059) (586) 9,993 34 10,027
 55,226   57,942 5,422 (1,546) (1,249) 136,401 1,515 137,916
 55,957   64,385 3,207 (2,744) (926) 140,241 1,446 141,687
    2       2   2
 55,957   64,387 3,207 (2,744) (926) 140,243 1,446 141,689
    8,870       8,870 171 9,041
      1,422     1,422 4 1,426
 (6         (6) (254) (260)
 1,221           1,311   1,311
 (200     (1,901)   (2,101)   (2,101)
 88         (1,028) -   -
 (61       738 677   677
 644           -   -
 26   (2,362)       (2,336)   (2,336)
    (439)       (439)   (439)
 130           130   130
 362           362   362
 (70     7   (63)   (63)
 2,134   6,069 1,422 (1,894) (290) 7,827 (79) 7,748
 58,091   70,456 4,629 (4,638) (1,216) 148,070 1,367 149,437

 

57


Table of Contents

Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

 

 

   Six months ended June 30, 
(in millions)  2012  2011 

Cash flows from operating activities:

   

Net income before noncontrolling interests

  $9,041    7,886  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

   

Provision for credit losses

   3,795    4,048  

Changes in fair value of MSRs, MHFS and LHFS carried at fair value

   (1,196  (187

Depreciation and amortization

   1,384    968  

Other net losses (gains)

   244    (300

Preferred stock released by ESOP

   677    660  

Stock incentive compensation expense

   362    376  

Excess tax benefits related to stock option payments

   (125  (64

Originations of MHFS

   (247,940  (143,488

Proceeds from sales of and principal collected on mortgages originated for sale

   203,482    151,707  

Originations of LHFS

   (10  -  

Proceeds from sales of and principal collected on LHFS

   5,786    5,165  

Purchases of LHFS

   (2,578  (5,248

Net change in:

   

Trading assets

   64,952    15,028  

Deferred income taxes

   568    1,318  

Accrued interest receivable

   40    (114

Accrued interest payable

   74    (43

Other assets, net

   1,858    (1,378

Other accrued expenses and liabilities, net

   (5,033  (7,773

Net cash provided by operating activities

   35,381    28,561  

Cash flows from investing activities:

   

Net change in:

   

Federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments

   (30,268  (7,769

Securities available for sale:

   

Sales proceeds

   8,283    18,801  

Prepayments and maturities

   30,599    21,079  

Purchases

   (38,653  (45,125

Loans:

   

Loans originated by banking subsidiaries, net of principal collected

   (14,426  (5,803

Proceeds from sales (including participations) of loans originated for investment by banking subsidiaries

   3,612    3,492  

Purchases (including participations) of loans by banking subsidiaries

   (7,584  (2,277

Principal collected on nonbank entities’ loans

   12,088    5,543  

Loans originated by nonbank entities

   (11,016  (3,988

Net cash paid for acquisitions

   (4,075  -  

Proceeds from sales of foreclosed assets

   4,987    3,061  

Changes in MSRs from purchases and sales

   201    (81

Other, net

   (1,467  2,804  

Net cash used by investing activities

   (47,719  (10,263

Cash flows from financing activities:

   

Net change in:

   

Deposits

   8,860    5,693  

Short-term borrowings

   6,547    (1,441

Long-term debt:

   

Proceeds from issuance

   17,133    6,702  

Repayment

   (19,121  (21,691

Preferred stock:

   

Proceeds from issuance

   -    2,501  

Cash dividends paid

   (439  (404

Common stock:

   

Proceeds from issuance

   1,311    801  

Repurchased

   (2,101  (1,072

Cash dividends paid

   (2,336  (1,269

Excess tax benefits related to stock option payments

   125    64  

Net change in noncontrolling interests

   (270  (167

Net cash provided (used) by financing activities

   9,709    (10,283

Net change in cash and due from banks

   (2,629  8,015  

Cash and due from banks at beginning of period

   19,440    16,044  

Cash and due from banks at end of period

  $16,811    24,059  

Supplemental cash flow disclosures:

   

Cash paid for interest

  $2,610    3,570  

Cash paid for income taxes

   2,850    2,581  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements. See Note 1 for noncash activities.

 

58


Table of Contents

See the Glossary of Acronyms at the end of this Report for terms used throughout the Financial Statements and related Notes of this Form 10-Q.

Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

 

Wells Fargo & Company is a diversified financial services company. We provide banking, insurance, trust and investments, mortgage banking, investment banking, retail banking, brokerage, and consumer and commercial finance through banking stores, the internet and other distribution channels to consumers, businesses and institutions in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, and in other countries. When we refer to “Wells Fargo,” “the Company,” “we,” “our” or “us,” we mean Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries (consolidated). Wells Fargo & Company (the Parent) is a financial holding company and a bank holding company. We also hold a majority interest in a real estate investment trust, which has publicly traded preferred stock outstanding.

Our accounting and reporting policies conform with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and practices in the financial services industry. To prepare the financial statements in conformity with GAAP, management must make estimates based on assumptions about future economic and market conditions (for example, unemployment, market liquidity, real estate prices, etc.) that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and income and expenses during the reporting period and the related disclosures. Although our estimates contemplate current conditions and how we expect them to change in the future, it is reasonably possible that actual conditions could be worse than anticipated in those estimates, which could materially affect our results of operations and financial condition. Management has made significant estimates in several areas, including allowance for credit losses and purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans (Note 5), valuations of residential mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) (Notes 7 and 8) and financial instruments (Note 13), liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses (Note 8) and income taxes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

The information furnished in these unaudited interim financial statements reflects all adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair statement of the results for the periods presented. These adjustments are of a normal recurring nature, unless otherwise disclosed in this Form 10-Q. The results of operations in the interim financial statements do not necessarily indicate the results that may be expected for the full year. The interim financial information should be read in conjunction with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011 (2011 Form 10-K).

Accounting Standards Adopted in 2012

In first quarter 2012, we adopted the following new accounting guidance:

  

Accounting Standards Update (ASU or Update) 2011-05, Presentation of Comprehensive Income;

  

ASU 2011-12, Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05;

  

ASU 2011-04, Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs; and

  

ASU 2011-03, Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements.

ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option for companies to include the components of other comprehensive income in the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. This Update requires entities to present the components of comprehensive income in either a single statement or in two separate statements, with the statement of other comprehensive income (OCI) immediately following the statement of income. This Update also requires companies to present amounts reclassified out of OCI and into net income on the face of the statement of income. In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, which defers indefinitely the requirement to present reclassification adjustments on the statement of income. We adopted the remaining provisions in first quarter 2012 with retrospective application. This Update did not affect our consolidated financial results as it amends only the presentation of comprehensive income.

ASU 2011-04 modifies accounting guidance and expands existing disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. This Update clarifies how fair values should be measured for instruments classified in stockholders’ equity and under what circumstances premiums and discounts should be applied in fair value measurements. This Update also permits entities to measure fair value on a net basis for financial instruments that are managed based on net exposure to market risks and/or counterparty credit risk. ASU 2011-04 requires new disclosures for financial instruments classified as Level 3, including: 1) quantitative information about unobservable inputs used in measuring fair value, 2) qualitative discussion of the sensitivity of fair value measurements to changes in unobservable inputs, and 3) a description of valuation processes used. This Update also requires disclosure of fair value levels for financial instruments that are not recorded at fair value but for which fair value is required to be disclosed. We adopted this guidance in first quarter 2012 with prospective application, resulting in expanded fair value disclosures. The measurement clarifications of this Update did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

 

 

59


Table of Contents

ASU 2011-03 amends the criteria companies use to determine if repurchase and similar agreements should be accounted for as sales or financings. Specifically, this Update removes the criterion for transferors to have the ability to meet contractual obligations through collateral maintenance provisions, even if transferees fail to return transferred assets pursuant to the agreements. We adopted this guidance in first quarter 2012 with prospective application to new transactions and existing transactions modified on or after January 1, 2012. This Update did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Accounting Standards with Retrospective Application

The following accounting pronouncement has been issued by the FASB but is not yet effective:

 

 

  

Accounting Standards Update (ASU or Update) 2011-11, Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.

ASU 2011-11 expands the disclosure requirements for certain financial instruments and derivatives that are subject to enforceable master netting agreements or similar arrangements. The disclosures are required regardless of whether the instruments have been offset (or netted) in the statement of financial position. Under ASU 2011-11, companies must describe the nature of offsetting arrangements and provide quantitative information about those agreements, including the gross and net amounts of financial instruments that are recognized in the statement of financial position. These changes are effective for us in first quarter 2013 with retrospective application. This Update will not affect our consolidated financial results since it amends only the disclosure requirements for offsetting financial instruments.

Significant Accounting Policy Update

In first quarter 2012, we implemented the Interagency Supervisory Guidance on Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses Estimation Practices for Loans and Lines of Credit Secured by Junior Liens on 1-4 Family Residential Properties (Interagency Guidance), which was issued on January 31, 2012. As a result, we aligned our nonaccrual accounting policy with this guidance to accelerate the timing of placing junior lien loans on nonaccrual to coincide with the timing of placing the related real estate 1-4 family first mortgage loans on nonaccrual. Our updated nonaccrual policy is as follows:

 

We generally place loans on nonaccrual status when:

 

  

the full and timely collection of interest or principal becomes uncertain (generally based on an assessment of the borrower’s financial condition and the adequacy of collateral, if any);

 

  

they are 90 days (120 days with respect to real estate 1-4 family first and junior lien mortgages) past due for interest or principal, unless both well-secured and in the process of collection;

 

  

part of the principal balance has been charged off and no restructuring has occurred; or

 

  

effective first quarter 2012, for junior lien mortgages, we have evidence that the related first lien mortgage may be

  

120 days past due or in the process of foreclosure regardless of the junior lien delinquency status.

 

There have been no other material changes to our significant accounting policies, as discussed in Note 1 in our 2011 Form 10-K.

Private Share Repurchases

In April 2012, we entered into a private forward repurchase contract with an unrelated third party. This contract settled in second quarter 2012 for approximately 11 million shares of our common stock. We entered into this transaction to complement our open-market common stock repurchase strategies, to allow us to manage our share repurchases in a manner consistent with our capital plan submitted under the 2012 Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR), and to provide an economic benefit to the Company. In connection with this contract, we paid $350 million to the counterparty, which was recorded in permanent equity in the quarter paid and was not subject to re-measurement. The classification of the up-front payment as permanent equity assured that we would have appropriate repurchase timing consistent with our 2012 capital plan, which contemplated a fixed dollar amount available per quarter for share repurchases pursuant to Federal Reserve Board (FRB) supervisory guidance. In return, the counterparty agreed to deliver a variable number of shares based on a per share discount to the volume-weighted average stock price over the contract period. The counterparty had the right to accelerate settlement with delivery of shares prior to the contractual settlement. There were no scenarios where the contracts would not either physically settle in shares or allow us to choose the settlement method.

In June 2012, we entered into a similar private forward repurchase contract and paid $350 million to an unrelated third party. This contract expires in third quarter 2012. The amount we paid to the counterparty meets accounting requirements to be treated as a permanent equity reduction.

 

 

60


Table of Contents

Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION  Noncash activities are presented below, including information on transfers affecting MHFS, LHFS, and MSRs.

 

  
   Six months ended June 30, 
(in millions)  2012  2011 

Transfers from loans to securities available for sale

  $875    -  

Trading assets retained from securitization of MHFS

   51,557    18,393  

Capitalization of MSRs from sale of MHFS

   2,657    2,058  

Transfers from MHFS to foreclosed assets

   115    78  

Transfers from loans to MHFS

   2,858    50  

Transfers from loans to LHFS

   49    170  

Transfers from loans to foreclosed assets

   4,639    2,164  

Changes in consolidations of variable interest entities:

   

Securities available for sale

   -    156  

Loans

   (515  (1,004

Long-term debt

   (523  (770
          

 

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS  We have evaluated the effects of subsequent events that have occurred subsequent to period end June 30, 2012, and there have been no material events that would require recognition in our second quarter 2012 consolidated financial statements or disclosure in the Notes to the financial statements.

 

 

Note 2: Business Combinations

 

 

We regularly explore opportunities to acquire financial services companies and businesses. Generally, we do not make a public announcement about an acquisition opportunity until a definitive agreement has been signed. For information on additional contingent consideration related to acquisitions, which is considered to be a guarantee, see Note 10.

In the first half of 2012, we completed three acquisitions with combined total assets of $4.5 billion consisting of an energy

lending business with total assets of $3.6 billion, an asset-based lending business with total assets of $874 million and a global investments business with total assets of $7 million. At June 30, 2012, we had one acquisition pending involving a prime brokerage and technology provider with assets of approximately $280 million. We completed this acquisition on August 1, 2012.

 

 

Note 3: Federal Funds Sold, Securities Purchased under Resale Agreements and Other Short-Term Investments

 

 

The following table provides the detail of federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments.

 

   
   June 30,   Dec. 31, 
(in millions)  2012   2011 

Federal funds sold and securities
purchased under resale agreements

  $  33,058     24,255  

Interest-earning deposits

   40,346     18,917  

Other short-term investments

   1,231     1,195  

Total

  $74,635     44,367  

We receive collateral from other entities under resale agreements and securities borrowings. For additional information, see the “Pledged Assets and Collateral” section of Note 10.

 

 

61


Table of Contents

Note 4: Securities Available for Sale

 

 

The following table provides the cost and fair value for the major categories of securities available for sale carried at fair value. The net unrealized gains (losses) are reported on an after-tax basis as a component of cumulative OCI. There were no securities classified as held to maturity as of the periods presented.

 

 

(in millions)  Cost   Gross
unrealized
gains
   

Gross

unrealized
losses

  

Fair

value

 

June 30, 2012

       

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

  $1,445     48     -    1,493  

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

   36,237     1,662     (648  37,251  

Mortgage-backed securities:

       

Federal agencies

   97,127     4,750     (14  101,863  

Residential

   15,540     1,386     (208  16,718  

Commercial

   18,057     1,489     (618  18,928  

Total mortgage-backed securities

   130,724     7,625     (840  137,509  

Corporate debt securities

   18,973     1,013     (145  19,841  

Collateralized debt obligations (1)

   9,022     351     (226  9,147  

Other (2)

   18,469     435     (146  18,758  

Total debt securities

   214,870     11,134     (2,005  223,999  

Marketable equity securities:

       

Perpetual preferred securities

   2,013     196     (45  2,164  

Other marketable equity securities

   465     223     (5  683  

Total marketable equity securities

   2,478     419     (50  2,847  

Total

  $217,348     11,553     (2,055  226,846  

December 31, 2011

       

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

  $6,920     59     (11  6,968  

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

   32,307     1,169     (883  32,593  

Mortgage-backed securities:

       

Federal agencies

   92,279     4,485     (10  96,754  

Residential

   16,997     1,253     (414  17,836  

Commercial

   17,829     1,249     (928  18,150  

Total mortgage-backed securities

   127,105     6,987     (1,352  132,740  

Corporate debt securities

   17,921     769     (286  18,404  

Collateralized debt obligations (1)

   8,650     298     (349  8,599  

Other (2)

   19,739     378     (225  19,892  

Total debt securities

   212,642     9,660     (3,106  219,196  

Marketable equity securities:

       

Perpetual preferred securities

   2,396     185     (54  2,527  

Other marketable equity securities

   533     366     (9  890  

Total marketable equity securities

   2,929     551     (63  3,417  

Total

  $215,571     10,211     (3,169  222,613  

 

(1)Includes collateralized loan obligations with a cost basis and fair value of $8.5 billion and $8.6 billion, respectively, at June 30, 2012, and $8.1 billion for both cost basis and fair value, at December 31, 2011.
(2)Included in the “Other” category are asset-backed securities collateralized by auto leases or loans and cash reserves with a cost basis and fair value of $6.1 billion and $6.2 billion, respectively, at June 30, 2012, and $6.7 billion and $6.7 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2011. Also included in the “Other” category are asset-backed securities collateralized by home equity loans with a cost basis and fair value of $731 million and $866 million, respectively, at June 30, 2012, and $846 million and $932 million, respectively, at December 31, 2011. The remaining balances primarily include asset-backed securities collateralized by credit cards and student loans.

 

62


Table of Contents

Note 4: Securities Available for Sale (continued)

 

Gross Unrealized Losses and Fair Value

The following table shows the gross unrealized losses and fair value of securities in the securities available-for-sale portfolio by length of time that individual securities in each category had been in a continuous loss position. Debt securities on which we

have taken credit-related OTTI write-downs are categorized as being “less than 12 months” or “12 months or more” in a continuous loss position based on the point in time that the fair value declined to below the cost basis and not the period of time since the credit-related OTTI write-down.

 

 

    
   Less than 12 months   12 months or more   Total 
(in millions)  

 

Gross
unrealized
losses

  Fair
value
   Gross
unrealized
losses
  Fair
value
   Gross
unrealized
losses
  Fair
value
 

June 30, 2012

         

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

  $-    -     -    -     -    -  

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

   (74  2,975     (574  4,740     (648  7,715  

Mortgage-backed securities:

         

Federal agencies

   (13  3,434     (1  652     (14  4,086  

Residential

   (6  681     (202  3,381     (208  4,062  

Commercial

   (9  638     (609  4,785     (618  5,423  

Total mortgage-backed securities

   (28  4,753     (812  8,818     (840  13,571  

Corporate debt securities

   (56  1,580     (89  1,026     (145  2,606  

Collateralized debt obligations

   (31  1,930     (195  1,858     (226  3,788  

Other

   (39  2,878     (107  1,081     (146  3,959  

Total debt securities

   (228  14,116     (1,777  17,523     (2,005  31,639  

Marketable equity securities:

         

Perpetual preferred securities

   (10  221     (35  547     (45  768  

Other marketable equity securities

   (5  39     -    -     (5  39  

Total marketable equity securities

   (15  260     (35  547     (50  807  

Total

  $(243  14,376     (1,812  18,070     (2,055  32,446  

December 31, 2011

         

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

  $(11  5,473     -    -     (11  5,473  

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

   (229  8,501     (654  4,348     (883  12,849  

Mortgage-backed securities:

         

Federal agencies

   (7  2,392     (3  627     (10  3,019  

Residential

   (80  3,780     (334  3,440     (414  7,220  

Commercial

   (157  3,183     (771  3,964     (928  7,147  

Total mortgage-backed securities

   (244  9,355     (1,108  8,031     (1,352  17,386  

Corporate debt securities

   (205  8,107     (81  167     (286  8,274  

Collateralized debt obligations

   (150  4,268     (199  613     (349  4,881  

Other

   (55  3,002     (170  841     (225  3,843  

Total debt securities

   (894  38,706     (2,212  14,000     (3,106  52,706  

Marketable equity securities:

         

Perpetual preferred securities

   (13  316     (41  530     (54  846  

Other marketable equity securities

   (9  61     -    -     (9  61  

Total marketable equity securities

   (22  377     (41  530     (63  907  

Total

  $(916  39,083     (2,253  14,530     (3,169  53,613  

 

63


Table of Contents

We do not have the intent to sell any securities included in the previous table. For debt securities included in the table, we have concluded it is more likely than not that we will not be required to sell prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis. We have assessed each security with gross unrealized losses for credit impairment. For debt securities, we evaluate, where necessary, whether credit impairment exists by comparing the present value of the expected cash flows to the securities’ amortized cost basis. For equity securities, we consider numerous factors in determining whether impairment exists, including our intent and ability to hold the securities for a period of time sufficient to recover the cost basis of the securities.

For complete descriptions of the factors we consider when analyzing debt securities for impairment, see Note 5 in our 2011 Form 10-K. There have been no material changes to our methodologies for assessing impairment in the first half of 2012.

SECURITIES OF U.S. TREASURY AND FEDERAL AGENCIES AND FEDERAL AGENCY MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES (MBS) The unrealized losses associated with U.S. Treasury and federal agency securities and federal agency MBS are primarily driven by changes in interest rates and not due to credit losses given the explicit or implicit guarantees provided by the U.S. government.

SECURITIES OF U.S. STATES AND POLITICAL SUBDIVISIONS The unrealized losses associated with securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions are primarily driven by changes in the relationship between municipal and term funding credit curves and are not due to the credit quality of the underlying securities. Substantially all of these investments are investment grade. The securities were generally underwritten in accordance with our own investment standards prior to the decision to purchase. Some of these securities are guaranteed by a bond insurer, but we did not rely on this guarantee in making our investment decision. These investments will continue to be monitored as part of our ongoing impairment analysis, but are expected to perform, even if the rating agencies reduce the credit rating of the bond insurers. As a result, we expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities.

RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL MBS The unrealized losses associated with private residential MBS and commercial MBS are primarily driven by changes in projected collateral losses, credit spreads and interest rates. We assess for credit impairment by estimating the present value of expected cash flows. The key assumptions for determining expected cash flows include default rates, loss severities and/or prepayment rates. We estimate losses to a security by forecasting the underlying mortgage loans in each transaction. We use forecasted loan performance to project cash flows to the various tranches in the structure. We also consider cash flow forecasts and, as applicable, independent industry analyst reports and forecasts, sector credit ratings, and other independent market data. Based upon our assessment of the expected credit losses and the credit enhancement level of the securities, we expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities.

CORPORATE DEBT SECURITIES The unrealized losses associated with corporate debt securities are primarily related to unsecured debt obligations issued by various corporations. We evaluate the financial performance of each issuer on a quarterly basis to determine that the issuer can make all contractual principal and interest payments. Based upon this assessment, we expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities.

COLLATERALIZED DEBT OBLIGATIONS (CDOs)The unrealized losses associated with CDOs relate to securities primarily backed by commercial, residential or other consumer collateral. The unrealized losses are primarily driven by changes in projected collateral losses, credit spreads and interest rates. We assess for credit impairment by estimating the present value of expected cash flows. The key assumptions for determining expected cash flows include default rates, loss severities and prepayment rates. We also consider cash flow forecasts and, as applicable, independent industry analyst reports and forecasts, sector credit ratings, and other independent market data. Based upon our assessment of the expected credit losses and the credit enhancement level of the securities, we expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities.

OTHER DEBT SECURITIES The unrealized losses associated with other debt securities primarily relate to other asset-backed securities. The losses are primarily driven by changes in projected collateral losses, credit spreads and interest rates. We assess for credit impairment by estimating the present value of expected cash flows. The key assumptions for determining expected cash flows include default rates, loss severities and prepayment rates. Based upon our assessment of the expected credit losses and the credit enhancement level of the securities, we expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities.

MARKETABLE EQUITY SECURITIES Our marketable equity securities include investments in perpetual preferred securities, which provide very attractive tax-equivalent yields. We evaluated these hybrid financial instruments with investment-grade ratings for impairment using an evaluation methodology similar to that used for debt securities. Perpetual preferred securities are not considered to be other-than-temporarily impaired if there is no evidence of credit deterioration or investment rating downgrades of any issuers to below investment grade, and we expect to continue to receive full contractual payments. We will continue to evaluate the prospects for these securities for recovery in their market value in accordance with our policy for estimating OTTI. We have recorded impairment write-downs on perpetual preferred securities where there was evidence of credit deterioration.

 

 

64


Table of Contents

Note 4: Securities Available for Sale (continued)

 

OTHER SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE MATTERS The fair values of our investment securities could decline in the future if the underlying performance of the collateral for the residential and commercial MBS or other securities deteriorate and our credit enhancement levels do not provide sufficient protection to our contractual principal and interest. As a result, there is a risk that significant OTTI may occur in the future.

The following table shows the gross unrealized losses and fair value of debt and perpetual preferred securities available for sale by those rated investment grade and those rated less than investment grade, according to their lowest credit rating by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services (S&P) or Moody’s Investors Service (Moody’s). Credit ratings express opinions about the credit quality of a security. Securities rated investment grade, that is those rated BBB- or higher by S&P or Baa3 or higher by

Moody’s, are generally considered by the rating agencies and market participants to be low credit risk. Conversely, securities rated below investment grade, labeled as “speculative grade” by the rating agencies, are considered to be distinctively higher credit risk than investment grade securities. We have also included securities not rated by S&P or Moody’s in the table below based on the internal credit grade of the securities (used for credit risk management purposes) equivalent to the credit rating assigned by major credit agencies. The unrealized losses and fair value of unrated securities categorized as investment grade based on internal credit grades were $19 million and $1.9 billion, respectively, at June 30, 2012, and $207 million and $6.2 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2011. If an internal credit grade was not assigned, we categorized the security as non-investment grade.

 

 

 

 

   Investment grade   Non-investment grade 
   Gross      Gross    
   unrealized  Fair   unrealized  Fair 
(in millions)  losses  value   losses  value 

 

 

June 30, 2012

      

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

  $-    -     -    -  

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

   (568  7,268     (80  447  

Mortgage-backed securities:

      

Federal agencies

   (14  4,086     -    -  

Residential

   (4  569     (204  3,493  

Commercial

   (247  4,473     (371  950  

 

 

Total mortgage-backed securities

   (265  9,128     (575  4,443  

 

 

Corporate debt securities

   (42  1,940     (103  666  

Collateralized debt obligations

   (117  3,483     (109  305  

Other

   (115  3,849     (31  110  

 

 

Total debt securities

   (1,107  25,668     (898  5,971  

Perpetual preferred securities

   (45  768     -    -  

 

 

Total

  $(1,152  26,436     (898  5,971  

 

 

December 31, 2011

      

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

  $(11  5,473     -    -  

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

   (781  12,093     (102  756  

Mortgage-backed securities:

      

Federal agencies

   (10  3,019     -    -  

Residential

   (39  2,503     (375  4,717  

Commercial

   (429  6,273     (499  874  

 

 

Total mortgage-backed securities

   (478  11,795     (874  5,591  

 

 

Corporate debt securities

   (165  7,156     (121  1,118  

Collateralized debt obligations

   (185  4,597     (164  284  

Other

   (186  3,458     (39  385  

 

 

Total debt securities

   (1,806  44,572     (1,300  8,134  

Perpetual preferred securities

   (53  833     (1  13  

 

 

Total

  $(1,859  45,405     (1,301  8,147  

 

 

 

65


Table of Contents

Contractual Maturities

The following table shows the remaining contractual maturities and contractual yields of debt securities available for sale. The remaining contractual principal maturities for MBS do not consider prepayments. Remaining expected maturities will differ

from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations before the underlying mortgages mature.

 

 

        Remaining contractual maturity 
   Total   

Weighted-

average

  Within one year  After one year
through five years
  After five years
through ten years
  After ten years 
     

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
(in millions)  amount   yield  Amount   Yield  Amount   Yield  Amount   Yield  Amount   Yield 

 

 

June 30, 2012

                

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

  $1,493     1.31  $216      0.56  $841      1.02  $416      2.14  $20      4.08 

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

   37,251     4.63     1,664      3.16     12,468      2.08     3,252      5.10     19,867      6.27   

Mortgage-backed securities:

                

Federal agencies

   101,863     4.09              209      4.41     1,228      3.13     100,426      4.11   

Residential

   16,718     4.47                       618      1.97     16,100      4.56   

Commercial

   18,928     5.45              15      5.45     108      3.45     18,805      5.47   

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total mortgage-backed securities

   137,509     4.33              224      4.48     1,954      2.78     135,331      4.35   

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Corporate debt securities

   19,841     4.47     867     4.68     12,071      3.30     5,097      6.57     1,806      6.26   

Collateralized debt obligations

   9,147     1.13     25     0.47     611      1.03     6,973      1.00     1,538      1.77   

Other

   18,758     1.71     412     1.16     11,699      1.55     3,229      1.83      3,418     2.18   

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total debt securities at fair value

  $223,999     4.02  $3,184     3.12  $37,914      2.28  $20,921      3.31  $161,980      4.54 

 

 

December 31, 2011

                

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

  $6,968     0.91  $57      0.48  $6,659      0.84  $194      2.73  $58      3.81 

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

   32,593     4.94     520      3.02     11,679      2.90     2,692      5.31     17,702      6.28   

Mortgage-backed securities:

                

Federal agencies

   96,754     4.39          6.47     442      4.02     1,399      3.07     94,912      4.42   

Residential

   17,836     4.51                       640      1.88     17,196      4.61   

Commercial

   18,150     5.40                       87      3.33     18,063      5.41   

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total mortgage-backed securities

   132,740     4.55          6.47     442      4.02     2,126      2.72     130,171      4.58   

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Corporate debt securities

   18,404     4.64     815      5.57     11,022      3.40     4,691      6.67     1,876      6.38   

Collateralized debt obligations

   8,599     1.10              540      1.61     6,813      1.00     1,246      1.42   

Other

   19,892     1.89     506      2.29     12,963      1.75     3,149      2.04     3,274      2.29   

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total debt securities at fair value

  $219,196     4.12  $1,899      3.85  $43,305      2.36  $19,665      3.31  $154,327      4.72 

 

 

 

66


Table of Contents

Note 4: Securities Available for Sale (continued)

 

Realized Gains and Losses

The following table shows the gross realized gains and losses on sales and OTTI write-downs related to the securities available-

for-sale portfolio, which includes marketable equity securities, as well as net realized gains and losses on nonmarketable equity securities (see Note 6 – Other Assets).

 

 

   
   Quarter ended June 30,  Six months ended June 30, 
(in millions)  2012  2011  2012  2011 

Gross realized gains

  $136    430    417    500  

Gross realized losses

   (32  (7  (36  (49

OTTI write-downs

   (82  (189  (133  (269

Net realized gains from securities available for sale

   22    234    248    182  

Net realized gains from private equity investments

   159    362    290    601  

Net realized gains from debt securities and equity investments

  $181    596    538    783  

 

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment

The following table shows the detail of total OTTI write-downs included in earnings for debt securities and marketable and nonmarketable equity securities.

 

 

 

 

   Quarter ended June 30,   Six months ended June 30, 
(in millions)  2012   2011   2012   2011 

 

 

OTTI write-downs included in earnings

        

Debt securities:

        

U.S. states and political subdivisions

  $      9     2     9       

Mortgage-backed securities:

        

Residential

   34     144     48     206   

Commercial

   3     9     33     23   

Corporate debt securities

   3     -     4       

Collateralized debt obligations

   1     -     1       

Other debt securities

   27     34     32     38   

 

 

Total debt securities

   77     189     127     269   

 

 

Equity securities:

        

Marketable equity securities:

        

Perpetual preferred securities

   5     -     6       

 

 

Total marketable equity securities

   5     -     6       

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   82     189     133     269   

Nonmarketable equity securities

   38     16     52     57   

 

 

Total OTTI write-downs included in earnings

  $120     205     185     326   

 

 

 

67


Table of Contents

Other-Than-Temporarily Impaired Debt Securities

The following table shows the detail of OTTI write-downs on debt securities available for sale included in earnings and the related changes in OCI for the same securities.

 

 

 

 

   Quarter ended June 30,   Six months ended June 30, 
(in millions)  2012    2011    2012    2011  

 

 

OTTI on debt securities

        

Recorded as part of gross realized losses:

        

Credit-related OTTI

  $        74      189      124      268   

Intent-to-sell OTTI

                    

 

 

Total recorded as part of gross realized losses

   77      189      127      269   

 

 

Recorded directly to OCI for non-credit-related impairment:

        

U.S. states and political subdivisions

   (7)     (1)     (7)     (1)  

Residential mortgage-backed securities

   (54)     (64)     (63)     (168)  

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

        17      (6)     (36)  

Corporate debt securities

             (1)       

Collateralized debt obligations

                    

Other debt securities

   30      (12)     31      (11)  

 

 

Total recorded directly to OCI for increase (decrease) in non-credit-related impairment (1)

   (30)     (60)     (45)     (216)  

 

 

Total OTTI losses recorded on debt securities

  $47      129      82      53   

 

 

 

(1)Represents amounts recorded to OCI on debt securities in periods OTTI write-downs have occurred. Changes in fair value in subsequent periods on such securities, to the extent additional credit-related OTTI did not occur, are not reflected in this total. Increases represent OTTI write-downs recorded to OCI on debt securities in the periods non-credit related impairment has occurred. Decreases represent partial recoveries in the fair value of securities due to factors other than credit, where the increase in fair value was not sufficient to recover the full amount of the unrealized loss on such securities.

 

The following table presents a rollforward of the credit loss component recognized in earnings for debt securities we still own (referred to as “credit-impaired” debt securities). The credit loss component of the amortized cost represents the difference between the present value of expected future cash flows discounted using the security’s current effective interest rate and the amortized cost basis of the security prior to considering credit losses. OTTI recognized in earnings for credit-impaired debt securities is presented as additions and is classified into one of two components based upon whether the current period is the first time the debt security was credit-impaired (initial credit

impairment) or if the debt security was previously credit-impaired (subsequent credit impairments). The credit loss component is reduced if we sell, intend to sell or believe we will be required to sell previously credit-impaired debt securities. Additionally, the credit loss component is reduced if we receive or expect to receive cash flows in excess of what we previously expected to receive over the remaining life of the credit-impaired debt security, the security matures or is fully written down.

Changes in the credit loss component of credit-impaired debt securities that were recognized in earnings and related to securities that we do not intend to sell were:

 

 

 

 

   Quarter ended June. 30,   Six months ended June 30, 
(in millions)  2012  2011    2012  2011  

 

 

Credit loss component, beginning of period

  $        1,302    1,087      1,272    1,043   

Additions:

      

Initial credit impairments

   31    31      36    42   

Subsequent credit impairments

   43    158      88    226   

 

 

Total additions

   74    189      124    268   

 

 

Reductions:

      

For securities sold

   (58  (15)     (70  (38)  

For recoveries of previous credit impairments (1)

   (4  (10)     (12  (22)  

 

 

Total reductions

   (62  (25)     (82  (60)  

 

 

Credit loss component, end of period

  $1,314    1,251      1,314    1,251   

 

 

 

(1)Recoveries of previous credit impairments result from increases in expected cash flows subsequent to credit loss recognition. Such recoveries are reflected prospectively as interest yield adjustments using the effective interest method.

 

68


Table of Contents

Note 4: Securities Available for Sale (continued)

 

To determine credit impairment losses for asset-backed securities (e.g., residential MBS), we estimate expected future cash flows of the security by estimating the expected future cash flows of the underlying collateral and applying those collateral cash flows, together with any credit enhancements such as subordinated interests owned by third parties, to the security. The expected future cash flows of the underlying collateral are determined using the remaining contractual cash flows adjusted for future expected credit losses (which consider current delinquencies and nonperforming assets (NPAs), future

expected default rates and collateral value by vintage and geographic region) and prepayments. The expected cash flows of the security are then discounted at the security’s current effective interest rate to arrive at a present value amount. Total credit impairment losses on residential MBS that we do not intend to sell are shown in the table below. The table also presents a summary of the significant inputs considered in determining the measurement of the credit loss component recognized in earnings for residential MBS.

 

 

 

 

   Quarter ended June 30,   Six months ended June 30, 
($ in millions)  2012  2011   2012   2011 

 

 

Credit impairment losses on residential MBS

  

  

Investment grade

  $        -         -       

Non-investment grade

   34    144      48     201   

 

 

Total credit impairment losses on residential MBS

  $34    144      48     206   

 

 

Significant inputs (non-agency – non-investment grade MBS)

       

Expected remaining life of loan losses (1):

       

Range (2)

   1-37   0-40      1-44     0-40   

Credit impairment distribution (3):

       

0 - 10% range

   68    40      62     45   

10 - 20% range

   18    13      16     16   

20 - 30% range

   11    35      8     30   

Greater than 30%

   3    12      14       

Weighted average (4)

   9    12      9     11   

Current subordination levels (5):

       

Range (2)

   0-22    0-13      0-57     0-13   

Weighted average (4)

   3         2       

Prepayment speed (annual CPR (6)):

       

Range (2)

   5-24    5-14      5-29     5-15   

Weighted average (4)

   14    11      14     11   

 

 

 

(1)Represents future expected credit losses on underlying pool of loans expressed as a percentage of total current outstanding loan balance.
(2)Represents the range of inputs/assumptions based upon the individual securities within each category.
(3)Represents distribution of credit impairment losses recognized in earnings categorized based on range of expected remaining life of loan losses. For example 68% of credit impairment losses recognized in earnings for the quarter ended June 30, 2012, had expected remaining life of loan loss assumptions of 0 to 10%.
(4)Calculated by weighting the relevant input/assumption for each individual security by current outstanding amortized cost basis of the security.
(5)Represents current level of credit protection (subordination) for the securities, expressed as a percentage of total current underlying loan balance.
(6)Constant prepayment rate.

 

69


Table of Contents

Note 5: Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses

 

 

The following table presents total loans outstanding by portfolio segment and class of financing receivable. Outstanding balances include a total net reduction of $8.4 billion and $9.3 billion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, for unearned income, net deferred loan fees, and unamortized discounts and

premiums. Outstanding balances also include PCI loans net of any remaining purchase accounting adjustments. Information about PCI loans is presented separately in the “Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans” section of this Note.

 

 

 

 

(in millions)  June 30,
2012
   Dec. 31,
2011 
 

 

 

Commercial:

    

Commercial and industrial

  $    177,646           167,216   

Real estate mortgage

   105,666     105,975   

Real estate construction

   17,594     19,382   

Lease financing

   12,729     13,117   

Foreign (1)

   40,417     39,760   

 

 

Total commercial

   354,052     345,450   

 

 

Consumer:

    

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   230,263     228,894   

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

   80,881     85,991   

Credit card

   22,706     22,836   

Other revolving credit and installment

   87,297     86,460   

 

 

Total consumer

   421,147     424,181   

 

 

Total loans

  $775,199     769,631   

 

 

 

(1)Substantially all of our foreign loan portfolio is commercial loans. Loans are classified as foreign if the borrower’s primary address is outside of the United States.

 

The following table summarizes the proceeds paid or received for purchases and sales of loans and transfers from loans held for investment to mortgages/loans held for sale at lower of cost or market. This loan activity primarily includes purchases or sales of commercial loan participation interests, whereby we

receive or transfer a portion of a loan after origination. The table excludes PCI loans and loans recorded at fair value, including loans originated for sale because their loan activity normally does not impact the allowance for credit losses.

 

 

 

 

   2012  2011 
(in millions)  Commercial  Consumer  Total  Commercial  Consumer  Total 

 

 

Quarter ended June 30,

       

Loans - held for investment:

       

Purchases (1)

  $        7,219            84    7,303    1,462    -    1,462  

Sales

   (1,115  (170      (1,285  (895  (313      (1,208

Transfers from (to) MHFS/LHFS (1)

   18    (4  14    (64  (25  (89

 

 
       

 

 

Six months ended June 30,

       

Loans - held for investment:

       

Purchases (1)

  $9,175    167    9,342    2,106    -    2,106  

Sales

   (2,935  (323  (3,258          (2,466  (314  (2,780

Transfers to MHFS/LHFS (1)

   (18  (5  (23  (170  (50  (220

 

 

 

(1)The “Purchases” and “Transfers to MHFS/LHFS” categories exclude activity in government insured/guaranteed loans. As servicer, we are able to buy delinquent insured/guaranteed loans out of the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) pools. These loans have different risk characteristics from the rest of our consumer portfolio, whereby this activity does not impact the allowance for loan losses in the same manner because the loans are insured by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or are guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA). On a net basis, this activity was $2.0 billion and $842 million for the second quarter 2012 and 2011, respectively, and $5.5 billion and $3.1 billion for the first half of 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

70


Table of Contents

Note 5: Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

 

Allowance for Credit Losses (ACL)

The ACL is management’s estimate of credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio, including unfunded credit commitments, at the balance sheet date. We have an established process to determine the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses that assesses the losses inherent in our portfolio and related unfunded credit commitments. While we attribute portions of the allowance to specific portfolio segments, the entire allowance is available to absorb credit losses inherent in the total loan portfolio and unfunded credit commitments.

Our process involves procedures to appropriately consider the unique risk characteristics of our commercial and consumer loan portfolio segments. For each portfolio segment, losses are estimated collectively for groups of loans with similar characteristics, individually or pooled for impaired loans or, for PCI loans, based on the changes in cash flows expected to be collected.

Our allowance levels are influenced by loan volumes, loan grade migration or delinquency status, historic loss experience influencing loss factors, and other conditions influencing loss expectations, such as economic conditions.

COMMERCIAL PORTFOLIO SEGMENT ACL METHODOLOGY Generally, commercial loans are assessed for estimated losses by grading each loan using various risk factors as identified through periodic reviews. We apply historic grade-specific loss factors to the aggregation of each funded grade pool. These historic loss factors are also used to estimate losses for unfunded credit commitments. In the development of our statistically derived loan grade loss factors, we observe historical losses over a relevant period for each loan grade. These loss estimates are adjusted as appropriate based on additional analysis of long-term average loss experience compared to previously forecasted losses, external loss data or other risks identified from current economic conditions and credit quality trends.

The allowance also includes an amount for the estimated impairment on nonaccrual commercial loans and commercial loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring (TDR), whether on accrual or nonaccrual status.

CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SEGMENT ACL METHODOLOGY For consumer loans, not identified as a TDR, we determine the allowance predominantly on a collective basis utilizing forecasted losses to represent our best estimate of inherent loss. We pool loans, generally by product types with similar risk characteristics, such as residential real estate mortgages and credit cards. As appropriate and to achieve greater accuracy, we may further stratify selected portfolios by sub-product, origination channel, vintage, loss type, geographic location and other predictive characteristics. Models designed for each pool are utilized to develop the loss estimates. We use assumptions for these pools in our forecast models, such as historic delinquency and default, loss severity, home price trends, unemployment trends, and other key economic variables that may influence the frequency and severity of losses in the pool.

In determining the appropriate allowance attributable to our residential mortgage portfolio, we incorporate the default rates and high severity of loss for junior lien mortgages behind

delinquent first lien mortgages into our loss forecasting calculations. In addition, the loss rates we use in determining our allowance include the impact of our established loan modification programs. When modifications occur or are probable to occur, our allowance considers the impact of these modifications, taking into consideration the associated credit cost, including re-defaults of modified loans and projected loss severity. Accordingly, the loss content associated with the effects of existing and probable loan modifications and junior lien mortgages behind delinquent first lien mortgages has been captured in our allowance methodology.

We separately estimate impairment for consumer loans that have been modified in a TDR (including trial modifications), whether on accrual or nonaccrual status.

OTHER ACL MATTERS The allowance for credit losses for both portfolio segments includes an amount for imprecision or uncertainty that may change from period to period. This amount represents management’s judgment of risks inherent in the processes and assumptions used in establishing the allowance. This imprecision considers economic environmental factors, modeling assumptions and performance, process risk, and other subjective factors, including industry trends.

Impaired loans, which predominantly include nonaccrual commercial loans and any loans that have been modified in a TDR, have an estimated allowance calculated as the difference, if any, between the impaired value of the loan and the recorded investment in the loan. The impaired value of the loan is generally calculated as the present value of expected future cash flows from principal and interest which incorporates expected lifetime losses, discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. The allowance for an impaired loan that was modified in a TDR may be lower than the previously established allowance for that loan due to benefits received through modification, such as lower probability of default and/or severity of loss, and the impact of prior charge-offs or charge-offs at the time of the modification that may reduce or eliminate the need for an allowance.

Commercial and consumer PCI loans may require an allowance subsequent to their acquisition. This allowance requirement is due to decreases in expected principal and interest cash flows (other than due to decreases in interest rate indices and changes in prepayment assumptions).

 

 

71


Table of Contents

The allowance for credit losses consists of the allowance for loan losses and the allowance for unfunded credit commitments. Changes in the allowance for credit losses were:

 

   
   Quarter ended June 30,  Six months ended June 30, 
(in millions)  2012  2011   2012  2011  

Balance, beginning of period

  $19,129    22,383    19,668    23,463  

Provision for credit losses

   1,800    1,838    3,795    4,048  

Interest income on certain impaired loans (1)

   (82  (79  (169  (162

Loan charge-offs:

     

Commercial:

     

Commercial and industrial

   (360  (365  (719  (833

Real estate mortgage

   (114  (185  (196  (364

Real estate construction

   (60  (99  (140  (218

Lease financing

   (5  (7  (13  (20

Foreign

   (17  (57  (46  (96

 

 

Total commercial

   (556  (713  (1,114  (1,531

 

 

Consumer:

     

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   (772  (1,064  (1,600  (2,079

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

   (757  (968  (1,577  (2,014

Credit card

   (286  (378  (587  (826

Other revolving credit and installment

   (318  (391  (691  (891

 

 

Total consumer

   (2,133  (2,801  (4,455  (5,810

 

 

Total loan charge-offs

   (2,689  (3,514  (5,569  (7,341

 

 

Loan recoveries:

     

Commercial:

     

Commercial and industrial

   111    111    214    225  

Real estate mortgage

   33    57    69    84  

Real estate construction

   43    27    56    63  

Lease financing

   5    6    11    13  

Foreign

   6    10    21    21  

 

 

Total commercial

   198    211    371    406  

 

 

Consumer:

     

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   29    155    66    266  

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

   68    59    125    111  

Credit card

   46    84    105    150  

Other revolving credit and installment

   148    167    307    360  

 

 

Total consumer

   291    465    603    887  

 

 

Total loan recoveries

   489    676    974    1,293  

 

 

Net loan charge-offs (2)

   (2,200  (2,838  (4,595  (6,048

 

 

Allowances related to business combinations/other

   (1  (42  (53  (39

 

 

Balance, end of period

  $18,646    21,262    18,646    21,262  

 

 

Components:

     

Allowance for loan losses

  $18,320    20,893    18,320    20,893  

Allowance for unfunded credit commitments

   326    369    326    369  

 

 

Allowance for credit losses (3)

  $18,646    21,262    18,646    21,262  

 

 

Net loan charge-offs (annualized) as a percentage of average total loans (2)

   1.15 %   1.52    1.20     1.62  

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans (3)

   2.36    2.78    2.36    2.78  

Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans (3)

   2.41    2.83    2.41    2.83  

 

 

 

(1)Certain impaired loans with an allowance calculated by discounting expected cash flows using the loan’s effective interest rate over the remaining life of the loan recognize reductions in the allowance as interest income.
(2)For PCI loans, charge-offs are only recorded to the extent that losses exceed the purchase accounting estimates.
(3)The allowance for credit losses includes $212 million and $273 million at June 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively, related to PCI loans acquired from Wachovia. Loans acquired from Wachovia are included in total loans net of related purchase accounting net write-downs.

 

72


Table of Contents

Note 5: Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

 

The following table summarizes the activity in the allowance for credit losses by our commercial and consumer portfolio segments.

 

    2012  2011 
(in millions)          Commercial  Consumer  Total  Commercial  Consumer  Total 

 

  

 

 

 

Quarter ended June 30,

       

Balance, beginning of period

  $6,130    12,999    19,129    7,973    14,410    22,383  

Provision for credit losses

   410    1,390    1,800    (27  1,865    1,838  

Interest income on certain impaired loans

   (23  (59  (82  (39  (40  (79

Loan charge-offs

   (556  (2,133  (2,689  (713  (2,801  (3,514

Loan recoveries

   198    291    489    211    465    676  

 

  

 

 

 

Net loan charge-offs

   (358  (1,842  (2,200  (502  (2,336  (2,838

 

  

 

 

 

Allowance related to business combinations/other

   -    (1  (1  8    (50  (42

 

  

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

  $6,159    12,487    18,646    7,413    13,849    21,262  

 

  

 

 

 
       

 

 

Six months ended June 30,

       

Balance, beginning of period

  $6,358    13,310    19,668    8,169    15,294    23,463  

Provision for credit losses

   598    3,197    3,795    445    3,603    4,048  

Interest income on certain impaired loans

   (54  (115  (169  (84  (78  (162

Loan charge-offs

   (1,114  (4,455  (5,569  (1,531  (5,810  (7,341

Loan recoveries

   371    603    974    406    887    1,293  

 

  

 

 

 

Net loan charge-offs

   (743  (3,852  (4,595  (1,125  (4,923  (6,048

 

  

 

 

 

Allowance related to business combinations/other

   -    (53  (53  8    (47  (39

 

  

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

  $6,159    12,487    18,646    7,413    13,849    21,262  

 

  

 

 

 

The following table disaggregates our allowance for credit losses and recorded investment in loans by impairment methodology.

 

   
   Allowance for credit losses   Recorded investment in loans 
(in millions)          Commercial   Consumer   Total   Commercial   Consumer   Total 

 

 

June 30, 2012

            

Collectively evaluated (1)

  $4,061     7,819     11,880     339,267     375,034     714,301  

Individually evaluated (2)

   1,953     4,601     6,554     9,500     17,592     27,092  

PCI (3)

   145     67     212     5,285     28,521     33,806  

 

 

Total

  $6,159     12,487     18,646     354,052     421,147     775,199  

 

 

December 31, 2011

            

Collectively evaluated (1)

  $4,060     8,699     12,759     328,117     376,785     704,902  

Individually evaluated (2)

   2,133     4,545     6,678     10,566     17,444     28,010  

PCI (3)

   165     66     231     6,767     29,952     36,719  

 

 

Total

  $6,358     13,310     19,668     345,450     424,181     769,631  

 

 

 

(1)Represents loans collectively evaluated for impairment in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 450-20, Loss Contingencies (formerly FAS 5), and pursuant to amendments by ASU 2010-20 regarding allowance for non-impaired loans.
(2)Represents loans individually evaluated for impairment in accordance with ASC 310-10, Receivables (formerly FAS 114), and pursuant to amendments by ASU 2010-20 regarding allowance for impaired loans.
(3)Represents the allowance and related loan carrying value determined in accordance with ASC 310-30, Receivables – Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality (formerly SOP 03-3) and pursuant to amendments by ASU 2010-20 regarding allowance for PCI loans.

 

73


Table of Contents

Credit Quality

We monitor credit quality as indicated by evaluating various attributes and utilize such information in our evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses. The following sections provide the credit quality indicators we most closely monitor. See the “Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans” section of this Note for credit quality information on our PCI portfolio.

The majority of credit quality indicators are based on June 30, 2012 information, with the exception of updated FICO and updated loan-to-value (LTV)/combined LTV (CLTV), which are obtained at least quarterly. Generally, these indicators are updated in the second month of each quarter, with updates no older than March 31, 2012.

COMMERCIAL CREDIT QUALITY INDICATORS In addition to monitoring commercial loan concentration risk, we manage a consistent process for assessing commercial loan credit quality. Generally, commercial loans are subject to individual risk assessment using our internal borrower and collateral quality ratings. Our ratings are aligned to Pass and Criticized categories. The Criticized category includes Special Mention, Substandard, and Doubtful categories which are defined by bank regulatory agencies.

The following table provides a breakdown of outstanding commercial loans by risk category. Of the $25.8 billion in criticized commercial real estate (CRE) loans, $5.3 billion has been placed on nonaccrual status and written down to net realizable value. CRE loans have a high level of monitoring in place to manage these assets and mitigate any loss exposure.

 

 

 

 
(in millions)  Commercial
and
industrial
   Real
estate
mortgage
   

Real

estate
construction

   Lease
financing
   Foreign   Total 

 

 

June 30, 2012

            

By risk category:

            

Pass

  $157,694     82,543     11,031     12,102     36,857     300,227  

Criticized

   19,708     20,501     5,267     627     2,437     48,540  

 

 

Total commercial loans (excluding PCI)

   177,402     103,044     16,298     12,729     39,294     348,767  

Total commercial PCI loans (carrying value)

   244     2,622     1,296     -     1,123     5,285  

 

 

Total commercial loans

  $177,646     105,666     17,594     12,729     40,417     354,052  

 

 

December 31, 2011

            

By risk category:

            

Pass

  $144,980     80,215     10,865     12,455     36,567     285,082  

Criticized

   21,837     22,490     6,772     662     1,840     53,601  

 

 

Total commercial loans (excluding PCI)

   166,817     102,705     17,637     13,117     38,407     338,683  

Total commercial PCI loans (carrying value)

   399     3,270     1,745     -     1,353     6,767  

 

 

Total commercial loans

  $167,216     105,975     19,382     13,117     39,760     345,450  

 

 

 

74


Table of Contents

Note 5: Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

 

The following table provides past due information for commercial loans, which we monitor as part of our credit risk management practices.

 

 

       
(in millions)  Commercial
and
industrial
   Real
estate
mortgage
   

Real

estate

construction

   

Lease

financing

   Foreign   Total     

 

 

June 30, 2012

            

By delinquency status:

            

Current-29 DPD and still accruing

  $  175,364     98,242     14,791     12,621     39,176     340,194      

30-89 DPD and still accruing

   445     786     61     65     36     1,393      

90+ DPD and still accruing

   44     184     25     -     3     256      

Nonaccrual loans

   1,549     3,832     1,421     43     79     6,924      

 

 

Total commercial loans (excluding PCI)

   177,402     103,044     16,298     12,729     39,294     348,767      

Total commercial PCI loans (carrying value)

   244     2,622     1,296     -     1,123     5,285      

 

 

Total commercial loans

  $177,646     105,666     17,594     12,729     40,417     354,052      

 

 

December 31, 2011

            

By delinquency status:

            

Current-29 DPD and still accruing

  $163,583     97,410     15,471     12,934     38,122     327,520      

30-89 DPD and still accruing

   939     954     187     130     232     2,442      

90+ DPD and still accruing

   153     256     89     -     6     504      

Nonaccrual loans

   2,142     4,085     1,890     53     47     8,217      

 

 

Total commercial loans (excluding PCI)

   166,817     102,705     17,637     13,117     38,407     338,683      

Total commercial PCI loans (carrying value)

   399     3,270     1,745     -     1,353     6,767      

 

 

Total commercial loans

  $167,216     105,975     19,382     13,117     39,760     345,450      

 

 

 

CONSUMER CREDIT QUALITY INDICATORS We have various classes of consumer loans that present respective unique risks. Loan delinquency, FICO credit scores and LTV for loan types are common credit quality indicators that we monitor and utilize in our evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses for the consumer portfolio segment.

The majority of our loss estimation techniques used for the allowance for credit losses rely on delinquency matrix models or delinquency roll rate models. Therefore, delinquency is an important indicator of credit quality and the establishment of our allowance for credit losses.

 

 

75


Table of Contents

The following table provides the outstanding balances of our consumer portfolio by delinquency status.

 

 

 

(in millions)  Real estate
1-4 family
first
mortgage
   Real estate
1-4 family
junior lien
mortgage
   Credit
card
   Other
revolving
credit and
installment
   Total 

June 30, 2012

          

By delinquency status:

          

Current-29 DPD

  $159,650     78,422     22,136     72,410     332,618  

30-59 DPD

   3,624     633     173     720     5,150  

60-89 DPD

   1,602     397     123     223     2,345  

90-119 DPD

   874     297     102     108     1,381  

120-179 DPD

   1,230     417     153     28     1,828  

180+ DPD

   6,526     525     19     5     7,075  

Government insured/guaranteed loans (1)

   28,426     -     -     13,803     42,229  

Total consumer loans (excluding PCI)

   201,932     80,691     22,706     87,297     392,626  

Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)

   28,331     190     -     -     28,521  

Total consumer loans

  $230,263     80,881     22,706     87,297     421,147  

December 31, 2011

          

By delinquency status:

          

Current-29 DPD

  $156,985     83,033     22,125     69,712     331,855  

30-59 DPD

   4,075     786     211     963     6,035  

60-89 DPD

   2,012     501     154     275     2,942  

90-119 DPD

   1,152     382     135     127     1,796  

120-179 DPD

   1,704     537     211     33     2,485  

180+ DPD

   6,665     546     -     4     7,215  

Government insured/guaranteed loans (1)

   26,555     -     -     15,346     41,901  

Total consumer loans (excluding PCI)

   199,148     85,785     22,836     86,460     394,229  

Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)

   29,746     206     -     -     29,952  

Total consumer loans

  $228,894     85,991     22,836     86,460     424,181  

 

(1)Represents loans whose repayments are insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA and student loans whose repayments are predominantly guaranteed by agencies on behalf of the U.S. Department of Education under the Federal Family Education Loan Program (FFELP). Loans insured/guaranteed by the FHA/VA and 90+ DPD totaled $19.7 billion at June 30, 2012, compared with $18.5 billion at December 31, 2011. Student loans 90+ DPD totaled $1.1 billion at June 30, 2012, compared with $1.3 billion at December 31, 2011.

 

Of the $10.3 billion of loans that are 90 days or more past due at June 30, 2012, $1.1 billion was accruing, compared with $11.5 billion past due and $1.5 billion accruing at December 31, 2011.

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage loans 180 days or more past due totaled $6.5 billion, or 3.2% of total first mortgages (excluding PCI), at June 30, 2012, compared with $6.7 billion, or 3.3%, at December 31, 2011.

The following table provides a breakdown of our consumer portfolio by updated FICO. We obtain FICO scores at loan origination and the scores are updated at least quarterly. The majority of our portfolio is underwritten with a FICO score of 680 and above. FICO is not available for certain loan types and may not be obtained if we deem it unnecessary due to strong collateral and other borrower attributes, primarily securities-based margin loans of $4.9 billion at June 30, 2012, and $5.0 billion at December 31, 2011.

 

 

76


Table of Contents

Note 5: Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

 

 

 

(in millions)  

Real estate
1-4 family
first

mortgage

   Real estate
1-4 family
junior lien
mortgage
   Credit
card
   Other
revolving
credit and
installment
   Total 

June 30, 2012

          

By updated FICO:

          

< 600

  $19,062     6,670     2,293     8,929     36,954  

600-639

   10,847     3,917     1,818     6,281     22,863  

640-679

   15,618     6,965     3,411     9,711     35,705  

680-719

   23,470     11,975     4,544     11,136     51,125  

720-759

   27,732     16,902     4,628     10,370     59,632  

760-799

   51,310     23,488     3,672     11,846     90,316  

800+

   21,880     9,197     1,939     6,115     39,131  

No FICO available

   3,587     1,577     401     4,244     9,809  

FICO not required

   -     -     -     4,862     4,862  

Government insured/guaranteed loans (1)

   28,426     -     -     13,803     42,229  

Total consumer loans (excluding PCI)

   201,932     80,691     22,706     87,297     392,626  

Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)

   28,331     190     -     -     28,521  

Total consumer loans

  $230,263     80,881     22,706     87,297     421,147  

December 31, 2011

          

By updated FICO:

          

< 600

  $21,604     7,428     2,323     8,921     40,276  

600-639

   10,978     4,086     1,787     6,222     23,073  

640-679

   15,563     7,187     3,383     9,350     35,483  

680-719

   23,622     12,497     4,697     10,465     51,281  

720-759

   27,417     17,574     4,760     9,936     59,687  

760-799

   47,337     24,979     3,517     11,163     86,996  

800+

   21,381     10,247     1,969     5,674     39,271  

No FICO available

   4,691     1,787     400     4,393     11,271  

FICO not required

   -     -     -     4,990     4,990  

Government insured/guaranteed loans (1)

   26,555     -     -     15,346     41,901  

Total consumer loans (excluding PCI)

   199,148     85,785     22,836     86,460     394,229  

Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)

   29,746     206     -     -     29,952  

Total consumer loans

  $        228,894     85,991     22,836     86,460     424,181  

 

(1)Represents loans whose repayments are insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA and student loans whose repayments are predominantly guaranteed by agencies on behalf of the U.S. Department of Education under FFELP.

 

        LTV refers to the ratio comparing the loan’s unpaid principal balance to the property’s collateral value. CLTV refers to the combination of first mortgage and junior lien mortgage (including unused line amounts for credit line products) ratios. LTVs and CLTVs are updated quarterly using a cascade approach which first uses values provided by automated valuation models (AVMs) for the property. If an AVM is not available, then the value is estimated using the original appraised value adjusted by the change in Home Price Index (HPI) for the property location. If an HPI is not available, the original appraised value is used. The HPI value is normally the only method considered for high value properties as the AVM values have proven less accurate for these properties.

The following table shows the most updated LTV and CLTV distribution of the real estate 1-4 family first and junior lien mortgage loan portfolios. In recent years, the residential real estate markets have experienced significant declines in property values and several markets, particularly California and Florida have experienced declines that turned out to be more significant than the national decline. These trends are considered in the way that we monitor credit risk and establish our allowance for credit

losses. LTV does not necessarily reflect the likelihood of performance of a given loan, but does provide an indication of collateral value. In the event of a default, any loss should be limited to the portion of the loan amount in excess of the net realizable value of the underlying real estate collateral value. Certain loans do not have an LTV or CLTV primarily due to industry data availability and portfolios acquired from or serviced by other institutions.

 

 

77


Table of Contents
   
   June 30, 2012   December 31, 2011 
(in millions)  Real estate
1-4 family
first
mortgage
by LTV
   Real estate
1-4 family
junior lien
mortgage
by CLTV
   Total   Real estate
1-4 family
first
mortgage
by LTV
   Real estate
1-4 family
junior lien
mortgage
by CLTV
   Total 

By LTV/CLTV:

            

0-60%

  $        47,770     11,901     59,671     46,476     12,694     59,170  

60.01-80%

   53,736     15,309     69,045     46,831     15,722     62,553  

80.01-100%

   34,385     19,555     53,940     36,764     20,290     57,054  

100.01-120% (1)

   19,709     15,109     34,818     21,116     15,829     36,945  

> 120% (1)

   15,740     16,366     32,106     18,608     18,626     37,234  

No LTV/CLTV available

   2,166     2,451     4,617     2,798     2,624     5,422  

Government insured/guaranteed loans (2)

   28,426     -     28,426     26,555     -     26,555  

Total consumer loans (excluding PCI)

   201,932     80,691     282,623     199,148     85,785     284,933  

Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)

   28,331     190     28,521     29,746     206     29,952  

Total consumer loans

  $230,263     80,881     311,144     228,894     85,991     314,885  

 

(1)Reflects total loan balances with LTV/CLTV amounts in excess of 100%. In the event of default, the loss content would generally be limited to only the amount in excess of 100% LTV/CLTV.
(2)Represents loans whose repayments are insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.

 

NONACCRUAL LOANS The following table provides loans on nonaccrual status. PCI loans are excluded from this table due to the existence of the accretable yield.

 

 

 

   June 30,   Dec. 31, 
(in millions)  2012   2011 

Commercial:

    

Commercial and industrial

  $1,549     2,142  

Real estate mortgage

   3,832     4,085  

Real estate construction

   1,421     1,890  

Lease financing

   43     53  

Foreign

   79     47  

Total commercial (1)

   6,924     8,217  

Consumer:

    

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage (2)

   10,368     10,913  

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage (3)

   3,091     1,975  

Other revolving credit and installment

   195     199  

Total consumer

   13,654     13,087  

Total nonaccrual loans (excluding PCI)

  $        20,578     21,304  

 

(1)Includes LHFS of $17 million at June 30, 2012, and $25 million at December 31, 2011.
(2)Includes MHFS of $310 million at June 30, 2012, and $301 million at December 31, 2011.
(3)The balance at June 30, 2012, includes the impact from the transfer of 1-4 family junior lien mortgages to nonaccrual loans in accordance with the Interagency Guidance issued on January 31, 2012.
 

 

78


Table of Contents

Note 5: Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

 

LOANS 90 DAYS OR MORE PAST DUE AND STILL ACCRUING Certain loans 90 days or more past due as to interest or principal are still accruing, because they are (1) well-secured and in the process of collection or (2) real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans or consumer loans exempt under regulatory rules from being classified as nonaccrual until later delinquency, usually 120 days past due. PCI loans of $6.6 billion at June 30, 2012, and $8.7 billion at December 31, 2011, are not included in these past due and still accruing loans even though they are 90 days or more contractually past due. These PCI loans are considered to be accruing due to the existence of the accretable yield and not based on consideration given to contractual interest payments. Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing whose repayments are insured by the FHA or predominantly guaranteed by the VA for mortgages and the U.S. Department of Education for student loans under the FFELP were $21.5 billion at June 30, 2012, up from $20.5 billion at December 31, 2011.

The following table shows non-PCI loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing by class for loans not government insured/guaranteed.

 

 

 

           June 30,   Dec. 31, 
(in millions)  2012   2011 

Loan 90 days or more past due and still accruing:

    

Total (excluding PCI):

  $22,872     22,569  

Less: FHA insured/guaranteed by the VA (1)(2)

   20,368     19,240  

Less: Student loans guaranteed under the FFELP (3)

   1,144     1,281  

Total, not government insured/guaranteed

  $1,360     2,048  

By segment and class, not government insured/guaranteed:

    

Commercial:

    

Commercial and industrial

  $44     153  

Real estate mortgage

   184     256  

Real estate construction

   25     89  

Foreign

   3     6  

Total commercial

   256     504  

Consumer:

    

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage (2)

   561     781  

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage (2)(4)

   159     279  

Credit card

   274     346  

Other revolving credit and installment

   110     138  

Total consumer

   1,104     1,544  

Total, not government insured/guaranteed

  $1,360     2,048  

 

(1)Represents loans whose repayments are insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.
(2)Includes mortgage loans held for sale 90 days or more past due and still accruing.
(3)Represents loans whose repayments are predominantly guaranteed by agencies on behalf of the U.S. Department of Education under the FFELP.
(4)The balance at June 30, 2012, includes the impact from the transfer of 1-4 family junior lien mortgages to nonaccrual loans in accordance with the Interagency Guidance issued on January 31, 2012.
 

 

79


Table of Contents

IMPAIRED LOANS The table below summarizes key information for impaired loans. Our impaired loans predominately include loans on nonaccrual status in the commercial portfolio segment and loans modified in a TDR, whether on accrual or nonaccrual status. These impaired loans generally have estimated losses which are included in the allowance for credit losses. Impaired

loans exclude PCI loans. Based on clarifying guidance from the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) received in December 2011, we now classify trial modifications as TDRs at the beginning of the trial period. The table below includes trial modifications that totaled $745 million at June 30, 2012, and $651 million at December 31, 2011.

 

 

 

 

       Recorded investment     
(in millions)  Unpaid
principal
balance
   Impaired
loans
   Impaired loans
with related
allowance for
credit losses
   Related
allowance for
credit losses
 

June 30, 2012

        

Commercial:

        

Commercial and industrial

  $        4,217     2,543     2,543     427  

Real estate mortgage

   6,208     5,007     4,959     1,143  

Real estate construction

   2,566     1,812     1,812     356  

Lease financing

   73     57     57     16  

Foreign

   146     81     53     11  

Total commercial (1)

   13,210     9,500     9,424     1,953  

Consumer:

        

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   16,824     14,652     14,339     3,539  

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

   2,253     2,077     2,077     757  

Credit card

   575     575     575     271  

Other revolving credit and installment

   292     288     226     34  

Total consumer

   19,944     17,592     17,217     4,601  

Total impaired loans (excluding PCI)

  $33,154     27,092     26,641     6,554  

December 31, 2011

        

Commercial:

        

Commercial and industrial

  $7,191     3,072     3,018     501  

Real estate mortgage

   7,490     5,114     4,637     1,133  

Real estate construction

   4,733     2,281     2,281     470  

Lease financing

   127     68     68     21  

Foreign

   185     31     31     8  

Total commercial (1)

   19,726     10,566     10,035     2,133  

Consumer:

        

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   16,494     14,486     13,909     3,380  

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

   2,232     2,079     2,079     784  

Credit card

   593     593     593     339  

Other revolving credit and installment

   287     286     274     42  

Total consumer

   19,606     17,444     16,855     4,545  

Total impaired loans (excluding PCI)

  $39,332     28,010     26,890     6,678  

 

(1)The unpaid principal balance for commercial loans at December 31, 2011 includes approximately $5.6 billion ($2.5 billion – commercial and industrial, $1.1 billion – real estate mortgage, $1.8 billion – real estate construction and $157 million – lease financing and foreign) for commercial loans that have been fully charged off and therefore have no recorded investment. The unpaid principal balance for loans with no recorded investment has been excluded from the amounts disclosed at June 30, 2012.

 

80


Table of Contents

Note 5: Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

 

Commitments to lend additional funds on loans whose terms have been modified in a TDR amounted to $446 million at June 30, 2012, and $3.8 billion at December 31, 2011.

The following table provides the average recorded investment in impaired loans and the amount of interest income recognized on impaired loans by portfolio segment and class.

 

 

 

 

    Quarter ended June 30,   Six months ended June 30, 
   2012   2011   2012   2011 
(in millions)  Average
recorded
investment
   Recognized
interest
income
   Average
recorded
investment
   Recognized
interest
income
   Average
recorded
investment
   Recognized
interest
income
   Average
recorded
investment
   Recognized
interest
income
 

Commercial:

                

Commercial and industrial

  $2,665     33     2,860     21     2,756     72     3,016     45  

Real estate mortgage

   5,016     33     5,355     17     5,095     50     5,478     30  

Real estate construction

   1,986     17     2,426     11     2,124     27     2,560     25  

Lease financing

   58     -     91     -     60     -     100     -  

Foreign

   43     -     14     -     38     -     14     -  

Total commercial

   9,768     83     10,746     49     10,073     149     11,168     100  

Consumer:

                

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   14,641     190     12,471     154     14,563     379     12,144     305  

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

   2,079     22     1,903     20     2,065     44     1,826     34  

Credit card

   582     17     587     6     587     31     579     12  

Other revolving credit and installment

   280     8     260     4     310     26     252     13  

Total consumer

   17,582     237     15,221     184     17,525     480     14,801     364  

Total impaired loans (excluding PCI)

  $        27,350     320     25,967     233     27,598     629     25,969     464  

Interest income:

                

Cash basis of accounting

    $77       47       126       85  

Other (1)

        243          186          503          379  

Total interest income

       $            320          233          629          464  

 

(1)Includes interest recognized on accruing TDRs, interest recognized related to certain impaired loans which have an allowance calculated using discounting, and amortization of purchase accounting adjustments related to certain impaired loans. See footnote 1 to the table of changes in the allowance for credit losses.

 

81


Table of Contents

TROUBLED DEBT RESTRUCTURINGs (TDRs) When, for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, we grant a concession for other than an insignificant period of time to a borrower that we would not otherwise consider, the related loan is classified as a TDR. We do not consider any loans modified through a loan resolution such as foreclosure or short sale to be a TDR.

We may require some borrowers experiencing financial difficulty to make trial payments generally for a period of three to four months, according to the terms of a planned permanent modification, to determine if they can perform according to those terms. Based on clarifying guidance from the SEC in December 2011, these arrangements represent trial modifications, which we classify and account for as TDRs. While loans are in trial payment programs, their original terms are not considered modified and they continue to advance through delinquency status and accrue interest according to their original terms. The planned modifications for these arrangements predominantly involve interest rate reductions or other interest rate concessions, however, the exact concession type and resulting financial effect are usually not finalized and do not take effect until the loan is permanently modified. The trial period terms are developed in accordance with our proprietary programs or the U.S. Treasury’s Making Homes Affordable programs for real estate 1-4 family first lien (i.e. Home Affordable Modification Program – HAMP) and junior lien (i.e. Second Lien Modification Program – 2MP) mortgage loans. At June 30, 2012, the loans in trial modification period were $428 million under HAMP, $42 million under 2MP and $275 million under proprietary programs, compared with $421 million, $46 million and $184 million at December 31, 2011, respectively. Trial modifications with a recorded investment of $330 million at June 30, 2012, and $310 million at December 31, 2011, were accruing loans and $415 million and $341 million, respectively, were nonaccruing loans. Our recent experience is that most of the mortgages that enter a trial payment period program are successful in completing the program requirements and are then permanently modified at the end of the trial period. As previously discussed, our allowance process considers the impact of those modifications that are probable to occur including the associated credit cost and related re-default risk.

The following table summarizes our TDR modifications for the periods presented by primary modification type and includes the financial effects of these modifications.

 

 

82


Table of Contents

Note 5: Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

 

 

   
   Primary modification type (1)   Financial effects of modifications 
(in millions)  Principal (2)   Interest
rate
reduction
   

Other

interest

rate
concessions (3)

   Total   Charge-
offs (4)
   Weighted
average
interest
rate
reduction
  Recorded
investment
related to
interest rate
reduction (5)
 

Quarter ended June 30, 2012

             

Commercial:

             

Commercial and industrial

  $10     14     348     372     23     1.82 %  $14  

Real estate mortgage

   7     68     451     526     14     1.14    69  

Real estate construction

   -     5     177     182     5     2.97    5  

Lease financing

   -     -     1     1     -     -    -  

Foreign

   -     -     -     -     -     -    -  

Total commercial

   17     87     977     1,081     42     1.36    88  

Consumer:

             

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   348     207     173     728     74     3.00    502  

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

   14     67     35     116     7     3.66    79  

Credit card

   -     59     -     59     -     10.75    59  

Other revolving credit and installment

   2     14     35     51     14     7.45    15  

Trial modifications (6)

   -     -     94     94     -     -    -  

Total consumer

   364     347     337     1,048     95     3.88    655  

Total

  $381     434     1,314     2,129     137     3.58 %  $743  

Quarter ended June 30, 2011 (7)

             

Commercial:

             

Commercial and industrial

  $37     13     744     794     13     2.53 %  $20  

Real estate mortgage

   -     23     368     391     6     1.61    35  

Real estate construction

   4     -     72     76     17     0.79    12  

Lease financing

   -     -     9     9     -     -    -  

Foreign

   -     -     5     5     -     -    -  

Total commercial

   41     36     1,198     1,275     36     1.74    67  

Consumer:

             

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   488     472     280     1,240     83     3.25    886  

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

   22     132     54     208     7     4.05    155  

Credit card

   -     78     -     78     1     10.65    55  

Other revolving credit and installment

   18     28     2     48     7     6.60    47  

Total consumer

   528     710     336     1,574     98     3.85    1,143  

Total

  $        569     746     1,534     2,849     134     3.74 %  $1,210  

 

(continued on following page)

 

83


Table of Contents

(continued from previous page)

 

 

   
   Primary modification type (1)   Financial effects of modifications 
(in millions)  Principal (2)   Interest
rate
reduction
   

Other

interest

rate
concessions (3)

   Total   Charge-
offs (4)
   Weighted
average
interest
rate
reduction
  Recorded
investment
related to
interest rate
reduction (5)
 

Six months ended June 30, 2012

             

Commercial:

             

Commercial and industrial

  $11     22     749     782     26     1.62 %  $23  

Real estate mortgage

   11     120     936     1,067     14     1.47    122  

Real estate construction

   -     7     284     291     13     2.53    6  

Lease financing

   -     -     2     2     -     -    -  

Foreign

   -     -     2     2     -     -    -  

Total commercial

   22     149     1,973     2,144     53     1.54    151  

Consumer:

             

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   654     504     372     1,530     133     2.91    1,042  

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

   33     137     69     239     16     3.85    165  

Credit card

   -     133     -     133     -     10.82    133  

Other revolving credit and installment

   4     33     58     95     20     7.48    35  

Trial modifications (6)

   -     -     671     671     -     -    -  

Total consumer

   691     807     1,170     2,668     169     3.90    1,375  

Total

  $713     956     3,143     4,812     222     3.67 %  $1,526  

Six months ended June 30, 2011 (7)

             

Commercial:

             

Commercial and industrial

  $87     57     1,355     1,499     33     3.35 %  $62  

Real estate mortgage

   43     80     855     978     7     1.57    93  

Real estate construction

   29     20     229     278     23     0.90    32  

Lease financing

   -     -     27     27     -     -    -  

Foreign

   -     -     5     5     -     -    -  

Total commercial

   159     157     2,471     2,787     63     2.04    187  

Consumer:

             

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   871     1,056     547     2,474     133     3.36    1,823  

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

   62     371     115     548     17     4.28    432  

Credit card

   -     187     -     187     2     10.80    133  

Other revolving credit and installment

   38     64     3     105     14     6.22    102  

Total consumer

   971     1,678     665     3,314     166     4.04    2,490  

Total

  $        1,130     1,835     3,136     6,101     229     3.90 %  $2,677  

 

(1)Amounts represent the recorded investment in loans after recognizing the effects of the TDR, if any. TDRs with multiple types of concessions are presented only once in the table in the first category type based on the order presented.
(2)Principal modifications include principal forgiveness at the time of the modification, contingent principal forgiveness granted over the life of the loan based on borrower performance, and principal that has been legally separated and deferred to the end of the loan, with a zero percent contractual interest rate.
(3)Other interest rate concessions include loans modified to an interest rate that is not commensurate with the credit risk, even though the rate may have been increased. These modifications would include renewals, term extensions and other interest adjustments, but exclude modifications that also forgive principal and/or reduce the interest rate.
(4)Charge-offs include write-downs of the investment in the loan in the period it is contractually modified. In some cases, the amount of charge off will differ from the modification terms if the loan has already been charged down based on our policies. Modifications resulted in forgiving principal (actual, contingent or deferred) of $130 million and $136 million for second quarter of 2012 and 2011 and $221 million and $265 million for the first half of 2012 and 2011.
(5)Reflects the effect of reduced interest rates to loans with principal or interest rate reduction primary modification type.
(6)Trial modifications are granted a delay in payments due under the original terms during the trial payment period. However, these loans continue to advance through delinquency status and accrue interest according to their original terms. Any subsequent permanent modification generally includes interest rate related concessions; however, the exact concession type and resulting financial effect are usually not known until the loan is permanently modified. Trial modifications for the period are presented net of any trial modifications that successfully complete the program requirements. Such successful modifications are included as an addition to the appropriate loan category in the period they successfully complete the program requirements.
(7)Based on clarifying guidance from the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) received in December 2011, we classify trial modifications as TDRs at the beginning of the trial period. Prior to the SEC clarification, we classified trial modifications as TDRs once a borrower successfully completed the trial period in accordance with the terms.

 

84


Table of Contents

Note 5: Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

 

The table below summarizes permanent modification TDRs that have defaulted in the current period within 12 months of their permanent modification date. We are reporting these

defaulted TDRs based on a payment default definition of 90 days past due for the commercial portfolio segment and 60 days past due for the consumer portfolio segment.

 

 

 

 

   Recorded investment of defaults 
   Quarter ended June 30,   Six months ended June 30, 
(in millions)  2012   2011   2012   2011 

Commercial:

        

Commercial and industrial

  $40     91     150     117  

Real estate mortgage

   97     106     349     155  

Real estate construction

   74     13     229     32  

Total commercial

   211     210     728     304  

Consumer:

        

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   150     288     297     590  

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

   16     29     36     63  

Credit card

   24     41     51     102  

Other revolving credit and installment

   22     24     28     50  

Total consumer

   212     382     412     805  

Total

  $        423     592     1,140     1,109  

 

85


Table of Contents

Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans

Substantially all of our PCI loans were acquired from Wachovia on December 31, 2008. The following table presents PCI loans net of any remaining purchase accounting adjustments.

 

 

 

 

(in millions)  June 30,
2012
   Dec. 31,
2011
 

Commercial:

    

Commercial and industrial

  $244     399  

Real estate mortgage

   2,622     3,270  

Real estate construction

   1,296     1,745  

Foreign

   1,123     1,353  

Total commercial

   5,285     6,767  

Consumer:

    

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   28,331     29,746  

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

   190     206  

Total consumer

   28,521     29,952  

Total PCI loans (carrying value)

  $33,806     36,719  

Total PCI loans (unpaid principal balance)

  $        50,229     55,312  

 

86


Table of Contents

Note 5: Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

 

ACCRETABLE YIELD The excess of cash flows expected to be collected over the carrying value of PCI loans is referred to as the accretable yield and is recognized in interest income using an effective yield method over the remaining life of the loan, or pools of loans. The accretable yield is affected by:

 

Changes in interest rate indices for variable rate PCI loans – Expected future cash flows are based on the variable rates in effect at the time of the regular evaluations of cash flows expected to be collected;

 

Changes in prepayment assumptions – Prepayments affect the estimated life of PCI loans which may change the amount of interest income, and possibly principal, expected to be collected; and

 

Changes in the expected principal and interest payments over the estimated life – Updates to expected cash flows are driven by the credit outlook and actions taken with borrowers. Changes in expected future cash flows from loan modifications are included in the regular evaluations of cash flows expected to be collected.

The change in the accretable yield related to PCI loans is presented in the following table.

 

 

 

 

(in millions)     

Balance, December 31, 2008

  $10,447  

Addition of accretable yield due to acquisitions

   128  

Accretion into interest income (1)

   (7,199

Accretion into noninterest income due to sales (2)

   (237

Reclassification from nonaccretable difference for loans with improving credit-related cash flows

   4,213  

Changes in expected cash flows that do not affect nonaccretable difference (3)

   8,609  

Balance, December 31, 2011

   15,961  

Addition of accretable yield due to acquisitions

   -  

Accretion into interest income (1)

   (1,144

Accretion into noninterest income due to sales (2)

   (5

Reclassification from nonaccretable difference for loans with improving credit-related cash flows

   319  

Changes in expected cash flows that do not affect nonaccretable difference (3)

   22  

Balance, June 30, 2012

  $15,153  
  
      

Balance, March 31, 2012

  $15,763  

Addition of accretable yield due to acquisitions

   -  

Accretion into interest income (1)

   (630

Accretion into noninterest income due to sales (2)

   (5

Reclassification from nonaccretable difference for loans with improving credit-related cash flows

   84  

Changes in expected cash flows that do not affect nonaccretable difference (3)

   (59

Balance, June 30, 2012

  $        15,153  

 

(1)Includes accretable yield released as a result of settlements with borrowers, which is included in interest income.
(2)Includes accretable yield released as a result of sales to third parties, which is included in noninterest income.
(3)Represents changes in cash flows expected to be collected due to changes in interest rates on variable rate PCI loans, changes in prepayment assumptions and the impact of modifications.

 

87


Table of Contents

PCI ALLOWANCE Based on our regular evaluation of estimates of cash flows expected to be collected, we may establish an allowance for a PCI loan or pool of loans, with a charge to

income though the provision for losses. The following table summarizes the changes in allowance for PCI loan losses.

 

 

 

 

(in millions)  Commercial  Pick-a-Pay   Other
consumer
  Total 

Balance, December 31, 2008

  $-    -     -    -  

Provision for losses due to credit deterioration

   1,668    -     116    1,784  

Charge-offs

   (1,503  -     (50  (1,553

Balance, December 31, 2011

   165    -     66    231  

Provision for losses due to credit deterioration

   18    -     9    27  

Charge-offs

   (38  -     (8  (46

Balance, June 30, 2012

  $145    -     67    212  
      
                   

Balance, March 31, 2012

  $177    -     68    245  

(Reversal of provision) / provision for losses due to credit deterioration

   (21  -     4    (17

Charge-offs

   (11  -     (5  (16

Balance, June 30, 2012

  $145    -     67    212  

COMMERCIAL PCI CREDIT QUALITYINDICATORS The following table provides a breakdown of commercial PCI loans by risk category.

 

 

 

(in millions)  Commercial
and
industrial
   Real
estate
mortgage
   

Real

estate
construction

   Foreign   Total 

June 30, 2012

          

By risk category:

          

Pass

  $91     504     298     122     1,015  

Criticized

   153     2,118     998     1,001     4,270  

Total commercial PCI loans

  $244     2,622     1,296     1,123     5,285  

December 31, 2011

          

By risk category:

          

Pass

  $191     640     321     -     1,152  

Criticized

   208     2,630     1,424     1,353     5,615  

Total commercial PCI loans

  $        399     3,270     1,745     1,353     6,767  

 

88


Table of Contents

Note 5: Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

 

The following table provides past due information for commercial PCI loans.

 

 

 

(in millions)  Commercial
and
industrial
   Real
estate
mortgage
   

Real

estate
construction

   Foreign   Total 

June 30, 2012

          

By delinquency status:

          

Current-29 DPD and still accruing

  $215     2,317     934     958     4,424  

30-89 DPD and still accruing

   17     22     35     -     74  

90+ DPD and still accruing

   12     283     327     165     787  

Total commercial PCI loans

  $244     2,622     1,296     1,123     5,285  

December 31, 2011

          

By delinquency status:

          

Current-29 DPD and still accruing

  $359     2,867     1,206     1,178     5,610  

30-89 DPD and still accruing

   22     178     72     -     272  

90+ DPD and still accruing

   18     225     467     175     885  

Total commercial PCI loans

  $            399     3,270     1,745     1,353     6,767  

 

CONSUMER PCI CREDIT QUALITYINDICATORS Our consumer PCI loans were aggregated into several pools of loans at acquisition. Below, we have provided credit quality indicators based on the unpaid principal balance (adjusted for write-downs)

of the individual loans included in the pool, but we have not allocated the remaining purchase accounting adjustments, which were established at a pool level. The following table provides the delinquency status of consumer PCI loans.

 

 

 

 

   June 30, 2012   December 31, 2011 
(in millions)  

Real estate
1-4 family

first
mortgage

   Real estate
1-4 family
junior lien
mortgage
   Total   Real estate
1-4 family
first
mortgage
   Real estate
1-4 family
junior lien
mortgage
   Total 

By delinquency status:

            

Current-29 DPD

  $24,401     255     24,656     25,693     268     25,961  

30-59 DPD

   2,902     17     2,919     3,272     20     3,292  

60-89 DPD

   1,353     7     1,360     1,433     9     1,442  

90-119 DPD

   631     5     636     791     8     799  

120-179 DPD

   837     8     845     1,169     10     1,179  

180+ DPD

   5,754     138     5,892     5,921     150     6,071  

Total consumer PCI loans (adjusted unpaid principal balance)

  $35,878     430     36,308     38,279     465     38,744  

Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)

  $            28,331     190     28,521     29,746     206     29,952  

 

89


Table of Contents

The following table provides FICO scores for consumer PCI loans.

 

 

 

   June 30, 2012   December 31, 2011 
(in millions)  

Real estate
1-4 family

first

mortgage

   Real estate
1-4 family
junior lien
mortgage
   Total   Real estate
1-4 family
first
mortgage
   Real estate
1-4 family
junior lien
mortgage
   Total 

By FICO:

            

< 600

  $14,985     179     15,164     17,169     210     17,379  

600-639

   7,253     81     7,334     7,489     83     7,572  

640-679

   6,828     85     6,913     6,646     89     6,735  

680-719

   3,696     47     3,743     3,698     47     3,745  

720-759

   1,831     15     1,846     1,875     14     1,889  

760-799

   896     7     903     903     6     909  

800+

   237     16     253     215     2     217  

No FICO available

   152     -     152     284     14     298  

Total consumer PCI loans (adjusted unpaid principal balance)

  $35,878     430     36,308     38,279     465     38,744  

Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)

  $              28,331     190     28,521     29,746     206     29,952  

The following table shows the distribution of consumer PCI loans by LTV for real estate 1-4 family first mortgages and by CLTV for real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgages.

                                
                         
   June 30, 2012   December 31, 2011 
(in millions)  

Real estate

1-4 family

first

mortgage

by LTV

   Real estate
1-4 family
junior lien
mortgage
by CLTV
   Total   Real estate
1-4 family
first
mortgage
by LTV
   Real estate
1-4 family
junior lien
mortgage
by CLTV
   Total 

By LTV/CLTV:

            

0-60%

  $1,350     16     1,366     1,243     25     1,268  

60.01-80%

   3,931     29     3,960     3,806     49     3,855  

80.01-100%

   9,039     53     9,092     9,341     63     9,404  

100.01-120% (1)

   9,094     85     9,179     9,471     79     9,550  

> 120% (1)

   12,451     244     12,695     14,318     246     14,564  

No LTV/CLTV available

   13     3     16     100     3     103  

Total consumer PCI loans (adjusted unpaid principal balance)

  $35,878     430     36,308     38,279     465     38,744  

Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)

  $              28,331     190     28,521     29,746     206     29,952  

 

(1)Reflects total loan balances with LTV/CLTV amounts in excess of 100%. In the event of default, the loss content would generally be limited to only the amount in excess of 100% LTV/CLTV.

 

90


Table of Contents

Note 6: Other Assets

 

The components of other assets were:

 

(in millions)  June 30,
2012
   

 

Dec. 31,
2011

 

Nonmarketable equity investments:

    

Cost method:

    

Private equity investments

  $3,691     3,444  

Federal bank stock

   4,432     4,617  

Total cost method

   8,123     8,061  

Equity method:

    

LIHTC investments (1)

   4,073     4,077  

Private equity and other

   4,792     4,670  

Total equity method

   8,865     8,747  

Total nonmarketable equity investments

   16,988     16,808  

Corporate/bank-owned life insurance

   20,272     20,146  

Accounts receivable

   24,855     25,939  

Interest receivable

   5,259     5,296  

Core deposit intangibles

   6,613     7,311  

Customer relationship and other amortized intangibles

   1,501     1,639  

Foreclosed assets:

    

GNMA (2)

   1,465     1,319  

Other

   2,842     3,342  

Operating lease assets

   1,824     1,825  

Due from customers on acceptances

   285     225  

Other

   15,461     17,172  

Total other assets

  $    97,365         101,022  

 

(1)Represents low income housing tax credit investments.
(2)These are foreclosed real estate securing FHA insured and VA guaranteed loans. Both principal and interest for these loans secured by the foreclosed real estate are collectible because they are insured/guaranteed.
 

 

Income related to nonmarketable equity investments was:

 

 

 

   Quarter ended June 30,  Six months ended June 30, 
(in millions)  2012  2011  2012  2011 

Net gains from private equity investments

  $            159    362    290    601  

All other

   (45  (121  (24  (181

Total

  $114    241    266    420  

 

91


Table of Contents

Note 7: Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities

 

 

Involvement with SPEs

In the normal course of business, we enter into various types of on- and off-balance sheet transactions with special purpose entities (SPEs), which are corporations, trusts or partnerships that are established for a limited purpose. Historically, the majority of SPEs were formed in connection with securitization transactions. In a securitization transaction, assets from our balance sheet are transferred to an SPE, which then issues to investors various forms of interests in those assets and may also enter into derivative transactions. In a securitization transaction, we typically receive cash and/or other interests in an SPE as proceeds for the assets we transfer. Also, in certain transactions, we may retain the right to service the transferred receivables and to repurchase those receivables from the SPE if the outstanding balance of the receivables falls to a level where the cost exceeds the benefits of servicing such receivables. In addition, we may purchase the right to service loans in an SPE that were transferred to the SPE by a third party.

In connection with our securitization activities, we have various forms of ongoing involvement with SPEs, which may include:

 

underwriting securities issued by SPEs and subsequently making markets in those securities;

 

providing liquidity facilities to support short-term obligations of SPEs issued to third party investors;

 

providing credit enhancement on securities issued by SPEs or market value guarantees of assets held by SPEs through the use of letters of credit, financial guarantees, credit default swaps and total return swaps;

 

entering into other derivative contracts with SPEs;

 

holding senior or subordinated interests in SPEs;

 

acting as servicer or investment manager for SPEs; and

 

providing administrative or trustee services to SPEs.

SPEs are generally considered variable interest entities (VIEs). A VIE is an entity that has either a total equity investment that is insufficient to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support or whose equity investors lack the ability to control the entity’s activities. A VIE is consolidated by its primary beneficiary, the party that has both the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE and a variable interest that could potentially be significant to the VIE. A variable interest is a contractual, ownership or other interest that changes with changes in the fair value of the VIE’s net assets. To determine whether or not a variable interest we hold could potentially be significant to the VIE, we consider both qualitative and quantitative factors regarding the nature, size and form of our involvement with the VIE. We assess whether or not we are the primary beneficiary of a VIE on an on-going basis.

We have segregated our involvement with VIEs between those VIEs which we consolidate, those which we do not consolidate and transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as secured borrowings. Secured borrowings are transactions involving transfers of our financial assets to third parties that are accounted for as financings with the assets pledged as collateral. Accordingly, the transferred assets remain recognized on our balance sheet. Subsequent tables within this Note further segregate these transactions by structure type.

 

 

92


Table of Contents

Note 7: Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities (continued)

 

The classifications of assets and liabilities in our balance sheet associated with our transactions with VIEs follow:

 

(in millions)  

VIEs that we

do not
consolidate

   

VIEs

that we
consolidate

  

 

Transfers that
we account
for as secured
borrowings

   Total 

 

 

June 30, 2012

       

Cash

  $-     302    51     353  

Trading assets

   3,414     533    227     4,174  

Securities available for sale (1)

   21,378     2,691    13,340     37,409  

Mortgages held for sale

   -     605    -     605  

Loans

   9,727     11,401    7,336     28,464  

Mortgage servicing rights

   11,587     -    -     11,587  

Other assets

   4,364     510    149     5,023  

 

 

Total assets

   50,470     16,042    21,103     87,615  

 

 

Short-term borrowings

   -     2,737  (2)   12,006     14,743  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

   3,551     958  (2)   46     4,555  

Long-term debt

   -     4,012  (2)   6,844     10,856  

 

 

Total liabilities

   3,551     7,707    18,896     30,154  

 

 

Noncontrolling interests

   -     60    -     60  

 

 

Net assets

  $46,919     8,275    2,207     57,401  

 

 

December 31, 2011

       

Cash

  $-     321    11     332  

Trading assets

   3,723     293    30     4,046  

Securities available for sale (1)

   21,708     3,332    11,671     36,711  

Mortgages held for sale

   -     444    -     444  

Loans

   11,404     11,967    7,181     30,552  

Mortgage servicing rights

   12,080     -    -     12,080  

Other assets

   4,494     1,858    137     6,489  

 

 

Total assets

   53,409     18,215    19,030     90,654  

 

 

Short-term borrowings

   -     3,450  (2)   10,682     14,132  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

   3,350     1,138  (2)   121     4,609  

Long-term debt

   -     4,932  (2)   6,686     11,618  

 

 

Total liabilities

   3,350     9,520    17,489     30,359  

 

 

Noncontrolling interests

   -     61    -     61  

 

 

Net assets

   $50,059     8,634    1,541     60,234  

 

 

 

(1)Excludes certain debt securities related to loans serviced for the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) and GNMA.
(2)Includes the following VIE liabilities at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively, with recourse to the general credit of Wells Fargo: Short-term borrowings, $2.7 billion and $3.4 billion; Accrued expenses and other liabilities, $814 million and $963 million; and Long-term debt, $29 million and $30 million.

 

Transactions with Unconsolidated VIEs

Our transactions with VIEs include securitizations of residential mortgage loans, CRE loans, student loans and auto loans and leases; investment and financing activities involving CDOs backed by asset-backed and CRE securities, collateralized loan obligations (CLOs) backed by corporate loans, and other types of structured financing. We have various forms of involvement with VIEs, including holding senior or subordinated interests, entering into liquidity arrangements, credit default swaps and other derivative contracts. Involvements with these unconsolidated VIEs are recorded on our balance sheet primarily in trading assets, securities available for sale, loans, MSRs, other assets and other liabilities, as appropriate.

The following tables provide a summary of unconsolidated VIEs with which we have significant continuing involvement, but we are not the primary beneficiary. We do not consider our continuing involvement in an unconsolidated VIE to be significant when it relates to third-party sponsored VIEs for which we were not the transferor or if we were the sponsor but do not have any other significant continuing involvement.

Significant continuing involvement includes transactions where we were the sponsor or transferor and have other significant forms of involvement. Sponsorship includes transactions with unconsolidated VIEs where we solely or materially participated in the initial design or structuring of the entity or marketing of the transaction to investors. When we transfer assets to a VIE and account for the transfer as a sale, we are considered the transferor. We consider investments in securities held outside of trading, loans, guarantees, liquidity

 

 

93


Table of Contents

agreements, written options and servicing of collateral to be other forms of involvement that may be significant. We have excluded certain transactions with unconsolidated VIEs from the balances presented in the table below where we have determined

that our continuing involvement is not significant due to the temporary nature and size of our variable interests, because we were not the transferor or because we were not involved in the design or operations of the unconsolidated VIEs.

 

 

 

 
(in millions)  

Total

VIE

assets

   Debt and
equity
interests (1)
   Servicing
assets
   Derivatives  Other
commitments
and
guarantees
  Net
assets
 

 

 

June 30, 2012

          
     Carrying value - asset (liability)  
    

 

 

 

Residential mortgage loan securitizations:

          

Conforming

  $        1,240,133     4,667     10,769     -    (1,367  14,069  

Other/nonconforming

   55,457     2,339     305     1    (37  2,608  

Commercial mortgage securitizations

   175,025     7,265     482     367    -    8,114  

Collateralized debt obligations:

          

Debt securities

   9,500     653     -     206    147    1,006  

Loans (2)

   8,197     7,993     -     -    -    7,993  

Asset-based finance structures

   10,517     7,491     -     (129  -    7,362  

Tax credit structures

   18,870     4,111     -     -    (1,360  2,751  

Collateralized loan obligations

   11,109     1,803     -     7    -    1,810  

Investment funds

   4,329     -     -     -    -    -  

Other (3)

   17,235     1,340     31     (84  (81  1,206  

 

 

Total

  $1,550,372     37,662     11,587     368    (2,698  46,919  

 

 
     Maximum exposure to loss  
    

 

 

 

Residential mortgage loan securitizations:

          

Conforming

    $4,667     10,769     -    4,768    20,204  

Other/nonconforming

     2,339     305     1    365    3,010  

Commercial mortgage securitizations

     7,265     482     545    -    8,292  

Collateralized debt obligations:

          

Debt securities

     653     -     804    147    1,604  

Loans (2)

     7,993     -     -    -    7,993  

Asset-based finance structures

     7,491     -     129    1,960    9,580  

Tax credit structures

     4,111     -     -    -    4,111  

Collateralized loan obligations

     1,803     -     7    442    2,252  

Investment funds

     -     -     -    35    35  

Other (3)

     1,340     31     350    150    1,871  

 

 

Total

    $        37,662     11,587     1,836    7,867    58,952  

 

 

 

(continued on following page)

 

94


Table of Contents

Note 7: Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities (continued)

(continued from previous page)

 

(in millions)  

Total

VIE

assets

   Debt and
equity
interests (1)
   Servicing
assets
   Derivatives  Other
commitments
and
guarantees
  Net
assets
 

 

 

December 31, 2011

          
     Carrying value - asset (liability)  
    

 

 

 

Residential mortgage loan securitizations:

          

Conforming

  $1,135,629     4,682     11,070     -    (975  14,777  

Other/nonconforming

   61,461     2,460     353     1    (48  2,766  

Commercial mortgage securitizations

   179,007     7,063     623     349    -    8,035  

Collateralized debt obligations:

          

Debt securities

   11,240     1,107     -     193    -    1,300  

Loans (2)

   9,757     9,511     -     -    -    9,511  

Asset-based finance structures

   9,606     6,942     -     (130  -    6,812  

Tax credit structures

   19,257     4,119     -     -    (1,439  2,680  

Collateralized loan obligations

   12,191     2,019     -     40    -    2,059  

Investment funds

   6,318     -     -     -    -    -  

Other (3)

   18,717     1,896     34     190    (1  2,119  

 

 

Total

  $        1,463,183     39,799     12,080     643    (2,463  50,059  

 

 
     Maximum exposure to loss  
    

 

 

 

Residential mortgage loan securitizations:

          

Conforming

    $4,682     11,070     -    3,657    19,409  

Other/nonconforming

     2,460     353     1    295    3,109  

Commercial mortgage securitizations

     7,063     623     538    -    8,224  

Collateralized debt obligations:

          

Debt securities

     1,107     -     874    -    1,981  

Loans (2)

     9,511     -     -    -    9,511  

Asset-based finance structures

     6,942     -     130    1,504    8,576  

Tax credit structures

     4,119     -     -    -    4,119  

Collateralized loan obligations

     2,019     -     41    523    2,583  

Investment funds

     -     -     -    41    41  

Other (3)

     1,896     34     903    150    2,983  

 

 

Total

    $        39,799     12,080     2,487    6,170    60,536  

 

 

 

(1)Includes total equity interests of $413 million and $460 million at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively. Also includes debt interests in the form of both loans and securities. Excludes certain debt securities held related to loans serviced for FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA.
(2)Represents senior loans to trusts that are collateralized by asset-backed securities. The trusts invest primarily in senior tranches from a diversified pool of primarily U.S. asset securitizations, of which all are current, and over 83% were rated as investment grade by the primary rating agencies at June 30, 2012. These senior loans are accounted for at amortized cost and are subject to the Company’s allowance and credit charge-off policies.
(3)Includes structured financing, student loan securitizations, auto loan and lease securitizations and credit-linked note structures. Also contains investments in auction rate securities (ARS) issued by VIEs that we do not sponsor and, accordingly, are unable to obtain the total assets of the entity.

 

95


Table of Contents

In the two preceding tables, “Total VIE assets” represents the remaining principal balance of assets held by unconsolidated VIEs using the most current information available. For VIEs that obtain exposure to assets synthetically through derivative instruments, the remaining notional amount of the derivative is included in the asset balance. “Carrying value” is the amount in our consolidated balance sheet related to our involvement with the unconsolidated VIEs. “Maximum exposure to loss” from our involvement with off-balance sheet entities, which is a required disclosure under GAAP, is determined as the carrying value of our involvement with off-balance sheet (unconsolidated) VIEs plus the remaining undrawn liquidity and lending commitments, the notional amount of net written derivative contracts, and generally the notional amount of, or stressed loss estimate for, other commitments and guarantees. It represents estimated loss that would be incurred under severe, hypothetical circumstances, for which we believe the possibility is extremely remote, such as where the value of our interests and any associated collateral declines to zero, without any consideration of recovery or offset from any economic hedges. Accordingly, this required disclosure is not an indication of expected loss.

RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE LOANS Residential mortgage loan securitizations are financed through the issuance of fixed- or floating-rate-asset-backed-securities, which are collateralized by the loans transferred to a VIE. We typically transfer loans we originated to these VIEs, account for the transfers as sales, retain the right to service the loans and may hold other beneficial interests issued by the VIEs. We also may be exposed to limited liability related to recourse agreements and repurchase agreements we make to our issuers and purchasers, which are included in other commitments and guarantees. In certain instances, we may service residential mortgage loan securitizations structured by third parties whose loans we did not originate or transfer. Our residential mortgage loan securitizations consist of conforming and nonconforming securitizations.

Conforming residential mortgage loan securitizations are those that are guaranteed by GSEs, including GNMA. We do not consolidate our conforming residential mortgage loan securitizations because we do not have power over the VIEs.

The loans sold to the VIEs in nonconforming residential mortgage loan securitizations are those that do not qualify for a GSE guarantee. We may hold variable interests issued by the VIEs, primarily in the form of senior securities. We do not consolidate the nonconforming residential mortgage loan securitizations included in the table because we either do not hold any variable interests, hold variable interests that we do not consider potentially significant or are not the primary servicer for a majority of the VIE assets.

Other commitments and guarantees include amounts related to loans sold that we may be required to repurchase, or otherwise indemnify or reimburse the investor or insurer for losses incurred, due to material breach of contractual representations and warranties. The maximum exposure to loss for material breach of contractual representations and warranties represents a stressed case estimate we utilize for

determining stressed case regulatory capital needs and is considered to be a remote scenario.

COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE LOAN SECURITIZATIONS Commercial mortgage loan securitizations are financed through the issuance of fixed- or floating-rate-asset-backed-securities, which are collateralized by the loans transferred to the VIE. In a typical securitization, we may transfer loans we originate to these VIEs, account for the transfers as sales, retain the right to service the loans and may hold other beneficial interests issued by the VIEs. In certain instances, we may service commercial mortgage loan securitizations structured by third parties whose loans we did not originate or transfer. We typically serve as primary or master servicer of these VIEs. The primary or master servicer in a commercial mortgage loan securitization typically cannot make the most significant decisions impacting the performance of the VIE and therefore does not have power over the VIE. We do not consolidate the commercial mortgage loan securitizations included in the disclosure because we either do not have power or do not have a variable interest that could potentially be significant to the VIE.

COLLATERALIZED DEBT OBLIGATIONS (CDOs) A CDO is a securitization where an SPE purchases a pool of assets consisting of asset-backed securities and issues multiple tranches of equity or notes to investors. In some transactions, a portion of the assets are obtained synthetically through the use of derivatives such as credit default swaps or total return swaps.

Prior to 2008, we engaged in the structuring of CDOs on behalf of third party asset managers who would select and manage the assets for the CDO. Typically, the asset manager has some discretion to manage the sale of assets of, or derivatives used by the CDO, which generally gives the asset manager the power over the CDO. We have not structured these types of transactions since the credit market disruption began in late 2007.

In addition to our role as arranger we may have other forms of involvement with these transactions, including transactions established prior to 2008. Such involvement may include acting as liquidity provider, derivative counterparty, secondary market maker or investor. For certain transactions, we may also act as the collateral manager or servicer. We receive fees in connection with our role as collateral manager or servicer.

We assess whether we are the primary beneficiary of CDOs based on our role in the transaction in combination with the variable interests we hold. Subsequently, we monitor our ongoing involvement in these transactions to determine if the nature of our involvement has changed. We are not the primary beneficiary of these transactions in most cases because we do not act as the collateral manager or servicer, which generally denotes power. In cases where we are the collateral manager or servicer, we are not the primary beneficiary because we do not hold interests that could potentially be significant to the VIE.

COLLATERALIZED LOAN OBLIGATIONS (CLOs) A CLO is a securitization where an SPE purchases a pool of assets consisting of loans and issues multiple tranches of equity or notes to investors. Generally, CLOs are structured on behalf of a third

 

 

96


Table of Contents

Note 7: Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities (continued)

 

party asset manager that typically selects and manages the assets for the term of the CLO. Typically, the asset manager has the power over the significant decisions of the VIE through its discretion to manage the assets of the CLO. We assess whether we are the primary beneficiary of CLOs based on our role in the transaction and the variable interests we hold. In most cases, we are not the primary beneficiary of these transactions because we do not have the power to manage the collateral in the VIE.

In addition to our role as arranger, we may have other forms of involvement with these transactions. Such involvement may include acting as underwriter, derivative counterparty, secondary market maker or investor. For certain transactions, we may also act as the servicer, for which we receive fees in connection with that role. We also earn fees for arranging these transactions and distributing the securities.

ASSET-BASED FINANCE STRUCTURES We engage in various forms of structured finance arrangements with VIEs that are collateralized by various asset classes including energy contracts, auto and other transportation leases, intellectual property, equipment and general corporate credit. We typically provide senior financing, and may act as an interest rate swap or commodity derivative counterparty when necessary. In most cases, we are not the primary beneficiary of these structures because we do not have power over the significant activities of the VIEs involved in these transactions.

For example, we have investments in asset-backed securities that are collateralized by auto leases or loans and cash reserves. These fixed-rate and variable-rate securities have been structured as single-tranche, fully amortizing, unrated bonds that are equivalent to investment-grade securities due to their significant overcollateralization. The securities are issued by VIEs that have been formed by third party auto financing institutions primarily because they require a source of liquidity to fund ongoing vehicle sales operations. The third party auto financing institutions manage the collateral in the VIEs, which is indicative of power in these transactions and we therefore do not consolidate these VIEs.

TAX CREDIT STRUCTURES We co-sponsor and make investments in affordable housing and sustainable energy projects that are designed to generate a return primarily through the realization of federal tax credits. In some instances, our investments in these structures may require that we fund future capital commitments at the discretion of the project sponsors. While the size of our investment in a single entity may at times exceed 50% of the outstanding equity interests, we do not consolidate these structures due to the project sponsor’s ability to manage the projects, which is indicative of power in these transactions.

INVESTMENT FUNDS We do not consolidate the investment funds because we do not absorb the majority of the expected future variability associated with the funds’ assets, including variability associated with credit, interest rate and liquidity risks.

OTHER TRANSACTIONS WITH VIEs In 2008, legacy Wachovia reached an agreement to purchase at par auction rate securities (ARS) that were sold to third-party investors by certain of its subsidiaries. ARS are debt instruments with long-term maturities, but which re-price more frequently, and preferred equities with no maturity. We purchased all outstanding ARS that were issued by VIEs and subject to the agreement. At June 30, 2012, we held in our securities available-for-sale portfolio $421 million of ARS issued by VIEs redeemed pursuant to this agreement, compared with $643 million at December 31, 2011.

In 2009, we reached agreements to purchase additional ARS from eligible investors who bought ARS through one of our broker-dealer subsidiaries. We purchased all outstanding ARS that were issued by VIEs and subject to the agreement. As of June 30, 2012, we held in our securities available-for-sale portfolio $403 million of ARS issued by VIEs redeemed pursuant to this agreement, compared with $624 million at December 31, 2011.

We do not consolidate the VIEs that issued the ARS because we do not have power over the activities of the VIEs.

TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES In addition to the involvements disclosed in the preceding table, through the issuance of trust preferred securities we had junior subordinated debt financing with a carrying value of $5.0 billion at June 30, 2012, and $7.6 billion at December 31, 2011, and $2.5 billion of preferred stock at both June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011. In these transactions, VIEs that we wholly own issue debt securities or preferred equity to third party investors. All of the proceeds of the issuance are invested in debt securities or preferred equity that we issue to the VIEs. The VIEs’ operations and cash flows relate only to the issuance, administration and repayment of the securities held by third parties. We do not consolidate these VIEs because the sole assets of the VIEs are receivables from us. This is the case even though we own all of the voting equity shares of the VIEs, have fully guaranteed the obligations of the VIEs and may have the right to redeem the third party securities under certain circumstances. We report the debt securities issued to the VIEs as long-term junior subordinated debt and the preferred equity securities issued to the VIEs as preferred stock in our consolidated balance sheet.

In the first half of 2012, we redeemed $2.7 billion of trust preferred securities that will no longer count as Tier 1 capital under the Dodd-Frank Act and the Basel Committee recommendations known as the Basel III standards.

Securitization Activity Related to Unconsolidated VIEs

We use VIEs to securitize consumer and CRE loans and other types of financial assets, including student loans and auto loans. We typically retain the servicing rights from these sales and may continue to hold other beneficial interests in the VIEs. We may also provide liquidity to investors in the beneficial interests and credit enhancements in the form of standby letters of credit. Through these securitizations we may be exposed to liability under limited amounts of recourse as well as standard representations and warranties we make to purchasers and issuers.

 

 

97


Table of Contents

We recognized net gains of $53 million and $64 million from transfers accounted for as sales of financial assets in securitizations in the second quarter and first half of 2012, respectively, and net gains of $32 million and $66 million,

respectively, in the same periods of 2011. Additionally, we had the following cash flows with our securitization trusts that were involved in transfers accounted for as sales.

 

 

 

 

   2012   2011 
(in millions)  Mortgage
loans
   Other
financial
assets
   Mortgage
loans
  Other
financial
assets
 

Quarter ended June 30,

       

Sales proceeds from securitizations (1)

  $      133,764           70,973       

Servicing fees

   1,113           1,105       

Other interests held

   441      45      513     53   

Purchases of delinquent assets

   52                 

Net servicing advances

   112           (11    
                    

Six months ended June 30,

       

Sales proceeds from securitizations (1)

  $276,869           171,214       

Servicing fees

   2,224           2,193       

Other interests held

   867      94      1,016     140   

Purchases of delinquent assets

   52                 

Net servicing advances

   126           (20    
                    

 

(1)Represents cash flow data for all loans securitized in the period presented.

 

Sales with continuing involvement during the second quarter and first half of 2012 and 2011 predominantly related to conforming residential mortgage securitizations. During the second quarter and first half of 2012 we transferred $129.7 billion and $269.1 billion, respectively, in fair value of conforming residential mortgages to unconsolidated VIEs and recorded the transfers as sales, compared with $70.9 billion and $172.3 billion, respectively, in the same periods of 2011. These transfers did not result in a gain or loss because the loans are already carried at fair value. In connection with these transfers, in the first half of 2012 we recorded a $2.6 billion servicing asset, measured at fair value using a Level 3 measurement technique, and a $134 million liability for probable repurchase losses. In the first half of 2011, we recorded a $2.0 billion servicing asset and a $55 million liability.

We used the following key weighted-average assumptions to measure mortgage servicing assets at the date of securitization:

 

 

    

 

Residential mortgage
servicing rights

 
            2012          2011 
Quarter ended June 30,       

Prepayment speed (1)

   13.2  13.1  

Discount rate

   7.5    7.9  

Cost to service ($ per loan) (2)

  $146    181  
          
Six months ended June 30,       

Prepayment speed (1)

   13.2  12.0  

Discount rate

   7.3    7.9  

Cost to service ($ per loan) (2)

  $131    154  
          

 

 
(1)The prepayment speed assumption for residential mortgage servicing rights includes a blend of prepayment speeds and default rates. Prepayment speed assumptions are influenced by mortgage interest rate inputs as well as our estimation of drivers of borrower behavior.
(2)Includes costs to service and unreimbursed foreclosure costs.

 

 

 

98


Table of Contents

Note 7: Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities (continued)

 

The following table provides key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the current fair value of residential mortgage servicing rights and other retained interests to immediate adverse changes in those assumptions. “Other interests held” relate predominantly to residential and commercial mortgage loan securitizations. Residential mortgage-backed securities retained in securitizations issued through GSEs, such as FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA, are excluded from the table because these securities have a remote risk of credit loss due to the GSE

guarantee. These securities also have economic characteristics similar to GSE mortgage-backed securities that we purchase, which are not included in the table. Subordinated interests include only those bonds whose credit rating was below AAA by a major rating agency at issuance. Senior interests include only those bonds whose credit rating was AAA by a major rating agency at issuance. The information presented excludes trading positions held in inventory.

 

 

   
      Other interests held 
   Residential      Consumer   Commercial (2) 
($ in millions, except cost to service amounts)  

mortgage

servicing
rights (1)

  

Interest-

only
strips

   Subordinated
bonds
  Senior
bonds
   Subordinated
bonds
   Senior
bonds
 

Fair value of interests held at June 30, 2012

  $    12,081      209       44      -       249       861    

Expected weighted-average life (in years)

   4.8      4.4       6.0      -       5.2       4.1    

Key economic assumptions:

          

Prepayment speed assumption (3)

   15.9    10.5       6.9      -        

Decrease in fair value from:

          

10% adverse change

  $856      6       -      -        

25% adverse change

   2,008      13       -      -        

Discount rate assumption

   7.3    16.3       8.6      -       10.0       1.9    

Decrease in fair value from:

          

100 basis point increase

  $581      5       2      -       9       29    

200 basis point increase

   1,111      9       4      -       18       56    

Cost to service assumption ($ per loan)

   214            

Decrease in fair value from:

          

10% adverse change

   575            

25% adverse change

   1,438            

Credit loss assumption

      0.4    -       6.9       -    

Decrease in fair value from:

          

10% higher losses

     $-      -       7       -    

25% higher losses

      -      -       12       -    
                             

Fair value of interests held at December 31, 2011

  $12,918      230       45      321       240       852    

Expected weighted-average life (in years)

   5.1      4.6       6.1      5.6       5.3       4.4    

Key economic assumptions:

          

Prepayment speed assumption (3)

   14.8    10.7       6.9      13.9        

Decrease in fair value from:

          

10% adverse change

  $895      6       -      2        

25% adverse change

   2,105      15       1      4        

Discount rate assumption

   7.1    15.6       11.9      7.1       3.8       2.4    

Decrease in fair value from:

          

100 basis point increase

  $566      6       2      12       9       31    

200 basis point increase

   1,081      12       4      24       18       59    

Cost to service assumption ($ per loan)

   218            

Decrease in fair value from:

          

10% adverse change

   582            

25% adverse change

   1,457            

Credit loss assumption

      0.5    4.5       10.7       -    

Decrease in fair value from:

          

10% higher losses

     $-      1       8       -    

25% higher losses

      -      2       18       -    
                             

 

(1)December 31, 2011, has been revised to report only the sensitivities for residential mortgage servicing rights. See narrative following this table for a discussion of commercial mortgage servicing rights.
(2)“Other interests held” has been expanded to include retained interests from commercial securitizations.
(3)The prepayment speed assumption for residential mortgage servicing rights includes a blend of prepayment speeds and default rates. Prepayment speed assumptions are influenced by mortgage interest rate inputs as well as our estimation of drivers of borrower behavior.

 

99


Table of Contents

In addition to residential mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) included in the previous table, we have a small portfolio of commercial MSRs with a fair value of $1.4 billion at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011. The nature of our commercial MSRs, which are carried at LOCOM, is different from our residential MSRs. Prepayment activity on serviced loans does not significantly impact the value of commercial MSRs because, unlike residential mortgages, commercial mortgages experience significantly lower prepayments due to certain contractual restrictions, impacting the borrower’s ability to prepay the mortgage. Additionally, for our commercial MSR portfolio, we are typically master/primary servicer, but not the special servicer, who is separately responsible for the servicing and workout of delinquent and foreclosed loans. It is the special servicer, similar to our role as servicer of residential mortgage loans, who is affected by higher servicing and foreclosure costs due to an increase in delinquent and foreclosed loans. Accordingly, prepayment speeds and costs to service are not key assumptions for commercial MSRs as they do not significantly impact the valuation. The primary economic driver impacting the fair value of our commercial MSRs is forward interest rates, which are derived from market observable yield curves used to price capital markets instruments. Market interest rates most significantly affect interest earned on custodial deposit balances. The sensitivity of the current fair value to an immediate adverse 25% change in the assumption about interest earned on deposit balances at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, results in a decrease in fair value of $133 million and $219 million,

respectively. See Note 8 for further information on our commercial MSRs.

The sensitivities in the preceding paragraph and table are hypothetical and caution should be exercised when relying on this data. Changes in value based on variations in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in the assumption to the change in value may not be linear. Also, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the value of the other interests held is calculated independently without changing any other assumptions. In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in others (for example, changes in prepayment speed estimates could result in changes in the credit losses), which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities.

The following table presents information about the principal balances of off-balance sheet securitized loans, including residential mortgages sold to FNMA, FHLMC, GNMA and securitizations where servicing is our only form of continuing involvement. Delinquent loans include loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest as well as nonaccrual loans. In securitizations where servicing is our only form of continuing involvement, we would only experience a loss if required to repurchase a delinquent loan due to a breach in representations and warranties associated with our loan sale or servicing contracts. Net charge-offs exclude loans sold to FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA as we do not service or manage the underlying real estate upon foreclosure and, as such, do not have access to net charge-off information.

 

 

                        Net charge-offs 
   Total loans   Delinquent loans   Six months 
   June 30,   Dec. 31,   June 30,   Dec. 31,   ended June 30, 
(in millions)  2012   2011   2012   2011           2012       2011 

Commercial:

            

Real estate mortgage

    $    133,020       137,121       11,475       11,142       207       229    

Total commercial

   133,020       137,121       11,475       11,142       207       229    

Consumer:

            

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   1,264,966       1,171,666       23,280       24,235       571       848    

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

   1       2       -       -       -       11    

Other revolving credit and installment

   2,152       2,271       113       131       -       -    

Total consumer

   1,267,119       1,173,939       23,393       24,366       571       859    

Total off-balance sheet securitized loans

    $    1,400,139       1,311,060       34,868       35,508               778       1,088    

 

100


Table of Contents

Note 7: Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities (continued)

 

Transactions with Consolidated VIEs and Secured Borrowings

The following table presents a summary of transfers of financial assets accounted for as secured borrowings and involvements with consolidated VIEs. “Consolidated assets” are presented using GAAP measurement methods, which may include fair value, credit impairment or other adjustments, and therefore in

some instances will differ from “Total VIE assets.” For VIEs that obtain exposure synthetically through derivative instruments, the remaining notional amount of the derivative is included in “Total VIE assets.” On the consolidated balance sheet, we separately disclose the consolidated assets of certain VIEs that can only be used to settle the liabilities of those VIEs.

 

 

         Carrying value 
(in millions)  

Total

VIE

assets

   Consolidated
assets
   Third
party
liabilities
  Noncontrolling
interests
  Net
assets
 

 

 

June 30, 2012

        

Secured borrowings:

        

Municipal tender option bond securitizations

  $15,542     13,625     (12,052  -    1,573  

Commercial real estate loans

   1,129     1,129     (877  -    252  

Residential mortgage securitizations

   5,899     6,349     (5,967  -    382  

Total secured borrowings

   22,570     21,103     (18,896  -    2,207  

Consolidated VIEs:

        

Nonconforming residential mortgage loan securitizations

   9,678     8,681     (3,460  -    5,221  

Multi-seller commercial paper conduit

   2,361     2,361     (2,397  -    (36

Auto loan securitizations

   96     96     (74  -    22  

Structured asset finance

   97     97     (17  -    80  

Investment funds

   1,808     1,808     -    -    1,808  

Other

   3,797     2,999     (1,759  (60  1,180  

Total consolidated VIEs

   17,837     16,042     (7,707  (60  8,275  

Total secured borrowings and consolidated VIEs

  $40,407     37,145     (26,603  (60  10,482  

December 31, 2011

        

Secured borrowings:

        

Municipal tender option bond securitizations

  $14,168     11,748     (10,689  -    1,059  

Commercial real estate loans

   1,168     1,168     (1,041  -    127  

Residential mortgage securitizations

   5,705     6,114     (5,759  -    355  

Total secured borrowings

   21,041     19,030     (17,489  -    1,541  

Consolidated VIEs:

        

Nonconforming residential mortgage loan securitizations

   11,375     10,244     (4,514  -    5,730  

Multi-seller commercial paper conduit

   2,860     2,860     (2,935  -    (75

Auto loan securitizations

   163     163     (143  -    20  

Structured asset finance

   124     124     (16  -    108  

Investment funds

   2,012     2,012     (22  -    1,990  

Other

   3,432     2,812     (1,890  (61  861  

Total consolidated VIEs

   19,966     18,215     (9,520  (61  8,634  

Total secured borrowings and consolidated VIEs

  $            41,007     37,245     (27,009  (61  10,175  

 

In addition to the transactions included in the previous table, at both June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, we had approximately $6.0 billion of private placement debt financing issued through a consolidated VIE. The issuance is classified as long-term debt in our consolidated financial statements. At June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively, we pledged approximately $6.3 billion and $6.2 billion in loans (principal and interest eligible to be capitalized), $212 million and $316 million in securities available for sale, and $103 million and $154 million in cash and cash equivalents to collateralize the VIE’s borrowings. These assets were not transferred to the VIE, and accordingly we have excluded the VIE from the previous table.

We have raised financing through the securitization of certain financial assets in transactions with VIEs accounted for as secured borrowings. We also consolidate VIEs where we are the primary beneficiary. In certain transactions other than the multi-seller commercial paper conduit, we provide contractual support in the form of limited recourse and liquidity to facilitate the remarketing of short-term securities issued to third party investors. Other than this limited contractual support, the assets of the VIEs are the sole source of repayment of the securities held by third parties. The liquidity support we provide to the multi-seller commercial paper conduit ensures timely repayment of commercial paper issued by the conduit and is described further below.

 

 

101


Table of Contents

MUNICIPAL TENDER OPTION BOND SECURITIZATIONS As part of our normal portfolio investment activities, we consolidate municipal bond trusts that hold highly rated, long-term, fixed-rate municipal bonds, the majority of which are rated AA or better. Our residual interests in these trusts generally allow us to capture the economics of owning the securities outright, and constructively make decisions that significantly impact the economic performance of the municipal bond vehicle, primarily by directing the sale of the municipal bonds owned by the vehicle. In addition, the residual interest owners have the right to receive benefits and bear losses that are proportional to owning the underlying municipal bonds in the trusts. The trusts obtain financing by issuing floating-rate trust certificates that reprice on a weekly or other basis to third-party investors. We may serve as remarketing agent and/or liquidity provider for the trusts. The floating-rate investors have the right to tender the certificates at specified dates, often with as little as seven days’ notice. Should we be unable to remarket the tendered certificates, we are generally obligated to purchase them at par under standby liquidity facilities unless the bond’s credit rating has declined below investment grade or there has been an event of default or bankruptcy of the issuer and insurer.

NONCONFORMING RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE LOAN SECURITIZATIONS We have consolidated certain of our nonconforming residential mortgage loan securitizations in accordance with consolidation accounting guidance. We have determined we are the primary beneficiary of these securitizations because we have the power to direct the most significant activities of the entity through our role as primary servicer and also hold variable interests that we have determined to be significant. The nature of our variable interests in these entities may include beneficial interests issued by the VIE, mortgage servicing rights and recourse or repurchase reserve liabilities. The beneficial interests issued by the VIE that we hold include either subordinate or senior securities held in an amount that we consider potentially significant.

MULTI-SELLER COMMERCIAL PAPER CONDUIT We administer a multi-seller asset-based commercial paper conduit that finances certain client transactions. This conduit is a bankruptcy remote entity that makes loans to, or purchases certificated interests, generally from SPEs, established by our clients (sellers) and which are secured by pools of financial assets. The conduit funds itself through the issuance of highly rated commercial paper to third party investors. The primary source of repayment of the commercial paper is the cash flows from the conduit’s assets or the re-issuance of commercial paper upon maturity. The conduit’s assets are structured with deal-specific credit enhancements generally in the form of overcollateralization provided by the seller, but may also include subordinated interests, cash reserve accounts, third party credit support facilities and excess spread capture. The timely repayment of the commercial paper is further supported by asset-specific liquidity facilities in the form of liquidity asset

purchase agreements that we provide. Each facility is equal to 102% of the conduit’s funding commitment to a client. The aggregate amount of liquidity must be equal to or greater than all the commercial paper issued by the conduit. At the discretion of the administrator, we may be required to purchase assets from the conduit at par value plus accrued interest or discount on the related commercial paper, including situations where the conduit is unable to issue commercial paper. Par value may be different from fair value.

We receive fees in connection with our role as administrator and liquidity provider. We may also receive fees related to the structuring of the conduit’s transactions. We are the primary beneficiary of the conduit because we have power over the significant activities of the conduit and have a significant variable interest due to our liquidity arrangement.

INVESTMENT FUNDS We have consolidated certain of our investment funds where we manage the assets of the fund and our interests absorb a majority of the funds’ variability. In 2011, we redeemed our interest in an unconsolidated investment fund and placed the assets received upon redemption into new VIEs. We consolidate these VIEs because we have discretion over the management of the assets and are the sole investor in these funds.

 

 

102


Table of Contents

Note 8: Mortgage Banking Activities

 

 

Mortgage banking activities, included in the Community Banking and Wholesale Banking operating segments, consist of residential and commercial mortgage originations, sale activity and servicing.

 

We apply the amortization method to all commercial MSRs and apply the fair value method to only residential MSRs. The changes in MSRs measured using the fair value method were:

 

 

 

 
   Quarter ended June 30,  Six months ended June 30, 

(in millions)

   2012    2011    2012    2011  

 

 

Fair value, beginning of period

  $13,578    15,648    12,603    14,467  

Servicing from securitizations or asset transfers (1)

   1,139    740    2,915    2,002  

Sales

   (293  -    (293  -  

 

 

Net additions (reductions)

   846    740    2,622    2,002  

 

 

Changes in fair value:

     

Due to changes in valuation model inputs or assumptions:

     

Mortgage interest rates (2)

   (1,496  (905  (1,349  (399

Servicing and foreclosure costs (3)

   (146  (445  (200  (659

Discount rates (4)

   -    -    (344  (150

Prepayment estimates and other (5)

   11    275    104    632  

 

 

Net changes in valuation model inputs or assumptions

   (1,631  (1,075  (1,789  (576

 

 

Other changes in fair value (6)

   (712  (535  (1,355  (1,115

 

 

Total changes in fair value

   (2,343  (1,610  (3,144  (1,691

 

 

Fair value, end of period

  $        12,081    14,778    12,081    14,778  

 

 

 

(1)Six months ended June 30, 2012, includes $315 million residential MSRs transferred from amortized MSRs that we elected to carry at fair value effective January 1, 2012.
(2)Primarily represents prepayment speed changes due to changes in mortgage interest rates, but also includes other valuation changes due to changes in mortgage interest rates (such as changes in estimated interest earned on custodial deposit balances).
(3)Includes costs to service and unreimbursed foreclosure costs.
(4)Reflects discount rate assumption change, excluding portion attributable to changes in mortgage interest rates; the six months ended June 30, 2012, change reflects increased capital return requirements from market participants.
(5)Represents changes driven by other valuation model inputs or assumptions including prepayment speed estimation changes and other assumption updates. Prepayment speed estimation changes are influenced by observed changes in borrower behavior.
(6)Represents changes due to collection/realization of expected cash flows over time.

The changes in amortized MSRs were:

 

 

 
   Quarter ended June 30,  Six months ended June 30, 

(in millions)

   2012    2011    2012    2011  

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

  $        1,074    1,432    1,445    1,422  

Purchases

   78    36    92    81  

Servicing from securitizations or asset transfers (1)

   34    27    (293  56  

Amortization (2)

   (56  (63  (114  (127

 

 

Balance, end of period (2)

   1,130    1,432    1,130    1,432  

 

 

Valuation allowance:

     

Balance, beginning of period

   -    (9  (37  (3

Reversal of provision (provision) for MSRs in excess of fair value (1)

   -    (1  37    (7

 

 

Balance, end of period (3)

   -    (10  -    (10

 

 

Amortized MSRs, net

  $1,130    1,422    1,130    1,422  

 

 

Fair value of amortized MSRs:

     

Beginning of period

  $1,263    1,898    1,756    1,812  

End of period (4)

   1,450    1,805    1,450    1,805  
     

 

 

 

(1)Six months ended June 30, 2012, is net of $350 million ($313 million after valuation allowance) of residential MSRs that we elected to carry at fair value effective January 1, 2012. A cumulative adjustment of $2 million to fair value was recorded in retained earnings at January 1, 2012.
(2)Includes $379 million in residential amortized MSRs at June 30, 2011. For the quarter and first half of 2011, the residential MSR amortization was $(11) million and $(21) million, respectively.
(3)Commercial amortized MSRs are evaluated for impairment purposes by the following risk strata: agency (GSEs) and non-agency. There was no valuation allowance recorded for the periods presented on the commercial amortized MSRs. Residential amortized MSRs are evaluated for impairment purposes by the following risk strata: mortgages sold to GSEs (FHLMC and FNMA) and mortgages sold to GNMA, each by interest rate stratifications. A valuation allowance of $10 million was recorded on the residential amortized MSRs at June 30, 2011. For six months ended June 30, 2012, valuation allowance of $37 million for residential MSRs was reversed upon election to carry at fair value.
(4)Includes fair value of $410 million in residential amortized MSRs and $1,395 million in commercial amortized MSRs at June 30, 2011. The June 30, 2012, balance is all commercial amortized MSRs.

 

103


Table of Contents

We present the components of our managed servicing portfolio in the following table at unpaid principal balance for loans serviced and subserviced for others and at book value for owned loans serviced.

 

 

 

 

 
(in billions)  June 30,
2012
  

Dec. 31,

2011

 

 

 

Residential mortgage servicing:

   

Serviced for others

  $            1,499    1,456  

Owned loans serviced

   357    358  

Subservicing

   7    8  

 

 

Total residential servicing

   1,863    1,822  

 

 

Commercial mortgage servicing:

   

Serviced for others

   406    398  

Owned loans serviced

   106    106  

Subservicing

   13    14  

 

 

Total commercial servicing

   525    518  

 

 

Total managed servicing portfolio

  $2,388    2,340  

 

 

Total serviced for others

  $1,905    1,854  

Ratio of MSRs to related loans serviced for others

   0.69  0.76  
   

 

 

The components of mortgage banking noninterest income were:

 

 

 
   Quarter ended June 30,  Six months ended June 30, 
(in millions)  2012  2011  2012  2011 

 

 

Servicing income, net:

     

Servicing fees:

     

Contractually specified servicing fees

  $            1,164    1,175    2,312    2,320  

Late charges

   63    75    129    169  

Ancillary fees

   63    74    140    163  

Unreimbursed direct servicing costs (1)

   (220  (222  (500  (413

 

 

Net servicing fees

   1,070    1,102    2,081    2,239  

 

 

Changes in fair value of MSRs carried at fair value:

     

Due to changes in valuation model inputs or assumptions (2)

   (1,631  (1,075  (1,789  (576

Other changes in fair value (3)

   (712  (535  (1,355  (1,115

 

 

Total changes in fair value of MSRs carried at fair value

   (2,343  (1,610  (3,144  (1,691

Amortization

   (56  (63  (114  (127

Provision for MSRs in excess of fair value

   -    (1  -    (7

Net derivative gains from economic hedges (4)

   2,008    1,449    2,108    1,329  

 

 

Total servicing income, net

   679    877    931    1,743  

Net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities

   2,214    742    4,832    1,892  

 

 

Total mortgage banking noninterest income

  $2,893    1,619    5,763    3,635  

 

 

Market-related valuation changes to MSRs, net of hedge results (2) + (4)

  $377    374    319    753  
     

 

 

 

(1)Primarily associated with foreclosure expenses and other interest costs.
(2)Refer to the changes in fair value of MSRs table in this Note for more detail.
(3)Represents changes due to collection/realization of expected cash flows over time.
(4)Represents results from free-standing derivatives (economic hedges) used to hedge the risk of changes in fair value of MSRs. See Note 12 – Free-Standing Derivatives for additional discussion and detail.

 

104


Table of Contents

Note 8: Mortgage Banking Activities (continued)

 

The table below summarizes the changes in our liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses. This liability is in “Accrued expenses and other liabilities” in our consolidated financial statements and the provision for repurchase losses reduces net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities. Because the level of mortgage loan repurchase losses depends upon economic factors, investor demand strategies and other external conditions that may change over the life of the underlying loans, the level of the liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses is difficult to estimate and requires considerable management judgment. We maintain regular contact with the GSEs, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA), and other significant investors to monitor their repurchase demand practices and issues as part of our process to update our repurchase liability estimate as new information becomes available. Because of the uncertainty in the various estimates underlying the mortgage repurchase liability, there is a range of losses in excess of the recorded mortgage repurchase liability that are reasonably possible. The estimate of the range of possible loss for representations and warranties does not represent a probable loss, and is based on currently available information, significant judgment, and a number of assumptions that are subject to change. The high end of this range of reasonably possible losses in excess of our recorded liability was $2.6 billion at June 30, 2012, and was determined based upon modifying the assumptions utilized in our best estimate of probable loss to reflect what we believe to be the high end of reasonably possible adverse assumptions.

 

 

 
   Quarter
ended June 30,
  Six months
ended June 30,
 
(in millions)  2012  2011  2012  2011 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

  $        1,444    1,207            1,326    1,289  

Provision for repurchase losses:

     

Loan sales

   72    20    134    55  

Change in estimate (1)

   597    222    965    436  

 

 

Total additions

   669    242    1,099    491  

Losses

   (349  (261  (661  (592

 

 

Balance, end of period

  $1,764    1,188    1,764    1,188  

 

 

 

(1)Results from changes in investor demand and mortgage insurer practices, credit deterioration, and changes in the financial stability of correspondent lenders.

 

 

 

105


Table of Contents

Note 9: Intangible Assets

 

The gross carrying value of intangible assets and accumulated amortization was:

 

 

 
   June 30, 2012   December 31, 2011 
(in millions)  Gross
carrying
value
   Accumulated
amortization
  Net
carrying
value
   Gross
carrying
value
   Accumulated
amortization
  Net
carrying
value
 

 

 

Amortized intangible assets (1):

          

MSRs (2)

  $2,165     (1,035  1,130     2,383     (975  1,408  

Core deposit intangibles

   12,836     (6,223  6,613     15,079     (7,768  7,311  

Customer relationship and other intangibles

   3,163     (1,662  1,501     3,158     (1,519  1,639  

 

 

Total amortized intangible assets

  $18,164     (8,920  9,244     20,620     (10,262  10,358  

 

 

Unamortized intangible assets:

          

MSRs (carried at fair value) (2)

  $        12,081        12,603     

Goodwill

   25,406        25,115     

Trademark

   14        14     
          

 

 

 

 (1)Excludes fully amortized intangible assets.
 (2)See Note 8 for additional information on MSRs.

We based our projections of amortization expense shown below on existing asset balances at June 30, 2012. Future amortization expense may vary from these projections.

The following table provides the current year and estimated future amortization expense for amortized intangible assets.

 

(in millions)  Amortized
MSRs
   Core
deposit
intangibles
   Customer
relationship
and other
intangibles
   Total 

 

 

Six months ended June 30, 2012 (actual)

  $114     699     143     956  

 

 

Estimate for the remainder of 2012

  $            112     697     141     950  

Estimate for year ended December 31,

        

2013

   218     1,241     261     1,720  

2014

   187     1,113     245     1,545  

2015

   164     1,022     222     1,408  

2016

   131     919     209     1,259  

2017

   89     851     195     1,135  
        

 

 

 

For our goodwill impairment analysis, we allocate all of the goodwill to the individual operating segments. We identify reporting units that are one level below an operating segment (referred to as a component), and distinguish these reporting units based on how the segments and components are managed, taking into consideration the economic characteristics, nature of

the products and customers of the components. We allocate goodwill to reporting units based on relative fair value, using certain performance metrics. See Note 18 for further information on management reporting.

The following table shows the allocation of goodwill to our operating segments for purposes of goodwill impairment testing.

 

 

 

 
(in millions)  Community
Banking
  Wholesale
Banking
  Wealth,
Brokerage and
Retirement
   Consolidated
Company
 

 

 

December 31, 2010

  $17,922    6,475    373     24,770  

Reduction in goodwill related to divested businesses

   -    (6  -     (6

Goodwill from business combinations

   -    12    -     12  

 

 

June 30, 2011

  $17,922    6,481    373     24,776  

 

 

December 31, 2011

  $17,924    6,820    371     25,115  

Goodwill from business combinations, net

   (2  293    -     291  

 

 

June 30, 2012

  $17,922    7,113    371     25,406  

 

 

 

106


Table of Contents

Note 10:  Guarantees, Pledged Assets and Collateral

 

 

Guarantees are contracts that contingently require us to make payments to a guaranteed party based on an event or a change in an underlying asset, liability, rate or index. Guarantees are generally in the form of standby letters of credit, securities lending and other indemnifications, liquidity agreements,

written put options, recourse obligations, residual value guarantees, and contingent consideration. The following table shows carrying value, maximum exposure to loss on our guarantees and the amount with a higher risk of performance.

 

 

 

 
   June 30, 2012   December 31, 2011 
(in millions)   
 
Carrying
value
  
  
   
 
 
Maximum
exposure
to loss
  
  
  
   
 
 
Non-
investment
grade
  
  
  
   
 
Carrying
value
  
  
   
 
 
Maximum
exposure
to loss
  
  
  
   
 
 
Non-
investment
grade
  
  
  

 

 

Standby letters of credit

  $3     41,133     24,238     85     41,171     22,259  

Securities lending and other indemnifications

   -     509     19     -     669     62  

Liquidity agreements (1)

   -     3     3     -     2     2  

Written put options (1)(2)

   1,647     11,508     4,220     1,469     8,224     2,466  

Loans and MHFS sold with recourse

   98     5,697     3,905     102     5,784     3,850  

Residual value guarantees

   8     197     -     8     197     -  

Contingent consideration

   22     98     97     31     98     97  

Other guarantees

   6     733     4     6     552     4  

 

 

Total guarantees

  $1,784     59,878     32,486     1,701     56,697     28,740  

 

 

(1) Certain of these agreements included in this table are related to off-balance sheet entities and, accordingly, are also disclosed in Note 7.

(2) Written put options, which are in the form of derivatives, are also included in the derivative disclosures in Note 12.

 

“Maximum exposure to loss” and “Non-investment grade” are required disclosures under GAAP. Non-investment grade represents those guarantees on which we have a higher risk of being required to perform under the terms of the guarantee. If the underlying assets under the guarantee are non-investment grade (that is, an external rating that is below investment grade or an internal credit default grade that is equivalent to a below investment grade external rating), we consider the risk of performance to be high. Internal credit default grades are determined based upon the same credit policies that we use to evaluate the risk of payment or performance when making loans and other extensions of credit. These credit policies are further described in Note 5.

Maximum exposure to loss represents the estimated loss that would be incurred under an assumed hypothetical circumstance, despite what we believe is its extremely remote possibility, where the value of our interests and any associated collateral declines to zero, without any consideration of recovery or offset from any economic hedges. Accordingly, this required disclosure is not an indication of expected loss. We believe the carrying value, which is either fair value for derivative related products or the allowance for lending related commitments, is more representative of our exposure to loss than maximum exposure to loss.

STANDBY LETTERS OF CREDIT We issue standby letters of credit, which include performance and financial guarantees, for customers in connection with contracts between our customers and third parties. Standby letters of credit are agreements where we are obligated to make payment to a third party on behalf of a customer in the event the customer fails to meet their contractual obligations. We consider the credit risk in standby letters of credit and commercial and similar letters of credit in determining the allowance for credit losses.

SECURITIES LENDING AND OTHER INDEMNIFICATIONS As a securities lending agent, we lend securities from participating institutional clients’ portfolios to third-party borrowers. We indemnify our clients against default by the borrower in returning these lent securities. This indemnity is supported by collateral received from the borrowers. Collateral is generally in the form of cash or highly liquid securities that are marked to market daily. There was $515 million at June 30, 2012, and $687 million at December 31, 2011, in collateral supporting loaned securities with values of $509 million and $669 million, respectively.

We enter into other types of indemnification agreements in the ordinary course of business under which we agree to indemnify third parties against any damages, losses and expenses incurred in connection with legal and other proceedings arising from relationships or transactions with us. These relationships or transactions include those arising from service as a director or officer of the Company, underwriting agreements relating to our securities, acquisition agreements and various other business transactions or arrangements. Because the extent of our obligations under these agreements depends entirely upon the occurrence of future events, we are unable to determine our potential future liability under these agreements. We do, however, record a liability for residential mortgage loans that we may have to repurchase pursuant to various representations and warranties. See Note 8 for additional information on the liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses.

LIQUIDITY AGREEMENTS We provide liquidity facilities on all commercial paper issued by the conduit we administer. We also provide liquidity to certain off-balance sheet entities that hold securitized fixed-rate municipal bonds and consumer or

 

 

107


Table of Contents

commercial assets that are partially funded with the issuance of money market and other short-term notes. See Note 7 for additional information on these arrangements.

WRITTEN PUT OPTIONS Written put options are contracts that give the counterparty the right to sell to us an underlying instrument held by the counterparty at a specified price, and include options, floors, caps and credit default swaps. These written put option contracts generally permit net settlement. While these derivative transactions expose us to risk in the event the option is exercised, we manage this risk by entering into offsetting trades or by taking short positions in the underlying instrument. We offset substantially all put options written to customers with purchased options. Additionally, for certain of these contracts, we require the counterparty to pledge the underlying instrument as collateral for the transaction. Our ultimate obligation under written put options is based on future market conditions and is only quantifiable at settlement. See Note 7 for additional information regarding transactions with VIEs and Note 12 for additional information regarding written derivative contracts.

LOANS AND MHFS SOLD WITH RECOURSE In certain loan sales or securitizations, we provide recourse to the buyer whereby we are required to indemnify the buyer for any loss on the loan up to par value plus accrued interest. We provide recourse, predominantly to the GSEs, on loans sold under various programs and arrangements. Primarily all of these programs and arrangements require that we share in the loans’ credit exposure for their remaining life by providing recourse to the GSE, up to 33.33% of actual losses incurred on a pro-rata basis, in the event of borrower default. Under the remaining recourse programs and arrangements, if certain events occur within a specified period of time from transfer date, we have to provide limited recourse to the buyer to indemnify them for losses incurred for the remaining life of the loans. The maximum exposure to loss reported in the accompanying table represents the outstanding principal balance of the loans sold or securitized that are subject to recourse provisions or the maximum losses per the contractual agreements. However, we believe the likelihood of loss of the entire balance due to these recourse agreements is remote and amounts paid can be recovered in whole or in part from the sale of collateral. In second quarter 2012, we repurchased $16 million of loans associated with these agreements. We also provide representation and warranty guarantees on loans sold under the various recourse programs and arrangements. Our loss exposure relative to these guarantees is separately considered and provided for, as necessary, in determination of our liability for loan repurchases due to breaches of representation and warranties. See Note 8 for additional information on the liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses.

RESIDUAL VALUE GUARANTEES We have provided residual value guarantees as part of certain leasing transactions of corporate assets. At June 30, 2012, the only remaining residual value guarantee is related to a leasing transaction on certain corporate buildings. The lessors in these leases are generally

large financial institutions or their leasing subsidiaries. These guarantees protect the lessor from loss on sale of the related asset at the end of the lease term. To the extent that a sale of the leased assets results in proceeds less than a stated percent (generally 80% to 89%) of the asset’s cost, we would be required to reimburse the lessor under our guarantee.

CONTINGENT CONSIDERATION In connection with certain brokerage, asset management, insurance agency and other acquisitions we have made, the terms of the acquisition agreements provide for deferred payments or additional consideration, based on certain performance targets.

We have entered into various contingent performance guarantees through credit risk participation arrangements. Under these agreements, if a customer defaults on its obligation to perform under certain credit agreements with third parties, we will be required to make payments to the third parties.

Pledged Assets and Collateral

As part of our liquidity management strategy, we pledge assets to secure trust and public deposits, borrowings from the FHLB and FRB and for other purposes as required or permitted by law. The following table provides pledged loans and securities available for sale where the secured party does not have the right to sell or repledge the collateral. At June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, we did not pledge any loans or securities available for sale where the secured party has the right to sell or repledge the collateral. The table excludes pledged assets related to VIEs, which can only be used to settle the liabilities of those entities. See Note 7 for additional information on consolidated VIE assets.

 

   
(in millions)  June 30,
2012
   Dec. 31,
2011
 

Securities available for sale

  $73,893     80,540  

Loans

   335,054     317,742  

Total

  $      408,947     398,282  

We also pledge certain financial instruments that we own to collateralize repurchase agreements and other securities financings. The types of collateral we pledge include securities issued by federal agencies, government-sponsored entities (GSEs), and domestic and foreign companies. We pledged $29.0 billion at June 30, 2012, and $20.8 billion at December 31, 2011, under agreements that permit the secured parties to sell or repledge the collateral. Pledged collateral where the secured party cannot sell or repledge was $1.1 billion and $2.8 billion at the same period ends, respectively.

We receive collateral from other entities under resale agreements and securities borrowings. We received $27.6 billion at June 30, 2012, and $17.8 billion at December 31, 2011, for which we have the right to sell or repledge the collateral. These amounts include securities we have sold or repledged to others with a fair value of $26.1 billion at June 30, 2012, and $16.7 billion at December 31, 2011.

 

 

108


Table of Contents

Note 11: Legal Actions

 

 

The following supplements our discussion of certain matters previously reported in Part I, Item 3 (Legal Proceedings) of our 2011 Form 10-K, for events occurring in first quarter 2012, and Part II, Item 1 (Legal Proceedings) of our 2012 first quarter Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for events occurring in second quarter 2012.

ILLINOIS ATTORNEY GENERAL LITIGATION On July 31, 2009, the Attorney General for the State of Illinois filed a civil lawsuit against Wells Fargo & Company, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and Wells Fargo Financial Illinois, Inc. in the Circuit Court for Cook County, Illinois. The Illinois Attorney General alleges that the Wells Fargo defendants engaged in discrimination by “reverse redlining” and by steering African-American and Latino customers into high cost, subprime mortgage loans while other borrowers with similar incomes received lower cost mortgages. Illinois also alleges that Wells Fargo Financial Illinois, Inc. misled Illinois customers about the terms of mortgage loans. Illinois’ complaint against all Wells Fargo defendants is based on alleged violation of the Illinois Human Rights Act and the Illinois Fairness in Lending Act. On July 12, 2012, the case was resolved by entry of a Final Judgment and Consent Decree by the Circuit Court. The resolution calls for Illinois to receive $8 million in victim relief and certain community assistance as provided for in a settlement with the Civil Rights Division of the Department of Justice (DOJ) described in more detail in the Mortgage Related Regulatory Investigations section below.

INTERCHANGE LITIGATION Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., Wells Fargo & Company, Wachovia Bank, N.A. and Wachovia Corporation are named as defendants, separately or in combination, in putative class actions filed on behalf of a plaintiff class of merchants and in individual actions brought by individual merchants with regard to the interchange fees associated with Visa and MasterCard payment card transactions. These actions have been consolidated in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York. Visa, MasterCard and several banks and bank holding companies are named as defendants in various of these actions. The amended and consolidated complaint asserts claims against defendants based on alleged violations of federal and state antitrust laws and seeks damages, as well as injunctive relief. Plaintiff merchants allege that Visa, MasterCard and payment card issuing banks unlawfully colluded to set interchange rates. Plaintiffs also allege that enforcement of certain Visa and MasterCard rules and alleged tying and bundling of services offered to merchants are anticompetitive. Wells Fargo and Wachovia, along with other defendants and entities, are parties to Loss and Judgment Sharing Agreements, which provide that they, along with other entities, will share, based on a formula, in any losses from the Interchange Litigation. On July 13, 2012, Visa, MasterCard and the financial institution defendants, including Wells Fargo, signed a memorandum of understanding with plaintiff merchants to resolve the consolidated class actions and reached a separate settlement in principle of the consolidated individual actions. The proposed settlement

payments for the consolidated class and individual actions are approximately $6.6 billion. The class settlement also provides for the distribution to class merchants of 10 basis points of default interchange across all credit rate categories for a period of eight consecutive months. The settlements are subject to further approval.

MEDICAL CAPITAL CORPORATION LITIGATION Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. served as indenture trustee for debt issued by affiliates of Medical Capital Corporation, which was placed in receivership at the request of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) in August 2009. Since September 2009, Wells Fargo has been named as a defendant in various class and mass actions brought by holders of Medical Capital Corporation’s debt, alleging that Wells Fargo breached contractual and other legal obligations owed to them and seeking unspecified damages.

The actions have been consolidated in the United States District Court for the Central District of California. Wells Fargo has reached a conditional settlement in principle with the receiver for Medical Capital Corporation and its affiliates.

MORTGAGE-BACKED CERTIFICATES LITIGATION On April 28, 2011, a case captioned The Union Central Life Insurance Company, et al. v. Credit Suisse First Boston Securities Corp., et al., was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. Among other defendants, it named Wells Fargo Asset Securities Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. The case asserted various state law fraud claims and claims for violations of Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on behalf of three insurance companies, relating to offerings of mortgage-backed securities from 2005 through 2007. In June 2012, the plaintiffs and Wells Fargo entered into a final settlement agreement and the claims against Wells Fargo were voluntarily dismissed with prejudice.

On April 20, 2011, a case captioned Federal Home Loan of Boston v. Ally Financial, Inc., et al., was filed in the Superior Court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts for the County of Suffolk. The complaint names, among a large number of defendants, Wells Fargo & Company, Wells Fargo Asset Securities Corporation, and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., and contains allegations substantially similar to the cases filed by the other Federal Home Loan Banks. Plaintiffs seek rescission of the sales of private label mortgage-backed securities and damages under state securities and other laws. Defendants removed the case to the U. S. District Court for the District of Massachusetts.

MORTGAGE RELATED REGULATORY INVESTIGATIONS Government agencies and authorities continue investigations or examinations of certain mortgage related practices of Wells Fargo. The current investigations relate to two main topics: (1) whether Wells Fargo complied with laws and regulations relating to mortgage origination practices, including laws and regulations related to fair lending and Federal Housing Administration insured residential home loans; and (2) whether Wells Fargo properly disclosed in offering documents for its residential

 

 

109


Table of Contents

mortgage-backed securities the facts and risks associated with those securities. On July 12, 2012, the DOJ filed a complaint captioned United States of America v. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia. The complaint alleged violations of the Fair Housing Act and the Equal Credit Opportunity Act (ECOA) with respect to Wells Fargo’s residential mortgage lending operations during the period 2004 – 2008. Simultaneously with the filing of the complaint, a Consent Decree executed between the DOJ and Wells Fargo was filed providing for a consensual resolution of the complaint. In the Consent Decree, Wells Fargo denied that it had violated the Fair Housing Act or ECOA, but agreed to resolve the matter by paying $125 million in connection with pricing and product placement allegations primarily relating to mortgages priced and sold to consumers by third party brokers through the Wholesale Division of Wells Fargo Home Mortgage. In addition, Wells Fargo agreed to pay $50 million to fund a community support program in approximately eight cities or metropolitan statistical areas, with details yet to be agreed upon between the DOJ and Wells Fargo. Wells Fargo also agreed to undertake an internal lending compliance review of a small percentage of subprime mortgages delivered through its Retail channel during the period 2004 – 2008 and will rebate to borrowers as appropriate. Of the $125 million, $8 million and $2 million are specifically allocated to Illinois and Pennsylvania, respectively, to resolve matters in those states.

SECURITIES LENDING LITIGATION Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. is involved in ten separate pending actions brought by securities lending customers of Wells Fargo and Wachovia Bank in various courts. In general, each of the cases alleges that Wells Fargo violated fiduciary and contractual duties by investing collateral for loaned securities in investments that suffered losses. One case, brought by the City of St. Petersburg in the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of Florida, resulted in an April 2012 verdict against Wells Fargo in the amount of $10 million plus interest. Wells Fargo has filed post trial motions to set aside the verdict. In addition, on March 27, 2012, a class of Wells Fargo securities lending customers was certified in a case captioned City of Farmington Hills Employees Retirement System v. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., which is pending in the U.S. District Court for the District of Minnesota. Wells Fargo sought interlocutory review of the class certification in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit. The Eighth Circuit declined such review on May 7, 2012.

WACHOVIA EQUITY SECURITIES AND BONDS/NOTES LITIGATION A securities class action, now captioned In re Wachovia Equity Securities Litigation, has been pending under various names since July 7, 2008, in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York alleging violations of Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Among other allegations, plaintiffs allege Wachovia’s common stock price was artificially inflated as a result of allegedly misleading disclosures relating to the Golden West Financial Corp. mortgage portfolio, Wachovia’s exposure to other mortgage related products such as CDOs, control issues and auction rate securities. On March 31, 2011, the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York entered a Decision and Order granting Wachovia’s motions to dismiss the In re Wachovia Equity Securities Litigation and the Stichting Pensioenfonds ABP, FC Holdings AB, Deka Investment GmbH and Forsta AP-Fonden cases. Plaintiffs and Wells Fargo have agreed to settle the Equity Securities Litigation for $75 million and on January 27, 2012, the Court entered an order preliminarily approving the settlement. On June 12, 2012, an Order finally approving the class action settlement was entered.

There were four similar actions filed in state courts in North Carolina and South Carolina by individual shareholders. Three of these individual shareholder actions have been finally dismissed and the dismissal of the fourth is on appeal.

OUTLOOK When establishing a liability for contingent litigation losses, the Company determines a range of potential losses for each matter that is both probable and estimable, and records the amount it considers to be the best estimate within the range. The high end of the range of reasonably possible potential litigation losses in excess of the Company’s liability for probable and estimable losses was $1.2 billion as of June 30, 2012. For these matters and others where an unfavorable outcome is reasonably possible but not probable, there may be a range of possible losses in excess of the established liability that cannot be estimated. Based on information currently available, advice of counsel, available insurance coverage and established reserves, Wells Fargo believes that the eventual outcome of the actions against Wells Fargo and/or its subsidiaries, including the matters described above, will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on Wells Fargo’s consolidated financial position. However, in the event of unexpected future developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of those matters, if unfavorable, may be material to Wells Fargo’s results of operations for any particular period.

 

 

Note 12: Derivatives

 

 

We primarily use derivatives to manage exposure to market risk, interest rate risk, credit risk and foreign currency risk, and to assist customers with their risk management objectives. Derivative transactions are measured in terms of the notional amount, but this amount is not recorded on the balance sheet and is not, when viewed in isolation, a meaningful measure of the risk profile of the instruments. The notional amount is generally not exchanged, but is used only as the basis on which interest and other payments are determined.

Our asset/liability management approach to interest rate, foreign currency and certain other risks includes the use of derivatives. Such derivatives are typically designated as fair value or cash flow hedges, or economic hedge derivatives for those that do not qualify for hedge accounting. This helps minimize significant, unplanned fluctuations in earnings, fair values of assets and liabilities, and cash flows caused by interest rate, foreign currency and other market value volatility. This approach involves modifying the repricing characteristics of

 

 

110


Table of Contents

Note 12: Derivatives (continued)

 

certain assets and liabilities so that changes in interest rates, foreign currency and other exposures do not have a significantly adverse effect on the net interest margin, cash flows and earnings. As a result of fluctuations in these exposures, hedged assets and liabilities will gain or lose market value. In a fair value or economic hedge, the effect of this unrealized gain or loss will generally be offset by the gain or loss on the derivatives linked to the hedged assets and liabilities. In a cash flow hedge, where we manage the variability of cash payments due to interest rate fluctuations by the effective use of derivatives linked to hedged assets and liabilities, the unrealized gain or loss on the derivatives or the hedged asset or liability is generally not reflected in earnings.

We also offer various derivatives, including interest rate, commodity, equity, credit and foreign exchange contracts, to our customers but usually offset our exposure from such contracts by purchasing other financial contracts. The customer accommodations and any offsetting financial contracts are

treated as free-standing derivatives. Free-standing derivatives also include derivatives we enter into for risk management that do not otherwise qualify for hedge accounting, including economic hedge derivatives. To a lesser extent, we take positions based on market expectations or to benefit from price differentials between financial instruments and markets. Additionally, free-standing derivatives include embedded derivatives that are required to be accounted for separately from their host contracts.

The following table presents the total notional or contractual amounts and fair values for derivatives designated as qualifying hedge contracts, which are used as asset/liability management hedges, and free-standing derivatives (economic hedges) not designated as hedging instruments that are recorded on the balance sheet in other assets or other liabilities. Customer accommodation, trading and other free-standing derivatives are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value in trading assets or other liabilities.

 

 

 

    June 30, 2012  December 31, 2011 
   Notional or
contractual
amount
   Fair value  

Notional or
contractual
amount

   Fair value 
(in millions)    Asset
derivatives
  Liability
derivatives
    Asset
derivatives
  Liability
derivatives
 
  

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

         

Interest rate contracts (1)

  $89,104     8,144    2,873    87,537     8,423    2,769  

Foreign exchange contracts

   22,819     1,309    205    22,269     1,523    572  

Total derivatives designated as qualifying hedging instruments

     9,453    3,078      9,946    3,341  

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

         

Free-standing derivatives (economic hedges):

         

Interest rate contracts (2)

   453,199     1,148    1,526    377,497     2,318    2,011  

Equity contracts

   86     -    50    -     -    -  

Foreign exchange contracts

   3,478     18    27    5,833     250    3  

Credit contracts - protection purchased

   62     1    -    125     3    -  

Other derivatives

   2,312     -    106    2,367     -    117  

Subtotal

     1,167    1,709      2,571    2,131  

Customer accommodation, trading and other free-standing derivatives:

         

Interest rate contracts

   2,627,217     73,568    74,936    2,425,144     81,336    83,834  

Commodity contracts

   79,211     4,430    4,577    77,985     4,351    4,234  

Equity contracts

   73,794     4,009    3,970    68,778     3,768    3,661  

Foreign exchange contracts

   156,917     2,647    2,331    140,704     3,151    2,803  

Credit contracts - protection sold

   29,551     269    4,038    38,403     319    5,178  

Credit contracts - protection purchased

   31,429     2,456    270    36,156     3,254    276  

Subtotal

     87,379    90,122      96,179    99,986  

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

     88,546    91,831      98,750    102,117  

Total derivatives before netting

     97,999    94,909      108,696    105,458  

Netting (3)

     (68,736  (78,206    (81,143  (89,990

Total

       $29,263    16,703         27,553    15,468  

 

(1)Notional amounts presented exclude $5.7 billion at June 30, 2012, and $15.5 billion at December 31, 2011, of basis swaps that are combined with receive fixed-rate/pay floating-rate swaps and designated as one hedging instrument.
(2)Includes free-standing derivatives (economic hedges) used to hedge the risk of changes in the fair value of residential MSRs, MHFS and other interests held.
(3)Represents netting of derivative asset and liability balances, and related cash collateral, with the same counterparty subject to master netting arrangements. The amount of cash collateral netted against derivative assets and liabilities was $6.1 billion and $16.1 billion, respectively, at June 30, 2012, and $6.6 billion and $15.4 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2011.

 

111


Table of Contents

Fair Value Hedges

We use interest rate swaps to convert certain of our fixed-rate long-term debt and CDs to floating rates to hedge our exposure to interest rate risk. We also enter into cross-currency swaps, cross-currency interest rate swaps and forward contracts to hedge our exposure to foreign currency risk and interest rate risk associated with the issuance of non-U.S. dollar denominated long-term debt. In addition, we use interest rate swaps, cross-currency swaps, cross-currency interest rate swaps and forward contracts to hedge against changes in fair value of certain investments in available-for-sale debt securities due to changes in interest rates, foreign currency rates, or both. We also use interest rate swaps to hedge against changes in fair value for certain mortgages held for sale. The entire derivative gain or loss is included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness for all fair value hedge relationships, except for those involving foreign-currency denominated securities available for sale and long-term

debt hedged with foreign currency forward derivatives for which the component of the derivative gain or loss related to the changes in the difference between the spot and forward price is excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

We use statistical regression analysis to assess hedge effectiveness, both at inception of the hedging relationship and on an ongoing basis. The regression analysis involves regressing the periodic change in fair value of the hedging instrument against the periodic changes in fair value of the asset or liability being hedged due to changes in the hedged risk(s). The assessment includes an evaluation of the quantitative measures of the regression results used to validate the conclusion of high effectiveness.

The following table shows the net gains (losses) recognized in the income statement related to derivatives in fair value hedging relationships.

 

 

 

   Interest rate
contracts hedging:
  Foreign exchange
contracts hedging:
  

Total net

gains

 
(in millions)  Securities
available
for sale
  Mortgages
held for
sale
  Long-term
debt
  Securities
available
for sale
  Long-term
debt
  (losses)
on fair
value
hedges
 

Quarter ended June 30, 2012

       

Gains (losses) recorded in net interest income

  $(113  1    447    (1  60    394  

Gains (losses) recorded in noninterest income

       

Recognized on derivatives

   (512  (11  1,202    145    (717  107  

Recognized on hedged item

   494    8    (1,014  (148  770    110  

Recognized on fair value hedges (ineffective portion) (1)

  $(18  (3  188    (3  53    217  

Quarter ended June 30, 2011

       

Gains (losses) recorded in net interest income

  $(107  -    437    (3  105    432  

Gains (losses) recorded in noninterest income

       

Recognized on derivatives

   (280  -    736    11    515    982  

Recognized on hedged item

   279    -    (709  (18  (512  (960

Recognized on fair value hedges (ineffective portion) (1)

  $(1  -    27    (7  3    22  

Six months ended June 30, 2012

       

Gains (losses) recorded in net interest income

  $(225  1    866    (4  131    769  

Gains (losses) recorded in noninterest income

       

Recognized on derivatives

   (210  (6  334    186    (151  153  

Recognized on hedged item

   198    2    (212  (162  122    (52

Recognized on fair value hedges (ineffective portion) (1)

  $(12  (4  122    24    (29  101  

Six months ended June 30, 2011

       

Gains (losses) recorded in net interest income

  $(213  -    851    (4  195    829  

Gains (losses) recorded in noninterest income

       

Recognized on derivatives

   (111  -    91    46    1,595    1,621  

Recognized on hedged item

   42    -    (87  (51  (1,629  (1,725

Recognized on fair value hedges (ineffective portion) (1)

  $(69  -    4    (5  (34  (104

 

(1)The second quarter and first half of 2012 included $(1) million and $(2) million, respectively, and the second quarter and first half of 2011 included $22 million and $30 million, respectively, of gains (losses) on forward derivatives hedging foreign currency securities available for sale and long-term debt, representing the portion of derivatives gains (losses) excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness (time value).

 

112


Table of Contents

Note 12: Derivatives (continued)

 

Cash Flow Hedges

We hedge floating-rate debt against future interest rate increases by using interest rate swaps, caps, floors and futures to limit variability of cash flows due to changes in the benchmark interest rate. We also use interest rate swaps and floors to hedge the variability in interest payments received on certain floating-rate commercial loans, due to changes in the benchmark interest rate. Gains and losses on derivatives that are reclassified from OCI to interest income and interest expense in the current period are included in the line item in which the hedged item’s effect on earnings is recorded. All parts of gain or loss on these derivatives are included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness. We assess hedge effectiveness using regression analysis, both at inception of the hedging relationship and on an ongoing basis. The regression analysis involves regressing the periodic changes in cash flows of the hedging instrument against the periodic

changes in cash flows of the forecasted transaction being hedged due to changes in the hedged risk(s). The assessment includes an evaluation of the quantitative measures of the regression results used to validate the conclusion of high effectiveness.

Based upon current interest rates, we estimate that $394 million (pre-tax) of deferred net gains on derivatives in OCI at June 30, 2012, will be reclassified into interest income and interest expense during the next twelve months. Future changes to interest rates may significantly change actual amounts reclassified to earnings. We are hedging our exposure to the variability of future cash flows for all forecasted transactions for a maximum of 6 years for both hedges of floating-rate debt and floating-rate commercial loans.

The following table shows the net gains (losses) recognized related to derivatives in cash flow hedging relationships.

 

 

 

 

 

 
   

 

Quarter ended June 30,

   

 

Six months ended June 30,

 
(in millions)            2012            2011             2012            2011 

Gains (losses) (pre tax) recognized in OCI on derivatives

  $(3  141     39    137  

Gains (pre tax) reclassified from cumulative OCI into net interest income

     99    157     206    313  

Gains (losses) (pre tax) recognized in noninterest income on derivatives (1)

   (1  -     (1  (2

 

 

 

(1)None of the change in value of the derivatives was excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

 

Free-Standing Derivatives

We use free-standing derivatives (economic hedges), in addition to debt securities available for sale, to hedge the risk of changes in the fair value of residential MSRs measured at fair value, certain residential MHFS, derivative loan commitments and other interests held. The resulting gain or loss on these economic hedges is reflected in mortgage banking noninterest income. Changes in fair value of debt securities available for sale (unrealized gains and losses) are not included in servicing income, but are reported in cumulative OCI (net of tax) or, upon sale, are reported in net gains (losses) on debt securities available for sale.

The derivatives used to hedge these MSRs measured at fair value, which include swaps, swaptions, constant maturity mortgages, forwards, Eurodollar and Treasury futures and options contracts, resulted in net derivative gains of $2.0 billion and $2.1 billion, respectively, in the second quarter and first half of 2012 and net derivative gains of $1.4 billion and $1.3 billion, respectively, in the same periods of 2011, which are included in mortgage banking noninterest income. The aggregate fair value of these derivatives was a net asset of $619 million at June 30, 2012, and a net asset of $1.4 billion at December 31, 2011. The change in fair value of these derivatives for each period end is due to changes in the underlying market indices and interest rates as well as the purchase and sale of derivative financial instruments throughout the period as part of our dynamic MSR risk management process.

Interest rate lock commitments for residential mortgage loans that we intend to sell are considered free-standing derivatives. Our interest rate exposure on these derivative loan commitments, as well as substantially all residential MHFS, is hedged with free-standing derivatives (economic hedges) such as

swaps, forwards and options, Eurodollar futures and options, and Treasury futures, forwards and options contracts. The commitments, free-standing derivatives and residential MHFS are carried at fair value with changes in fair value included in mortgage banking noninterest income. For the fair value measurement of interest rate lock commitments we include, at inception and during the life of the loan commitment, the expected net future cash flows related to the associated servicing of the loan. Fair value changes subsequent to inception are based on changes in fair value of the underlying loan resulting from the exercise of the commitment and changes in the probability that the loan will not fund within the terms of the commitment (referred to as a fall-out factor). The value of the underlying loan is affected primarily by changes in interest rates and the passage of time. However, changes in investor demand can also cause changes in the value of the underlying loan value that cannot be hedged. The aggregate fair value of derivative loan commitments in the balance sheet was a net asset of $770 million at June 30, 2012, and a net asset of $478 million at December 31, 2011, and is included in the caption “Interest rate contracts” under “Customer accommodation, trading and other free-standing derivatives” in the first table in this Note.

We also enter into various derivatives primarily to provide derivative products to customers. To a lesser extent, we take positions based on market expectations or to benefit from price differentials between financial instruments and markets. These derivatives are not linked to specific assets and liabilities in the balance sheet or to forecasted transactions in an accounting hedge relationship and, therefore, do not qualify for hedge accounting. We also enter into free-standing derivatives for risk management that do not otherwise qualify for hedge accounting. They are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded as other noninterest income.

 

 

113


Table of Contents

Free-standing derivatives also include embedded derivatives that are required to be accounted for separately from their host contract. We periodically issue hybrid long-term notes and CDs where the performance of the hybrid instrument notes is linked to an equity, commodity or currency index, or basket of such indices. These notes contain explicit terms that affect some or all of the cash flows or the value of the note in a manner similar to a derivative instrument and therefore are considered to contain an “embedded” derivative instrument. The indices on which the performance of the hybrid instrument is calculated are not

clearly and closely related to the host debt instrument. The “embedded” derivative is separated from the host contract and accounted for as a free-standing derivative. Additionally, we may invest in hybrid instruments that contain embedded derivatives, such as credit derivatives, that are not clearly and closely related to the host contract. In such instances, we either elect fair value option for the hybrid instrument or separate the embedded derivative from the host contract and account for the host contract and derivative separately.

The following table shows the net gains recognized in the income statement related to derivatives not designated as hedging instruments.

 

 

   
   Quarter ended June 30,  Six months ended June 30, 
(in millions)  2012  2011  2012  2011 

Net gains (losses) recognized on free-standing derivatives (economic hedges):

     

Interest rate contracts

     

Recognized in noninterest income:

     

Mortgage banking (1)

  $(630  198    (826  251  

Other (2)

   (75  (31  (33  (20

Equity contracts (2)

   1    (5  1    (5

Foreign exchange contracts (2)

   84    (105  (1  (369

Credit contracts (2)

   (5  (3  (10  (8

Subtotal

   (625  54    (869  (151

Net gains (losses) recognized on customer accommodation, trading and other free-standing derivatives:

     

Interest rate contracts

     

Recognized in noninterest income:

     

Mortgage banking (3)

   2,471    759    3,542    1,159  

Other (4)

   90    94    330    290  

Commodity contracts (4)

   (21  116    (44  101  

Equity contracts (4)

   206    639    (79  477  

Foreign exchange contracts (4)

   120    125    249    307  

Credit contracts (4)

   (48  91    11    44  

Other (4)

   1    (8  -    (1

Subtotal

   2,819    1,816    4,009    2,377  

Net gains recognized related to derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

  $2,194    1,870    3,140    2,226  

 

(1)Predominantly mortgage banking noninterest income including gains (losses) on the derivatives used as economic hedges of MSRs measured at fair value, interest rate lock commitments and mortgages held for sale.
(2)Predominantly included in other noninterest income.
(3)Predominantly mortgage banking noninterest income including gains (losses) on interest rate lock commitments.
(4)Predominantly included in net gains from trading activities in noninterest income.

 

Credit Derivatives

We use credit derivatives primarily to assist customers with their risk management objectives. We may also use credit derivatives in structured product transactions or liquidity agreements written to special purpose vehicles. The maximum exposure of sold credit derivatives is managed through posted collateral, purchased credit derivatives and similar products in order to achieve our desired credit risk profile. This credit risk management provides an ability to recover a significant portion of any amounts that would be paid under the sold credit derivatives. We would be required to perform under the noted credit derivatives in the event of default by the referenced obligors. Events of default include events such as bankruptcy, capital restructuring or lack of principal and/or interest payment. In certain cases, other triggers may exist, such as the

credit downgrade of the referenced obligors or the inability of the special purpose vehicle for which we have provided liquidity to obtain funding.

 

 

114


Table of Contents

Note 12: Derivatives (continued)

 

The following table provides details of sold and purchased credit derivatives.

 

  

       Notional amount      
(in millions)  

Fair value

liability

   

Protection

sold (A)

   

Protection

sold -

non-

investment

grade

   

Protection

purchased

with

identical

underlyings (B)

   

Net

protection

sold

(A) - (B)

  

Other

protection

purchased

   

Range of

maturities

 

June 30, 2012

             

Credit default swaps on:

             

Corporate bonds

  $586     18,231     9,113     11,859     6,372    8,626     2012-2021  

Structured products

   2,674     3,084     2,701     1,344     1,740    538     2016-2056  

Credit protection on:

             

Default swap index

   59     3,202     600     3,203     (1  107     2012-2017  

Commercial mortgage-backed securities index

   643     1,296     433     853     443    654     2049-2052  

Asset-backed securities index

   66     73     73     7     66    138     2037-2046  

Other

   10     3,665     3,665     226     3,439    3,748     2012-2056  

Total credit derivatives

  $      4,038     29,551     16,585     17,492     12,059    13,811       

December 31, 2011

             

Credit default swaps on:

             

Corporate bonds

  $1,002     24,634     14,043     13,329     11,305    9,404     2012-2021  

Structured products

   3,308     4,691     4,300     2,194     2,497    1,335     2016-2056  

Credit protection on:

             

Default swap index

   68     3,006     843     2,341     665    912     2012-2017  

Commercial mortgage-backed securities index

   713     1,357     458     19     1,338    1,403     2049-2052  

Asset-backed securities index

   76     83     83     8     75    116     2037-2046  

Other

   11     4,632     4,090     481     4,151    4,673     2012-2056  

Total credit derivatives

  $5,178     38,403     23,817     18,372     20,031    17,843       

 

Protection sold represents the estimated maximum exposure to loss that would be incurred under an assumed hypothetical circumstance, where the value of our interests and any associated collateral declines to zero, without any consideration of recovery or offset from any economic hedges. We believe this hypothetical circumstance to be an extremely remote possibility and accordingly, this required disclosure is not an indication of expected loss. The amounts under non-investment grade represent the notional amounts of those credit derivatives on which we have a higher risk of being required to perform under the terms of the credit derivative and are a function of the underlying assets.

We consider the risk of performance to be high if the underlying assets under the credit derivative have an external rating that is below investment grade or an internal credit default grade that is equivalent thereto. We believe the net protection sold, which is representative of the net notional amount of protection sold and purchased with identical underlyings, in combination with other protection purchased, is more representative of our exposure to loss than either non-investment grade or protection sold. Other protection purchased represents additional protection, which may offset the exposure to loss for protection sold, that was not purchased with an identical underlying of the protection sold.

 

 

115


Table of Contents

Credit-Risk Contingent Features

Certain of our derivative contracts contain provisions whereby if the credit rating of our debt were to be downgraded by certain major credit rating agencies, the counterparty could demand additional collateral or require termination or replacement of derivative instruments in a net liability position. The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with such credit-risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position was $18.3 billion at June 30, 2012, and $17.1 billion at December 31, 2011, respectively, for which we posted $16.7 billion and $15.0 billion, respectively, in collateral in the normal course of business. If the credit rating of our debt had been downgraded below investment grade, which is the credit-risk-related contingent feature that if triggered requires the maximum amount of collateral to be posted, on June 30, 2012, or December 31, 2011, we would have been required to post additional collateral of $1.6 billion or $2.1 billion, respectively, or potentially settle the contract in an amount equal to its fair value.

Counterparty Credit Risk

By using derivatives, we are exposed to counterparty credit risk if counterparties to the derivative contracts do not perform as expected. If a counterparty fails to perform, our counterparty credit risk is equal to the amount reported as a derivative asset on our balance sheet. The amounts reported as a derivative asset are derivative contracts in a gain position, and to the extent subject to master netting arrangements, net of derivatives in a loss position with the same counterparty and cash collateral received. We minimize counterparty credit risk through credit approvals, limits, monitoring procedures, executing master netting arrangements and obtaining collateral, where appropriate. To the extent the master netting arrangements and other criteria meet the applicable requirements, derivatives balances and related cash collateral amounts are shown net in the balance sheet. Counterparty credit risk related to derivatives is considered in determining fair value and our assessment of hedge effectiveness.

 

 

116


Table of Contents

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities

 

 

We use fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. Trading assets, securities available for sale, derivatives, substantially all residential MHFS, certain commercial LHFS, certain loans held for investment, fair value MSRs and securities sold but not yet purchased (short sale liabilities) are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, we may be required to record at fair value other assets on a nonrecurring basis, such as certain residential and commercial MHFS, certain LHFS, loans held for investment and certain other assets. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve application of lower-of-cost-or-market accounting or write-downs of individual assets.

Fair Value Hierarchy

We group our assets and liabilities measured at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. These levels are:

 

Level 1 – Valuation is based upon quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.

 

Level 2 – Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market.

 

Level 3 – Valuation is generated from techniques that use significant assumptions not observable in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques include use of option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques.

In the determination of the classification of financial instruments in Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, we consider all available information, including observable market data, indications of market liquidity and orderliness, and our understanding of the valuation techniques and significant inputs used. For securities in inactive markets, we use a predetermined percentage to evaluate the impact of fair value adjustments derived from weighting both external and internal indications of value to determine if the instrument is classified as Level 2 or Level 3. Based upon the specific facts and circumstances of each instrument or instrument category, judgments are made regarding the significance of the Level 3 inputs to the instruments' fair value measurement in its entirety. If Level 3 inputs are considered significant, the instrument is classified as Level 3.

Determination of Fair Value

We base our fair values on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. We maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize

the use of unobservable inputs when developing fair value measurements.

In instances where there is limited or no observable market data, fair value measurements for assets and liabilities are based primarily upon our own estimates or combination of our own estimates and independent vendor or broker pricing, and the measurements are often calculated based on current pricing for products we offer or issue, the economic and competitive environment, the characteristics of the asset or liability and other such factors. As with any valuation technique used to estimate fair value, changes in underlying assumptions used, including discount rates and estimates of future cash flows, could significantly affect the results of current or future values. Accordingly, these fair value estimates may not be realized in an actual sale or immediate settlement of the asset or liability.

We incorporate lack of liquidity into our fair value measurement based on the type of asset or liability measured and the valuation methodology used. For example, for certain residential MHFS and certain securities where the significant inputs have become unobservable due to illiquid markets and vendor or broker pricing is not used, we use a discounted cash flow technique to measure fair value. This technique incorporates forecasting of expected cash flows (adjusted for credit loss assumptions and estimated prepayment speeds) discounted at an appropriate market discount rate to reflect the lack of liquidity in the market that a market participant would consider. For other securities where vendor or broker pricing is used, we use either unadjusted broker quotes or vendor prices or vendor or broker prices adjusted by weighting them with internal discounted cash flow techniques to measure fair value. These unadjusted vendor or broker prices inherently reflect any lack of liquidity in the market as the fair value measurement represents an exit price from a market participant viewpoint.

Where markets are inactive and transactions are not orderly, transaction or quoted prices for assets or liabilities in inactive markets may require adjustment due to the uncertainty of whether the underlying transactions are orderly. For items that use price quotes in inactive markets, such as certain security classes within securities available for sale, the degree of market inactivity and distressed transactions is analyzed to determine the appropriate adjustment to the price quotes.

The methodology used to adjust the quotes involves weighting the price quotes and results of internal pricing techniques such as the net present value of future expected cash flows (with observable inputs, where available) discounted at a rate of return market participants require. The significant inputs utilized in the internal pricing techniques, which are estimated by type of underlying collateral, include credit loss assumptions, estimated prepayment speeds and discount rates.

The more active and orderly markets for particular security classes are determined to be, the more weighting is assigned to price quotes. The less active and orderly markets are determined to be, the less weighting is assigned to price quotes. We continually assess the level and volume of market activity in our investment security classes in determining adjustments, if any, to price quotes. Given market conditions can change over time,

 

 

117


Table of Contents

determination of which securities markets are considered active or inactive, and if inactive, the degree to which price quotes require adjustment, can also change.

Following are descriptions of the valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring or nonrecurring basis and for estimating fair value for financial instruments not recorded at fair value.

Assets

SHORT-TERM FINANCIAL ASSETS Short-term financial assets include cash and due from banks, federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements and due from customers on acceptances. These assets are carried at historical cost. The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value because of the relatively short time between the origination of the instrument and its expected realization.

TRADING ASSETS (EXCLUDING DERIVATIVES) AND SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE Trading assets and securities available for sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value measurement is based upon various sources of market pricing. We use quoted prices in active markets, where available and classify such instruments within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Examples include exchange-traded equity securities and some highly liquid government securities such as U.S. Treasuries. When instruments are traded in secondary markets and quoted market prices do not exist for such securities, we generally rely on internal valuation techniques or on prices obtained from independent pricing services or brokers (collectively, vendors) or combination thereof, and such instruments are classified within Level 2 or 3 accordingly.

Trading securities are mostly valued using trader prices that are subject to price verification procedures performed by separate internal personnel. The majority of fair values derived using internal valuation techniques are verified against multiple pricing sources, including prices obtained from independent vendors. Vendors compile prices from various sources and often apply matrix pricing for similar securities when no price is observable. We review pricing methodologies provided by the vendors in order to determine if observable market information is being used, versus unobservable inputs. When evaluating the appropriateness of an internal trader price compared with vendor prices, considerations include the range and quality of vendor prices. Vendor prices are used to ensure the reasonableness of a trader price; however valuing financial instruments involves judgments acquired from knowledge of a particular market and is not perfunctory. If a trader asserts that a vendor price is not reflective of market value, justification for using the trader price, including recent sales activity where possible, must be provided to and approved by the appropriate levels of management.

Similarly, while securities available for sale traded in secondary markets are typically valued using unadjusted vendor prices or vendor prices adjusted by weighting them with internal discounted cash flow techniques, these prices are reviewed and, if deemed inappropriate by a trader who has the most knowledge of a particular market, can be adjusted. Securities measured with these internal valuation techniques are generally classified as Level 2 of the hierarchy and often

involve using quoted market prices for similar securities, pricing models, discounted cash flow analyses using significant inputs observable in the market where available or combination of multiple valuation techniques. Examples include certain residential and commercial MBS, municipal bonds, U.S. government and agency MBS, and corporate debt securities.

Security fair value measurements using significant inputs that are unobservable in the market due to limited activity or a less liquid market are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. Such measurements include securities valued using internal models or a combination of multiple valuation techniques such as weighting of internal models and vendor or broker pricing, where the unobservable inputs are significant to the overall fair value measurement. Securities classified as Level 3 include certain residential and commercial MBS, asset-backed securities collateralized by auto leases or loans and cash reserves, CDOs and CLOs, and certain residual and retained interests in residential mortgage loan securitizations. CDOs are valued using the prices of similar instruments, the pricing of completed or pending third party transactions or the pricing of the underlying collateral within the CDO. Where vendor or broker prices are not readily available, management’s best estimate is used.

MORTGAGES HELD FOR SALE (MHFS) We carry substantially all of our residential MHFS portfolio at fair value. Fair value is based on independent quoted market prices, where available, or the prices for other mortgage whole loans with similar characteristics. As necessary, these prices are adjusted for typical securitization activities, including servicing value, portfolio composition, market conditions and liquidity. Most of our MHFS are classified as Level 2. For the portion where market pricing data is not available, we use a discounted cash flow model to estimate fair value and, accordingly, classify as Level 3.

LOANS HELD FOR SALE (LHFS) LHFS are carried at the lower of cost or market value, or at fair value. The fair value of LHFS is based on what secondary markets are currently offering for loans with similar characteristics. As such, we classify those loans subjected to nonrecurring fair value adjustments as Level 2.

LOANS For the carrying value of loans, including PCI loans, see Note 1 in our 2011 Form 10-K. Although most loans are not recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, reverse mortgages are held at fair value on a recurring basis. In addition, we record nonrecurring fair value adjustments to loans to reflect partial write-downs that are based on the observable market price of the loan or current appraised value of the collateral.

We provide fair value estimates in this disclosure for loans that are not recorded at fair value on a recurring or nonrecurring basis. Those estimates differentiate loans based on their financial characteristics, such as product classification, loan category, pricing features and remaining maturity. Prepayment and credit loss estimates are evaluated by product and loan rate.

The fair value of commercial loans is calculated by discounting contractual cash flows, adjusted for credit loss estimates, using discount rates that are appropriate for loans with similar characteristics and remaining maturity.

 

 

118


Table of Contents

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

 

For real estate 1-4 family first and junior lien mortgages, fair value is calculated by discounting contractual cash flows, adjusted for prepayment and credit loss estimates, using discount rates based on current industry pricing (where readily available) or our own estimate of an appropriate discount rate for loans of similar size, type, remaining maturity and repricing characteristics.

The carrying value of credit card loans, which is adjusted for estimates of credit losses inherent in the portfolio at the balance sheet date, is reported as a reasonable estimate of fair value.

For all other consumer loans, the fair value is generally calculated by discounting the contractual cash flows, adjusted for prepayment and credit loss estimates, based on the current rates we offer for loans with similar characteristics.

Loan commitments, standby letters of credit and commercial and similar letters of credit generate ongoing fees at our current pricing levels, which are recognized over the term of the commitment period. In situations where the credit quality of the counterparty to a commitment has declined, we record an allowance. A reasonable estimate of the fair value of these instruments is the carrying value of deferred fees plus the related allowance. Certain letters of credit that are hedged with derivative instruments are carried at fair value in trading assets or liabilities. For those letters of credit, fair value is calculated based on readily quotable credit default spreads, using a market risk credit default swap model.

DERIVATIVES Quoted market prices are available and used for our exchange-traded derivatives, such as certain interest rate futures and option contracts, which we classify as Level 1. However, substantially all of our derivatives are traded in over-the-counter (OTC) markets where quoted market prices are not always readily available. Therefore we value most OTC derivatives using internal valuation techniques. Valuation techniques and inputs to internally-developed models depend on the type of derivative and nature of the underlying rate, price or index upon which the derivative’s value is based. Key inputs can include yield curves, credit curves, foreign-exchange rates, prepayment rates, volatility measurements and correlation of such inputs. Where model inputs can be observed in a liquid market and the model does not require significant judgment, such derivatives are typically classified as Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Examples of derivatives classified as Level 2 include generic interest rate swaps, foreign currency swaps, commodity swaps, and certain option and forward contracts. When instruments are traded in less liquid markets and significant inputs are unobservable, such derivatives are classified as Level 3. Examples of derivatives classified as Level 3 include complex and highly structured derivatives, certain credit default swaps, interest rate lock commitments written for our residential mortgage loans that we intend to sell and long dated equity options where volatility is not observable. Additionally, significant judgments are required when classifying financial instruments within the fair value hierarchy, particularly between Level 2 and 3, as is the case for certain derivatives.

MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS (MSRs) AND CERTAIN OTHER INTERESTS HELD IN SECURITIZATIONS MSRs and certain other interests held in securitizations (e.g., interest-only strips) do not trade in an active market with readily observable prices. Accordingly, we determine the fair value of MSRs using a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income cash flows. The model incorporates assumptions that market participants use in estimating future net servicing income cash flows, including estimates of prepayment speeds (including housing price volatility), discount rate, default rates, cost to service (including delinquency and foreclosure costs), escrow account earnings, contractual servicing fee income, ancillary income and late fees. Commercial MSRs are carried at lower of cost or market value, and therefore can be subject to fair value measurements on a nonrecurring basis. Changes in the fair value of MSRs occur primarily due to the collection/realization of expected cash flows, as well as changes in valuation inputs and assumptions. For other interests held in securitizations (such as interest-only strips) we use a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future cash flows. The model incorporates our own estimates of assumptions market participants use in determining the fair value, including estimates of prepayment speeds, discount rates, defaults and contractual fee income. Interest-only strips are recorded as trading assets. Our valuation approach is validated by our internal valuation model validation group. Fair value measurements of our MSRs and interest-only strips use significant unobservable inputs and, accordingly, we classify them as Level 3.

FORECLOSED ASSETS Foreclosed assets are carried at net realizable value, which represents fair value less costs to sell. Fair value is generally based upon independent market prices or appraised values of the collateral and, accordingly, we classify foreclosed assets as Level 2.

NONMARKETABLE EQUITY INVESTMENTS Nonmarketable equity investments are generally recorded under the cost or equity method of accounting. There are generally restrictions on the sale and/or liquidation of these investments, including federal bank stock. Federal bank stock carrying value approximates fair value. We use facts and circumstances available to estimate the fair value of our nonmarketable equity investments. We typically consider our access to and need for capital (including recent or projected financing activity), qualitative assessments of the viability of the investee, evaluation of the financial statements of the investee and prospects for its future. Public equity investments are valued using quoted market prices and discounts are only applied when there are trading restrictions that are an attribute of the investment. We estimate the fair value of investments in non-public securities using metrics such as security prices of comparable public companies, acquisition prices for similar companies and original investment purchase price multiples, while also incorporating a portfolio company’s financial performance and specific factors. For investments in private equity funds, we use the NAV provided by the fund sponsor as an appropriate measure of fair value. In some cases, such NAVs require adjustments based on certain unobservable inputs.

 

 

119


Table of Contents

Liabilities

DEPOSIT LIABILITIES Deposit liabilities are carried at historical cost. The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as noninterest-bearing demand deposits, interest-bearing checking, and market rate and other savings, is equal to the amount payable on demand at the measurement date. The fair value of other time deposits is calculated based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for like wholesale deposits with similar remaining maturities.

SHORT-TERM FINANCIAL LIABILITIES Short-term financial liabilities are carried at historical cost and include federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements, commercial paper and other short-term borrowings. The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value because of the relatively short time between the origination of the instrument and its expected realization.

OTHER LIABILITIES Other liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, excluding derivative liabilities (see the “Derivatives” section for derivative liabilities), includes primarily short sale liabilities. Short sale liabilities are predominantly classified as either Level 1 or Level 2, generally dependent upon whether the underlying securities have readily obtainable quoted prices in active exchange markets.

LONG-TERM DEBT Long-term debt is generally carried at amortized cost. For disclosure, we are required to estimate the fair value of long-term debt. Generally, the discounted cash flow method is used to estimate the fair value of our long-term debt. Contractual cash flows are discounted using rates currently offered for new notes with similar remaining maturities and, as such, these discount rates include our current spread levels.

Level 3 Asset and Liability Valuation Processes

We generally determine fair value of our Level 3 assets and liabilities by using internally developed models and, to a lesser extent, prices obtained from independent pricing services or brokers (collectively, vendors). Our valuation processes vary depending on which approach is utilized.

INTERNAL MODEL VALUATIONS Our internally developed models primarily consist of discounted cash flow techniques. Use of such techniques requires determining relevant inputs, some of which are unobservable. Unobservable inputs are generally derived from historic performance of similar assets or determined from previous market trades in similar instruments. These unobservable inputs usually consist of discount rates, default rates, loss severity upon default, volatilities, correlations and prepayment rates, which are inherent within our Level 3 instruments. Such inputs can be correlated to similar portfolios with known historic experience or recent trades where particular unobservable inputs may be implied; but due to the nature of various inputs being reflected within a particular trade, the value

of each input is considered unobservable. We attempt to correlate each unobservable input to historic experience and other third party data where available.

Internal valuation models are subject to review prescribed within our model risk management policies and procedures which includes model validation. The purpose of model validation includes ensuring the model is appropriate for its intended use and the appropriate controls exist to help mitigate risk of invalid valuations. Model validation assesses the adequacy and appropriateness of the model, including reviewing its key components such as inputs, processing components, logic or theory, output results and supporting model documentation. Validation also includes ensuring significant unobservable model inputs are appropriate given observable market transactions or other market data within the same or similar asset classes. This ensures modeled approaches are appropriate given similar product valuation techniques and are in line with their intended purpose.

We have ongoing monitoring procedures in place for our Level 3 assets and liabilities that use such internal valuation models. These procedures, which are designed to provide reasonable assurance that models continue to perform as expected after approved, include:

  

ongoing analysis and benchmarking to market transactions and other independent market data (including pricing vendors, if available);

  

back-testing of modeled fair values to actual realized transactions; and

  

review of modeled valuation results against expectations, including review of significant or unusual value fluctuations.

We update model inputs and methodologies periodically to reflect these monitoring procedures. Additionally, procedures and controls are in place to ensure existing models are subject to periodic reviews and full model revalidations are done as necessary.

All internal valuation models are subject to ongoing review by business-unit-level management. More complex models are subject to additional oversight by a corporate-level risk management department. Corporate oversight responsibilities include evaluating adequacy of business unit risk management programs, maintaining company-wide model validation policies and standards and reporting the results of these activities to management and our Enterprise Risk Management Committee (ERMC). The ERMC, which consists of senior executive management and reports on top risks to the Company’s Board of Directors, monitors all company-wide risks, including credit risk, market risk, and reputational risk.

VENDOR-DEVELOPED VALUATIONS In certain limited circumstances we obtain pricing from third party vendors for the value of our Level 3 assets or liabilities. We have processes in place to approve such vendors to ensure information obtained and valuation techniques used are appropriate. Once these vendors are approved to provide pricing information, the results are monitored and reviewed to ensure the fair values are reasonable and in line with market experience in similar asset

 

 

120


Table of Contents

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

 

classes. While the input amounts used by the pricing vendor in determining fair value are not provided, and therefore unavailable for our review, we do perform one or more of the following procedures to validate the prices received:

  

comparison to other pricing vendors (if available);

  

variance analysis of prices;

  

corroboration of pricing by reference to other independent market data such as market transactions and relevant benchmark indices;

  

review of pricing by Company personnel familiar with market liquidity and other market-related conditions; and

  

investigation of prices on a specific instrument-by-instrument basis.

Fair Value Measurements from Independent Brokers or Independent Third Party Pricing Services For certain assets and liabilities, we obtain fair value measurements from independent brokers or independent third party pricing services and record the unadjusted fair value in our financial statements. The detail by level is shown in the table below. Fair value measurements obtained from independent brokers or independent third party pricing services that we have adjusted to determine the fair value recorded in our financial statements are not included in the following table.

 

 

    Independent brokers   Third party pricing services 
(in millions)  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3 

June 30, 2012

            

Trading assets (excluding derivatives)

  $-     498     7     1,169     968     -  

Securities available for sale:

            

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

   -     -     -     1,048     444     -  

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

   -     -     -     -     27,746     -  

Mortgage-backed securities

   -     1,690     2     -     124,169     182  

Other debt securities

   -     1,503     8,516     -     26,623     327  

Total debt securities

   -     3,193     8,518     1,048     178,982     509  

Total marketable equity securities

   -     -     -     30     635     -  

Total securities available for sale

   -     3,193     8,518     1,078     179,617     509  

Derivatives (trading and other assets)

   -     14     -     -     710     1  

Loans held for sale

   -     -     -     -     1     -  

Derivatives (liabilities)

   -     36     -     -     706     -  

Other liabilities

   -     98     -     -     127     2  
                               

December 31, 2011

            

Trading assets (excluding derivatives)

  $-     446     7     1,086     1,564     -  

Securities available for sale:

            

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

   -     -     -     868     5,748     -  

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

   -     16     -     -     21,014     -  

Mortgage-backed securities

   -     2,342     43     -     118,107     186  

Other debt securities

   -     1,091     8,163     -     26,222     145  

Total debt securities

   -     3,449     8,206     868     171,091     331  

Total marketable equity securities

   -     -     -     33     665     3  

Total securities available for sale

   -     3,449     8,206     901     171,756     334  

Derivatives (trading and other assets)

   -     17     44     -     834     -  

Loans held for sale

   -     -     -     -     1     -  

Derivatives (liabilities)

   -     11     43     -     850     -  

Other liabilities

   -     22     -     6     249     -  
                               

 

121


Table of Contents

Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The following two tables present the balances of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

 

 

      
(in millions)  Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Netting  Total 

June 30, 2012

      

Trading assets (excluding derivatives)

      

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

  $4,920    3,890    -    -    8,810  

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

   -    2,558    58    -    2,616  

Collateralized debt obligations (1)

   -    -    1,273    -    1,273  

Corporate debt securities

   2    6,552    56    -    6,610  

Mortgage-backed securities

   -    15,535    93    -    15,628  

Asset-backed securities

   -    815    179    -    994  

Equity securities

   3,380    265    3    -    3,648  

Total trading securities

   8,302    29,615    1,662    -    39,579  

Other trading assets

   1,975    44    91    -    2,110  

Total trading assets (excluding derivatives)

   10,277    29,659    1,753    -    41,689  

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

   1,049    444    -    -    1,493  

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

   -    27,746    9,505 (2)   -    37,251  

Mortgage-backed securities:

      

Federal agencies

   -    101,863    -    -    101,863  

Residential

   -    16,703    15    -    16,718  

Commercial

   -    18,739    189    -    18,928  

Total mortgage-backed securities

   -    137,305    204    -    137,509  

Corporate debt securities

   195    19,360    286    -    19,841  

Collateralized debt obligations (3)

   -    -    9,147 (2)   -    9,147  

Asset-backed securities:

      

Auto loans and leases

   -    6    6,206 (2)   -    6,212  

Home equity loans

   -    609    257    -    866  

Other asset-backed securities

   -    7,597    3,074 (2)   -    10,671  

Total asset-backed securities

   -    8,212    9,537    -    17,749  

Other debt securities

   -    1,009    -    -    1,009  

Total debt securities

   1,244    194,076    28,679    -    223,999  

Marketable equity securities:

      

Perpetual preferred securities (4)

   607    630    927 (2)   -    2,164  

Other marketable equity securities

   637    44    2    -    683  

Total marketable equity securities

   1,244    674    929    -    2,847  

Total securities available for sale

   2,488    194,750    29,608    -    226,846  

Mortgages held for sale

   -    43,293    3,328    -    46,621  

Loans held for sale

   -    730    -    -    730  

Loans

   -    6,059    24    -    6,083  

Mortgage servicing rights (residential)

   -    -    12,081    -    12,081  

Derivative assets:

      

Interest rate contracts

   -    81,518    1,342    -    82,860  

Commodity contracts

   -    4,413    17    -    4,430  

Equity contracts

   571    2,878    560    -    4,009  

Foreign exchange contracts

   88    3,876    10    -    3,974  

Credit contracts

   -    1,697    1,029    -    2,726  

Other derivative contracts

   -    -    -    -    -  

Netting

   -    -    -    (68,736) (5)   (68,736

Total derivative assets (6)

   659    94,382    2,958    (68,736  29,263  

Other assets

   174    81    225    -    480  

Total assets recorded at fair value

  $    13,598    368,954    49,977    (68,736  363,793  

Derivative liabilities:

      

Interest rate contracts

  $(1  (78,898  (436  -    (79,335

Commodity contracts

   -    (4,564  (13  -    (4,577

Equity contracts

   (235  (2,956  (829  -    (4,020

Foreign exchange contracts

   (86  (2,468  (9  -    (2,563

Credit contracts

   -    (1,622  (2,686  -    (4,308

Other derivative contracts

   -    -    (106  -    (106

Netting

   -    -    -    78,206 (5)   78,206  

Total derivative liabilities (6)

   (322  (90,508  (4,079  78,206    (16,703

Short sale liabilities:

      

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

   (3,759  (1,096  -    -    (4,855

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

   -    (16  -    -    (16

Corporate debt securities

   -    (4,269  -    -    (4,269

Equity securities

   (1,133  (1  -    -    (1,134

Other securities

   -    (80  (9  -    (89

Total short sale liabilities

   (4,892  (5,462  (9  -    (10,363

Other liabilities

   -    (32  (245  -    (277

Total liabilities recorded at fair value

  $(5,214  (96,002  (4,333  78,206    (27,343

 

(1)Includes collateralized loan obligations of $608 million that are classified as trading assets.
(2)Balances consist of securities that are predominantly investment grade based on ratings received from the ratings agencies or internal credit grades categorized as investment grade if external ratings are not available. The securities are classified as Level 3 due to limited market activity.
(3)Includes collateralized loan obligations of $8.6 billion that are classified as securities available for sale.
(4)Perpetual preferred securities include ARS and corporate preferred securities. See Note 7 for additional information.
(5)Derivatives are reported net of cash collateral received and paid and, to the extent that the criteria of the accounting guidance covering the offsetting of amounts related to certain contracts are met, positions with the same counterparty are netted as part of a legally enforceable master netting agreement.
(6)Derivative assets and derivative liabilities include contracts qualifying for hedge accounting, economic hedges, and derivatives included in trading assets and trading liabilities, respectively.

(continued on following page)

 

122


Table of Contents

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

 

(continued from previous page)

 

(in millions)  Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Netting  Total 

December 31, 2011

      

Trading assets (excluding derivatives)

      

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

  $3,342    3,638    -    -    6,980  

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

   -    2,438    53    -    2,491  

Collateralized debt obligations (1)

   -    -    1,582    -    1,582  

Corporate debt securities

   -    6,479    97    -    6,576  

Mortgage-backed securities

   -    34,959    108    -    35,067  

Asset-backed securities

   -    1,093    190    -    1,283  

Equity securities

   1,682    172    4    -    1,858  

Total trading securities

   5,024    48,779    2,034    -    55,837  

Other trading assets

   1,847    68    115    -    2,030  

Total trading assets (excluding derivatives)

   6,871    48,847    2,149    -    57,867  

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

   869    6,099    -    -    6,968  

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

   -    21,077    11,516 (2)   -    32,593  

Mortgage-backed securities:

      

Federal agencies

   -    96,754    -    -    96,754  

Residential

   -    17,775    61    -    17,836  

Commercial

   -    17,918    232    -    18,150  

Total mortgage-backed securities

   -    132,447    293    -    132,740  

Corporate debt securities

   317    17,792    295    -    18,404  

Collateralized debt obligations (3)

   -    -    8,599 (2)   -    8,599  

Asset-backed securities:

      

Auto loans and leases

   -    86    6,641 (2)   -    6,727  

Home equity loans

   -    650    282    -    932  

Other asset-backed securities

   -    8,326    2,863 (2)   -    11,189  

Total asset-backed securities

   -    9,062    9,786    -    18,848  

Other debt securities

   -    1,044    -    -    1,044  

Total debt securities

   1,186    187,521    30,489    -    219,196  

Marketable equity securities:

      

Perpetual preferred securities (4)

   552    631    1,344 (2)   -    2,527  

Other marketable equity securities

   814    53    23    -    890  

Total marketable equity securities

   1,366    684    1,367    -    3,417  

Total securities available for sale

   2,552    188,205    31,856    -    222,613  

Mortgages held for sale

   -    41,381    3,410    -    44,791  

Loans held for sale

   -    1,176    -    -    1,176  

Loans

   -    5,893    23    -    5,916  

Mortgage servicing rights (residential)

   -    -    12,603    -    12,603  

Derivative assets:

      

Interest rate contracts

   -    91,022    1,055    -    92,077  

Commodity contracts

   -    4,351    -    -    4,351  

Equity contracts

   471    2,737    560    -    3,768  

Foreign exchange contracts

   35    4,873    16    -    4,924  

Credit contracts

   -    2,219    1,357    -    3,576  

Other derivative contracts

   -    -    -    -    -  

Netting

   -    -    -    (81,143) (5)   (81,143

Total derivative assets (6)

   506    105,202    2,988    (81,143  27,553  

Other assets

   88    135    244    -    467  

Total assets recorded at fair value

  $    10,017    390,839    53,273    (81,143  372,986  

Derivative liabilities:

      

Interest rate contracts

  $(4  (88,164  (446  -    (88,614

Commodity contracts

   -    (4,234  -    -    (4,234

Equity contracts

   (229  (2,797  (635  -    (3,661

Foreign exchange contracts

   (31  (3,324  (23  -    (3,378

Credit contracts

   -    (2,099  (3,355  -    (5,454

Other derivative contracts

   -    -    (117  -    (117

Netting

   -    -    -    89,990 (5)   89,990  

Total derivative liabilities (6)

   (264  (100,618  (4,576  89,990    (15,468

Short sale liabilities:

      

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

   (3,820  (919  -    -    (4,739

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

   -    (2  -    -    (2

Corporate debt securities

   -    (4,112  -    -    (4,112

Equity securities

   (944  (298  -    -    (1,242

Other securities

   -    (737  -    -    (737

Total short sale liabilities

   (4,764  (6,068  -    -    (10,832

Other liabilities

   -    (98  (44  -    (142

Total liabilities recorded at fair value

  $(5,028  (106,784  (4,620  89,990    (26,442

 

(1)Includes collateralized loan obligations of $583 million that are classified as trading assets.
(2)Balances consist of securities that are predominantly investment grade based on ratings received from the ratings agencies or internal credit grades categorized as investment grade if external ratings are not available. The securities are classified as Level 3 due to limited market activity.
(3)Includes collateralized loan obligations of $8.1 billion that are classified as securities available for sale.
(4)Perpetual preferred securities include ARS and corporate preferred securities. See Note 7 for additional information.
(5)Derivatives are reported net of cash collateral received and paid and, to the extent that the criteria of the accounting guidance covering the offsetting of amounts related to certain contracts are met, positions with the same counterparty are netted as part of a legally enforceable master netting agreement.
(6)Derivative assets and derivative liabilities include contracts qualifying for hedge accounting, economic hedges, and derivatives included in trading assets and trading liabilities, respectively.

 

123


Table of Contents

Changes in Fair Value Levels

We monitor the availability of observable market data to assess the appropriate classification of financial instruments within the fair value hierarchy and transfer between Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 accordingly. Observable market data includes but is not limited to quoted prices and market transactions. Changes in economic conditions or market liquidity generally will drive changes in availability of observable market data. Changes in

availability of observable market data, which also may result in changing the valuation technique used, are generally the cause of transfers between Level 1, 2 or 3.

All current period transfers into and out of Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 are provided within the below table. The amounts reported as transfers represent the fair value as of the beginning of the quarter in which the transfer occurred.

 

 

    Transfers Between Fair Value Levels 
   Level 1   Level 2  Level 3 (1)    

(in millions)

   In     Out     In     Out    In    Out    Total  

Quarter ended June 30, 2012

           

Trading securities

  $-     -     -     -    -    -    -  

Securities available for sale (2)

   -     -     3,943     (14  14    (3,943  -  

Mortgages held for sale

   -     -     64     (84  84    (64  -  

Net derivative assets and liabilities

   -     -     1     -    -    (1  -  

Total transfers

  $    -     -     4,008     (98  98    (4,008  -  

Six months ended June 30, 2012

           

Trading securities

  $-     -     10     (14  14    (10  -  

Securities available for sale (2)

   -     -     4,036     (57  57    (4,036  -  

Mortgages held for sale

   -     -     150     (171  171    (150  -  

Net derivative assets and liabilities

   -     -     13     8    (8  (13  -  

Total transfers

  $-     -     4,209     (234  234    (4,209  -  

 

(1)All transfers in and out of Level 3 are disclosed within the recurring level 3 rollforward table in this Note.
(2)Includes $3.9 billion of securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions that we transferred from Level 3 to Level 2 during the second quarter as a result of increased use of observable market data in the valuation of such instruments. This transfer was done in conjunction with a change in our valuation technique from an internal model based upon unobservable inputs to third party vendor pricing based upon market observable data.

 

For the first half of 2011, there were no significant transfers between Levels 1 and 2. We transferred $609 million of debt securities available for sale from Level 3 to Level 2 due to an increase in the volume of trading activity for certain securities, which resulted in increased occurrences of observable market prices.

 

 

124


Table of Contents

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

 

The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the quarter ended June 30, 2012, are summarized as follows:

 

       Total net gains
(losses) included in
  Purchases,
sales,
              Net unrealized
gains (losses)
included in net
 
(in millions) Balance,
beginning
of period
  Net
income
  Other
compre-
hensive
income
  issuances
and
settlements,
net (1)
  Transfers
into
Level 3
  Transfers
out of
Level 3
  Balance,
end of
period
  income related
to assets and
liabilities held
at period end (2)
 

Quarter ended June 30, 2012

        

Trading assets

        

(excluding derivatives):

        

Securities of U.S. states and
political subdivisions

 $103    -    -    (45  -    -    58    -  

Collateralized debt obligations

  1,539    1    -    (267  -    -    1,273    (11

Corporate debt securities

  132    (2  -    (74  -    -    56    (1

Mortgage-backed securities

  54    4    -    35    -    -    93    2  

Asset-backed securities

  164    17    -    (2  -    -    179    12  

Equity securities

  3    1    -    (1  -    -    3    -  

Total trading securities

  1,995    21    -    (354  -    -    1,662    2  

Other trading assets

  108    (17  -    -    -    -    91    (11

Total trading assets
(excluding derivatives)

  2,103    4    -    (354  -    -    1,753    (9)(3) 

Securities available for sale:

        

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

  12,514    (1  30    863    -    (3,901  9,505    (3

Mortgage-backed securities:

        

Residential

  58    11    10    (34  1    (31  15    -  

Commercial

  232    1    (1  (43  -    -    189    (1

Total mortgage-backed securities

  290    12    9    (77  1    (31  204    (1

Corporate debt securities

  308    (2  (16  (4  -    -    286    -  

Collateralized debt obligations

  9,163    28    (6  (38  -    -    9,147    -  

Asset-backed securities:

        

Auto loans and leases

  6,913    2    (13  (696  -    -    6,206    -  

Home equity loans

  257    4    (4  (2  13    (11  257    (4

Other asset-backed securities

  2,869    (26  5    226    -    -    3,074    (16

Total asset-backed securities

  10,039    (20  (12  (472  13    (11  9,537    (20

Total debt securities

  32,314    17    5    272    14    (3,943  28,679    (24)(4) 

Marketable equity securities:

        

Perpetual preferred securities

  1,173    40    (32  (254  -    -    927    -  

Other marketable equity securities

  3    1    -    (2  -    -    2    -  

Total marketable equity securities

  1,176    41    (32  (256  -    -    929    - (5) 

Total securities available for sale

  33,490    58    (27  16    14    (3,943  29,608    (24

Mortgages held for sale

  3,330    1    -    (23  84    (64  3,328    1(6) 

Loans

  25    -    -    (1  -    -    24    -  

Mortgage servicing rights

  13,578    (2,343  -    846    -    -    12,081    (1,631)(6) 

Net derivative assets and liabilities:

        

Interest rate contracts

  335    2,528    -    (1,957  -    -    906    778  

Commodity contracts

  (14  22    -    (4  -    -    4    9  

Equity contracts

  (180  51    -    (140  -    -    (269  (505

Foreign exchange contracts

  16    (25  -    11    -    (1  1    (15

Credit contracts

  (1,753  (60  -    156    -    -    (1,657  (7

Other derivative contracts

  (66  (40  -    -    -    -    (106  -  

Total derivative contracts

  (1,662  2,476    -    (1,934  -    (1  (1,121  260(7) 

Other assets

  228    7    -    (10  -    -    225    5(3) 

Short sale liabilities

  -    -    -    (9  -    -    (9  - (3) 

Other liabilities (excluding derivatives)

  (42  (3  -    (200  -    -    (245  - (6) 

 

 

(1)See next page for detail.
(2)Represents only net gains (losses) that are due to changes in economic conditions and management’s estimates of fair value and excludes changes due to the collection/realization of cash flows over time.
(3)Included in trading activities and other noninterest income in the income statement.
(4)Included in debt securities available for sale in the income statement.
(5)Included in equity investments in the income statement.
(6)Included in mortgage banking and other noninterest income in the income statement.
(7)Included in mortgage banking, trading activities and other noninterest income in the income statement.

 

(continued on following page)

 

125


Table of Contents

(continued from previous page)

 

The following table presents gross purchases, sales, issuances and settlements related to the changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the quarter ended June 30, 2012.

 

      
(in millions)  Purchases  Sales  Issuances  Settlements  Net 

Quarter ended June 30, 2012

      

Trading assets

      

(excluding derivatives):

      

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

  $9    (54  -    -    (45

Collateralized debt obligations

   181    (448  -    -    (267

Corporate debt securities

   70    (144  -    -    (74

Mortgage-backed securities

   41    (6  -    -    35  

Asset-backed securities

   26    (16  -    (12  (2

Equity securities

   1    (2  -    -    (1

Total trading securities

   328    (670  -    (12  (354

Other trading assets

   -    -    -    -    -  

Total trading assets

      

    (excluding derivatives)

   328    (670  -    (12  (354

Securities available for sale:

      

Securities of U.S. states and

      

political subdivisions

   978    (2  312    (425  863  

Mortgage-backed securities:

      

Residential

   1    (34  -    (1  (34

Commercial

   10    -    -    (53  (43

Total mortgage-backed securities

   11    (34  -    (54  (77

Corporate debt securities

   -    -    -    (4  (4

Collateralized debt obligations

   665    (185  -    (518  (38

Asset-backed securities:

      

Auto loans and leases

   205    -    147    (1,048  (696

Home equity loans

   -    (2  -    -    (2

Other asset-backed securities

   503    (68  425    (634  226  

Total asset-backed securities

   708    (70  572    (1,682  (472

  Total debt securities

   2,362    (291  884    (2,683  272  

Marketable equity securities:

      

Perpetual preferred securities

   -    -    -    (254  (254

Other marketable equity securities

   -    (1  -    (1  (2

Total marketable equity securities

   -    (1  -    (255  (256

Total securities available for sale

   2,362    (292  884    (2,938  16  

Mortgages held for sale

   144    -    -    (167  (23

Loans

   -    -    -    (1  (1

Mortgage servicing rights

   -    (293  1,139    -    846  

Net derivative assets and liabilities:

      

 Interest rate contracts

   -    1    -    (1,958  (1,957

 Commodity contracts

   (5  7    -    (6  (4

 Equity contracts

   (11  (17  -    (112  (140

 Foreign exchange contracts

   -    -    -    11    11  

 Credit contracts

   (6  3    -    159    156  

 Other derivative contracts

   -    -    -    -    -  

Total derivative contracts

   (22  (6  -    (1,906  (1,934

Other assets

   14    -    -    (24  (10

Short sale liabilities

   -    (9  -    -    (9

Other liabilities (excluding derivatives)

   -    8    (208  -    (200

 

126


Table of Contents

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

 

The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the quarter ended June 30, 2011, are summarized as follows:

 

       Total net gains
(losses) included in
  Purchases,
sales,
              Net unrealized
gains (losses)
included in net
 
(in millions) Balance,
beginning
of period
  Net
income
  Other
compre-
hensive
income
  issuances
and
settlements,
net (1)
  Transfers
into
Level 3
  Transfers
out of
Level 3
  Balance,
end of
period
  income related
to assets and
liabilities held
at period end (2)
 

Quarter ended June 30, 2011

        

Trading assets

        

(excluding derivatives):

        

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

 $130    3    -    2    -    -    135    -  

Collateralized debt obligations

  1,910    (10  -    (88  -    (11  1,801    (33

Corporate debt securities

  97    1    -    5    -    -    103    1  

Mortgage-backed securities

  144    -    -    83    3    (7  223    -  

Asset-backed securities

  252    27    -    (87  -    (11  181    30  

Equity securities

  32    1    -    (29  -    -    4    (1

Total trading securities

  2,565    22    -    (114  3    (29  2,447    (3

Other trading assets

  144    1    -    (1  -    -    144    9  

Total trading assets
(excluding derivatives)

  2,709    23    -    (115  3    (29  2,591    6(3) 

Securities available for sale:

        

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

  5,030    3    (20  1,682    -    -    6,695    (9

Mortgage-backed securities:

        

Residential

  10    (3  2    (1  1    (3  6    (3

Commercial

  281    4    (12  13    -    (4  282    (2

Total mortgage-backed
securities

  291    1    (10  12    1    (7  288    (5

Corporate debt securities

  494    37    29    (48  5    -    517    -  

Collateralized debt obligations

  5,616    84    (12  1,536    8    -    7,232    -  

Asset-backed securities:

        

Auto loans and leases

  4,244    1    4    (349  -    -    3,900    -  

Home equity loans

  98    (5  (5  (1  29    (40  76    (9

Other asset-backed securities

  3,411    3    (7  (259  -    (519  2,629    -  

Total asset-backed securities

  7,753    (1  (8  (609  29    (559  6,605    (9

Total debt securities

  19,184    124    (21  2,573    43    (566  21,337    (23)(4) 

Marketable equity securities:

        

Perpetual preferred securities

  1,989    71    (8  (507  -    -    1,545    -  

Other marketable equity securities

  35    -    1    -    -    -    36    -  

Total marketable equity securities

  2,024    71    (7  (507  -    -    1,581    - (5) 

Total securities available for sale

  21,208    195    (28  2,066    43    (566  22,918    (23

Mortgages held for sale

  3,314    41    -    4    77    (76  3,360    40(6) 

Loans

  98    3    -    (101  -    -    -    - (6) 

Mortgage servicing rights

  15,648    (1,610  -    740    -    -    14,778    (1,075)(6) 

Net derivative assets and liabilities:

        

Interest rate contracts

  299    884    -    (944  -    1    240    (147

Commodity contracts

  (3  -    -    -    -    1    (2  -  

Equity contracts

  (225  46    -    5    (4  (8  (186  6  

Foreign exchange contracts

  23    6    -    (4  -    -    25    2  

Credit contracts

  (1,151  128    -    (80  -    (2  (1,105  (70

Other derivative contracts

  (18  (16  -    1    -    -    (33  -  

Total derivative contracts

  (1,075  1,048    -    (1,022  (4  (8  (1,061  (209)(7) 

Other assets

  311    6    -    (17  -    -    300    8(3) 

Short sale liabilities

        

(corporate debt securities)

  (106  -    -    106    -    -    -    3(3) 

Other liabilities (excluding derivatives)

  (136  -    -    99    -    -    (37  - (6) 

 

(1)See next page for detail.
(2)Represents only net gains (losses) that are due to changes in economic conditions and management’s estimates of fair value and excludes changes due to the collection/realization of cash flows over time.
(3)Included in trading activities and other noninterest income in the income statement.
(4)Included in debt securities available for sale in the income statement.
(5)Included in equity investments in the income statement.
(6)Included in mortgage banking and other noninterest income in the income statement.
(7)Included in mortgage banking, trading activities and other noninterest income in the income statement.

 

(continued on following page)

 

127


Table of Contents

(continued from previous page)

 

The following table presents gross purchases, sales, issuances and settlements related to the changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the quarter ended June 30, 2011.

 

(in millions)  Purchases  Sales  Issuances   Settlements  Net 

Quarter ended June 30, 2011

       

Trading assets

       

(excluding derivatives):

       

Securities of U.S. states and
political subdivisions

  $89    (86  -     (1  2  

Collateralized debt obligations

   159    (222  -     (25  (88

Corporate debt securities

   18    (16  -     3    5  

Mortgage-backed securities

   224    (137  -     (4  83  

Asset-backed securities

   127    (218  -     4    (87

Equity securities

   1    (18  -     (12  (29

Total trading securities

   618    (697  -     (35  (114

Other trading assets

   -    -    -     (1  (1

Total trading assets

       

    (excluding derivatives)

   618    (697  -     (36  (115

Securities available for sale:

       

Securities of U.S. states and
political subdivisions

   1,076    (5  877     (266  1,682  

Mortgage-backed securities:

       

Residential

   -    -    -     (1  (1

Commercial

   17    -    -     (4  13  

Total mortgage-backed
    securities

   17    -    -     (5  12  

Corporate debt securities

   1    (35  -     (14  (48

Collateralized debt obligations

   1,870    -    -     (334  1,536  

Asset-backed securities:

       

Auto loans and leases

   623    -    163     (1,135  (349

Home equity loans

   -    -    -     (1  (1

Other asset-backed securities

   171    (137  372     (665  (259

Total asset-backed securities

   794    (137  535     (1,801  (609

Total debt securities

   3,758    (177  1,412     (2,420  2,573  

Marketable equity securities:

       

Perpetual preferred securities

   -    -    -     (507  (507

Other marketable equity securities

   -    -    -     -    -  

Total marketable
    equity securities

   -    -    -     (507  (507

Total securities
    available for sale

   3,758    (177  1,412     (2,927  2,066  

Mortgages held for sale

   147    -    -     (143  4  

Loans

   -    (99  -     (2  (101

Mortgage servicing rights

   -    -    740     -    740  

Net derivative assets and liabilities:

       

Interest rate contracts

   6    (1  -     (949  (944

Equity contracts

   21    (50  -     34    5  

Foreign exchange contracts

   1    (1  -     (4  (4

Credit contracts

   2    (1  -     (81  (80

Other derivative contracts

   -    -    -     1    1  

Total derivative contracts

   30    (53  -     (999  (1,022

Other assets

   (11  1    -     (7  (17

Short sale liabilities

       

(corporate debt securities)

   (1  107    -     -    106  

Other liabilities (excluding derivatives)

 

   (1  -    -     100    99  

 

128


Table of Contents

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

 

The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the six months ended June 30, 2012, are summarized as follows:

 

       Total net gains
(losses) included in
  Purchases,
sales,
              Net unrealized
gains (losses)
included in net
 
(in millions) Balance,
beginning
of period
  Net
income
  Other
compre-
hensive
income
  issuances
and
settlements,
net (1)
  Transfers
Into
Level 3
  Transfers
out of
Level 3
  Balance,
end of
period
  income related
to assets and
liabilities held
at period end (2)
 

Six months ended June 30, 2012

        

Trading assets

        

(excluding derivatives):

        

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

 $53    -    -    5    -    -    58    (1

Collateralized debt obligations

  1,582    18    -    (327  -    -    1,273    (16

Corporate debt securities

  97    (2  -    (39  -    -    56    (2

Mortgage-backed securities

  108    3    -    (8  -    (10  93    (2

Asset-backed securities

  190    28    -    (53  14    -    179    16  

Equity securities

  4    1    -    (2  -    -    3    -  

Total trading securities

  2,034    48    -    (424  14    (10  1,662    (5

Other trading assets

  115    (24  -    -    -    -    91    (11

Total trading assets (excluding derivatives)

  2,149    24    -    (424  14    (10  1,753    (16)(3) 

Securities available for sale:

        

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

  11,516    (5  194    1,701    -    (3,901  9,505    (10

Mortgage-backed securities:

        

Residential

  61    11    11    (35  28    (61  15    (1

Commercial

  232    (14  21    (50  -    -    189    (17

Total mortgage-backed securities

  293    (3  32    (85  28    (61  204    (18

Corporate debt securities

  295    3    (5  (8  1    -    286    -  

Collateralized debt obligations

  8,599    85    177    286    -    -    9,147    -  

Asset-backed securities:

        

Auto loans and leases

  6,641    3    7    (445  -    -    6,206    -  

Home equity loans

  282    11    14    (3  27    (74  257    (4

Other asset-backed securities

  2,863    (23  62    171    1    -    3,074    (21

Total asset-backed securities

  9,786    (9  83    (277  28    (74  9,537    (25

Total debt securities

  30,489    71    481    1,617    57    (4,036  28,679    (53)(4) 

Marketable equity securities:

        

Perpetual preferred securities

  1,344    71    (24  (464  -    -    927    -  

Other marketable equity securities

  23    1    (15  (7  -    -    2    -  

Total marketable equity securities

  1,367    72    (39  (471  -    -    929    - (5) 

Total securities available for sale

  31,856    143    442    1,146    57    (4,036  29,608    (53

Mortgages held for sale

  3,410    (34  -    (69  171    (150  3,328    (30)(6) 

Loans

  23    -    -    1    -    -    24    - (6) 

Mortgage servicing rights

  12,603    (3,144  -    2,622    -    -    12,081    (1,789)(6) 

Net derivative assets and liabilities:

        

Interest rate contracts

  609    3,686    -    (3,389  -    -    906    776  

Commodity contracts

  -    23    -    (11  (8  -    4    13  

Equity contracts

  (75  (44  -    (137  -    (13  (269  (629

Foreign exchange contracts

  (7  2    -    6    -    -    1    8  

Credit contracts

  (1,998  111    -    230    -    -    (1,657  56  

Other derivative contracts

  (117  11    -    -    -    -    (106  -  

Total derivative contracts

  (1,588  3,789    -    (3,301  (8  (13  (1,121  224(7) 

Other assets

  244    4    -    (23  -    -    225    (2)(3) 

Short sale liabilities

  -    -    -    (9  -    -    (9  - (3) 

Other liabilities (excluding derivatives)

  (44  (2  -    (199  -    -    (245  - (6) 

 

 

(1)See next page for detail.
(2)Represents only net gains (losses) that are due to changes in economic conditions and management’s estimates of fair value and excludes changes due to the collection/realization of cash flows over time.
(3)Included in trading activities and other noninterest income in the income statement.
(4)Included in debt securities available for sale in the income statement.
(5)Included in equity investments in the income statement.
(6)Included in mortgage banking and other noninterest income in the income statement.
(7)Included in mortgage banking, trading activities and other noninterest income in the income statement.

 

(continued on following page)

 

129


Table of Contents

(continued from previous page)

 

The following table presents gross purchases, sales, issuances and settlements related to the changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the six months ended June 30, 2012.

 

      
(in millions)  Purchases  Sales  Issuances  Settlements  Net 

Six months ended June 30, 2012

      

Trading assets

      

(excluding derivatives):

      

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

  $68    (63  -    -    5  

Collateralized debt obligations

   371    (698  -    -    (327

Corporate debt securities

   151    (190  -    -    (39

Mortgage-backed securities

   44    (52  -    -    (8

Asset-backed securities

   98    (127  -    (24  (53

Equity securities

   1    (3  -    -    (2

Total trading securities

   733    (1,133  -    (24  (424

Other trading assets

   -    -    -    -    -  

Total trading assets

      

    (excluding derivatives)

   733    (1,133  -    (24  (424

Securities available for sale:

      

Securities of U.S. states and

   1,560    (2  900    (757  1,701  

political subdivisions

      

Mortgage-backed securities:

      

Residential

   1    (34  -    (2  (35

Commercial

   10    -    -    (60  (50

Total mortgage-backed securities

   11    (34  -    (62  (85

Corporate debt securities

   -    -    -    (8  (8

Collateralized debt obligations

   1,215    (185  -    (744  286  

Asset-backed securities:

      

Auto loans and leases

   2,040    -    310    (2,795  (445

Home equity loans

   -    (2  -    (1  (3

Other asset-backed securities

   902    (94  760    (1,397  171  

Total asset-backed securities

   2,942    (96  1,070    (4,193  (277

Total debt securities

   5,728    (317  1,970    (5,764  1,617  

Marketable equity securities:

      

Perpetual preferred securities

   -    -    -    (464  (464

Other marketable equity securities

   -    (5  -    (2  (7

Total marketable equity securities

   -    (5  -    (466  (471

  Total securities available for sale

   5,728    (322  1,970    (6,230  1,146  

Mortgages held for sale

   255    -    -    (324  (69

Loans

   2    -    -    (1  1  

Mortgage servicing rights

   -    (293  2,915    -    2,622  

Net derivative assets and liabilities:

      

 Interest rate contracts

   -    -    -    (3,389  (3,389

 Commodity contracts

   -    -    -    (11  (11

 Equity contracts

   104    (182  -    (59  (137

 Foreign exchange contracts

   -    -    -    6    6  

 Credit contracts

   (5  2    -    233    230  

 Other derivative contracts

   -    -    -    -    -  

Total derivative contracts

   99    (180  -    (3,220  (3,301

Other assets

   17    -    -    (40  (23

Short sale liabilities

   -    (9  -    -    (9

Other liabilities (excluding derivatives)

   (1  10    (208  -    (199
                       

 

130


Table of Contents

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

 

The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the six months ended June 30, 2011, are summarized as follows:

 

        Total net gains
(losses) included in
  Purchases,
sales,
              Net unrealized
gains (losses)
included in net
 
(in millions)  Balance,
beginning
of period
  Net
income
  Other
compre-
hensive
income
  issuances
and
settlements,
net (1)
  Transfers
into
Level 3
  Transfers
out of
Level 3
  Balance,
end of
period
  income related
to assets and
liabilities held
at period end (2)
 

Six months ended June 30, 2011

         

Trading assets

         

(excluding derivatives):

         

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

  $5    5    -    87    38    -    135    1  

Collateralized debt obligations

   1,915    3    -    (105  -    (12  1,801    (37

Corporate debt securities

   166    (1  -    (62  -    -    103    1  

Mortgage-backed securities

   117    5    -    101    7    (7  223    -  

Asset-backed securities

   366    36    -    (100  -    (121  181    39  

Equity securities

   34    -    -    (31  1    -    4    (3

Total trading securities

   2,603    48    -    (110  46    (140  2,447    1  

Other trading assets

   136    7    -    1    -    -    144    26  

Total trading assets
(excluding derivatives)

   2,739    55    -    (109  46    (140  2,591    27(3) 

Securities available for sale:

         

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

   4,564    5    49    2,077    -    -    6,695    (7

Mortgage-backed securities:

         

Residential

   20    (3  1    1    7    (20  6    (4

Commercial

   217    (4  58    15    -    (4  282    (4

Total mortgage-backed
securities

   237    (7  59    16    7    (24  288    (8

Corporate debt securities

   433    39    38    1    6    -    517    -  

Collateralized debt obligations

   4,778    137    141    2,168    8    -    7,232    -  

Asset-backed securities:

         

Auto loans and leases

   6,133    2    (35  (2,200  -    -    3,900    -  

Home equity loans

   112    (3  (4  (2  39    (66  76    (10

Other asset-backed securities

   3,150    (2  48    (97  49    (519  2,629    -  

Total asset-backed securities

   9,395    (3  9    (2,299  88    (585  6,605    (10

Other debt securities

   85    -    -    (85  -    -    -    -  

Total debt securities

   19,492    171    296    1,878    109    (609  21,337    (25)(4) 

Marketable equity securities:

         

Perpetual preferred securities

   2,434    139    (2  (1,026  -    -    1,545    -  

Other marketable equity securities

   32    -    1    3    -    -    36    -  

Total marketable
equity securities

   2,466    139    (1  (1,023  -    -    1,581    - (5) 

Total securities
available for sale

   21,958    310    295    855    109    (609  22,918    (25

Mortgages held for sale

   3,305    9    -    46    149    (149  3,360    13(6) 

Loans

   309    13    -    (322  -    -    -    - (6) 

Mortgage servicing rights

   14,467    (1,691  -    2,002    -    -    14,778    (576)(6) 

Net derivative assets and liabilities:

         

Interest rate contracts

   77    1,290    -    (1,129  1    1    240    (197

Commodity contracts

   (1  -    -    1    (3  1    (2  -  

Equity contracts

   (225  46    -    11    (4  (14  (186  35  

Foreign exchange contracts

   9    27    -    (11  -    -    25    12  

Credit contracts

   (1,017  42    -    (128  -    (2  (1,105  (99

Other derivative contracts

   (35  1    -    1    -    -    (33  -  

Total derivative contracts

   (1,192  1,406    -    (1,255  (6  (14  (1,061  (249)(7) 

Other assets

   314    8    -    (22  -    -    300    9(3) 

Short sale liabilities

         

(corporate debt securities)

   -    1    -    (1  -    -    -    1(3) 

Other liabilities (excluding derivatives)

   (344  (9  -    316    -    -    (37  - (6) 

 

(1)See next page for detail.
(2)Represents only net gains (losses) that are due to changes in economic conditions and management’s estimates of fair value and excludes changes due to the collection/realization of cash flows over time.
(3)Included in trading activities and other noninterest income in the income statement.
(4)Included in debt securities available for sale in the income statement.
(5)Included in equity investments in the income statement.
(6)Included in mortgage banking and other noninterest income in the income statement.
(7)Included in mortgage banking, trading activities and other noninterest income in the income statement.

 

(continued on following page)

 

131


Table of Contents

(continued from previous page)

 

The following table presents gross purchases, sales, issuances and settlements related to the changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the six months ended June 30, 2011.

 

 

(in millions)  Purchases  Sales  Issuances   Settlements  Net 

Six months ended June 30, 2011

       

Trading assets

       

(excluding derivatives):

       

Securities of U.S. states and
political subdivisions

  $186    (98  -     (1  87  

Collateralized debt obligations

   524    (588  -     (41  (105

Corporate debt securities

   31    (96  -     3    (62

Mortgage-backed securities

   569    (464  -     (4  101  

Asset-backed securities

   372    (461  -     (11  (100

Equity securities

   6    (25  -     (12  (31

Total trading securities

   1,688    (1,732  -     (66  (110

Other trading assets

   2    -    -     (1  1  

Total trading assets

       

    (excluding derivatives)

   1,690    (1,732  -     (67  (109

Securities available for sale:

       

Securities of U.S. states and
political subdivisions

   1,633    1    877     (434  2,077  

Mortgage-backed securities:

       

Residential

   4    -    -     (3  1  

Commercial

   21    -    -     (6  15  

Total mortgage-backed
securities

   25    -    -     (9  16  

Corporate debt securities

   96    (35  -     (60  1  

Collateralized debt obligations

   2,735    (20  -     (547  2,168  

Asset-backed securities:

       

Auto loans and leases

   989    -    163     (3,352  (2,200

Home equity loans

   -    -    -     (2  (2

Other asset-backed securities

   968    (154  372     (1,283  (97

Total asset-backed securities

   1,957    (154  535     (4,637  (2,299

Other debt securities

   -    (85  -     -    (85

Total debt securities

   6,446    (293  1,412     (5,687  1,878  

Marketable equity securities:

       

Perpetual preferred securities

   1    -    -     (1,027  (1,026

Other marketable equity securities

   3    -    -     -    3  

Total marketable
equity securities

   4    -    -     (1,027  (1,023

Total securities
available for sale

   6,450    (293  1,412     (6,714  855  

Mortgages held for sale

   366    -    -     (320  46  

Loans

   -    (309  -     (13  (322

Mortgage servicing rights

   -    -    2,002     -    2,002  

Net derivative assets and liabilities:

       

Interest rate contracts

   6    -    -     (1,135  (1,129

Commodity contracts

   -    -    -     1    1  

Equity contracts

   70    (174  -     115    11  

Foreign exchange contracts

   3    (3  -     (11  (11

Credit contracts

   3    (2  -     (129  (128

Other derivative contracts

   -    -    -     1    1  

Total derivative contracts

   82    (179  -     (1,158  (1,255

Other assets

   (11  -    -     (11  (22

Short sale liabilities

       

(corporate debt securities)

   (115  114    -     -    (1

Other liabilities (excluding derivatives)

 

   (1  -    -     317    316  

 

132


Table of Contents

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

 

The following table provides quantitative information about the valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation of substantially all of our Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for which we use an internal model.

The significant unobservable inputs for Level 3 assets and liabilities that are valued using fair values obtained from third party vendors are not included in the table as the specific inputs applied are not provided by the vendor (see discussion regarding vendor-developed valuations within the “Level 3 Asset and

Liabilities Valuation Processes” section previously within this Note). In addition, the valuation technique and significant unobservable inputs for certain classes of Level 3 assets and liabilities measured using an internal model that we consider, both individually and in the aggregate, insignificant relative to our overall Level 3 assets and liabilities, are not provided in the table. We made this determination based upon an evaluation of each class which considered the magnitude of the positions, nature of the unobservable inputs and potential for significant changes in fair value due to changes in those inputs.

 

 

($ in millions, except cost to service amounts)  Fair Value
Level 3
  Valuation Technique(s)   Significant
Unobservable Input
  

Range of

Inputs

  Weighted
Average (1)
 

June 30, 2012

       

Trading and available for sale securities:

       

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions:

       

Government, healthcare and other revenue bonds

  $8,940    Discounted cash flow     Discount rate    0.4  -  3.5 %   1.2  

Auction rate securities

   623    Discounted cash flow     Discount rate    0.5  -  14.0    4.4  
         Weighted average life    0.1  -  10.8 yrs   3.1  

Collateralized debt obligations (2)

   1,875    Market comparable pricing     Comparability adjustment    (26.5)  -  25.0 %   (0.2
   8,545    Vendor priced               

Asset-backed securities:

       

Auto loans and leases

   6,206    Discounted cash flow     Default rate    2.1  -  14.6    4.4  
      Discount rate    0.7  -  1.8    1.2  
      Loss severity    50.0  -  66.7    52.9  
         Prepayment rate    0.5  -  1.0    0.7  

Other asset-backed securities:

       

Dealer floor plan

   1,067    Discounted cash flow     Discount rate    0.8  -  2.3    2.0  

Other commercial and consumer

   1,908(3)   Discounted cash flow     Discount rate    0.7  -  12.5    3.1  
      Weighted average life    0.5  -  10.8 yrs   3.3  
   278    Vendor priced               

Marketable equity securities: perpetual preferred

   927(4)   Discounted cash flow     Discount rate    4.6  -  9.5 %   6.2  
         Weighted average life    1.0  -  10.0 yrs   5.1  

Mortgages held for sale (residential)

   3,328    Discounted cash flow     Default rate    1.0  -  16.1   7.4  
      Discount rate    3.5  -  7.0    5.3  
      Loss severity    1.1  -  40.4    29.3  
         Prepayment rate    1.0  -  14.9    5.7  

Mortgage servicing rights (residential)

   12,081    Discounted cash flow     Cost to service per loan (5)  $ 85  -  950    214  
      Discount rate    6.4  -  10.6 %   7.3  
         Prepayment rate (6)   7.5  -  23.7    15.9  

Net derivative assets and (liabilities):

       

Interest rate contracts

   136    Discounted cash flow     Default rate    0.0  -  20.0    5.4  
      Loss severity    50.0  -  76.6    51.7  
         Prepayment rate    8.0  -  25.7    15.2  

Interest rate contracts: derivative loan commitments

   770    Discounted cash flow     Fall-out factor    1.0  -  99.0    23.4  
         Initial-value servicing    (12.9)  -  129.6 bps   72.6  

Equity contracts

   (269  Option model     Correlation factor    16.9  -  80.0 %   68.0  
         Volatility factor    10.0  -  73.4    29.0  

Credit contracts

   (1,665  Market comparable pricing     Comparability adjustment    (36.8)  -  23.5    (1.5
   8    Option model     Credit spread    0.0  -  29.8    4.1  
         Loss severity    15.0  -  87.5    47.8  

Insignificant Level 3 assets, net of liabilities

   886 (7)      

Total level 3 assets, net of liabilities

  $45,644 (8)                  

 

(1)Weighted averages are calculated using outstanding unpaid principal balance for cash instruments such as loans and securities, and notional amounts for derivative instruments.
(2)Includes $9.2 billion of collateralized loan obligations.
(3)Consists primarily of investments in asset-backed securities that are revolving in nature, in which the timing of advances and repayments of principal are uncertain.
(4)Consists of auction rate preferred equity securities with no maturity date that are callable by the issuer.
(5)The high end of the range of inputs is for servicing modified loans. For non-modified loans the range is $85-$490.
(6)Includes a blend of prepayment speeds and expected defaults. Prepayment speeds are influenced by mortgage interest rates as well as our estimation of drivers of borrower behavior.
(7)Represents the aggregate amount of Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis that are individually and in the aggregate insignificant. The amount includes corporate debt securities, mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities backed by home equity loans, other marketable equity securities, loans, other assets, other liabilities and certain net derivative assets and liabilities, such as commodity contracts, foreign exchange contracts and other derivative contracts.
(8)Consists of total Level 3 assets of $50.0 billion and total Level 3 liabilities of $4.3 billion, before netting of derivative balances.

 

133


Table of Contents

The valuation techniques used for our Level 3 assets and liabilities, as presented in the previous table, are described as follows:

 

Discounted cash flow – Discounted cash flow valuation techniques generally consist of developing an estimate of future cash flows that are expected to occur over the life of an instrument and then discounting those cash flows at a rate of return that results in the fair value amount.

 

Option model – Option model valuation techniques are generally used for instruments in which the holder has a contingent right or obligation based on the occurrence of a future event, such as the price of a referenced asset going above or below a predetermined strike price. Option models estimate the likelihood of the specified event occurring by incorporating assumptions such as volatility estimates, price of the underlying instrument and expected rate of return.

 

Market comparable pricing – Market comparable pricing valuation techniques are used to determine the fair value of certain instruments by incorporating known inputs such as recent transaction prices, pending transactions, or prices of other similar investments which require significant adjustment to reflect differences in instrument characteristics.

 

Vendor-priced – Prices obtained from third party pricing vendors or brokers that are used to record the fair value of the asset or liability, of which the related valuation technique and significant unobservable inputs are not provided.

 Significant unobservable inputs presented in the previous table are those we consider significant to the fair value of the Level 3 asset or liability. We consider unobservable inputs to be significant, if by their exclusion, the fair value of the Level 3 asset or liability would be impacted by a predetermined percentage change or based on qualitative factors such as nature of the instrument, type of valuation technique used, and the significance of the unobservable inputs relative to other inputs used within the valuation. Following is a description of the significant unobservable inputs provided in the table.

 

 

Comparability adjustment – is an adjustment made to observed market data such as a transaction price in order to reflect dissimilarities in underlying collateral, issuer, rating, or other factors used within a market valuation approach, expressed as a percentage of an observed price.

 

Correlation factor – is the likelihood of one instrument changing in price relative to another based on an established relationship expressed as a percentage of relative change in price over a period over time.

 

Cost to service – is the expected cost per loan of servicing a portfolio of loans which includes estimates for unreimbursed expenses (including delinquency and foreclosure costs) that may occur as a result of servicing such loan portfolios.

 

Credit spread – is the portion of the interest rate in excess of a benchmark interest rate, such as LIBOR or U.S. Treasury rates, that when applied to an investment captures changes in the obligor’s creditworthiness.

 

Default rate – is an estimate of the likelihood of not collecting contractual amounts owed expressed as a constant default rate (CDR).

 

Discount rate – is a rate of return used to present value the future expected cash flow to arrive at the fair value of an instrument. The discount rate consists of a benchmark rate component and a risk premium component. The benchmark rate component, for example, LIBOR or U.S. Treasury rates, is generally observable within the market and is necessary to appropriately reflect the time value of money. The risk premium component reflects the amount of compensation market participants require due to the uncertainty inherent in the instruments’ cash flows resulting from risks such as credit and liquidity.

 

Fall-out factor – is the expected percentage of loans associated with our interest rate lock commitment portfolio that are likely of not funding.

 

Initial-value servicing – is the estimated value of the underlying loan, including the value attributable to the embedded servicing right, expressed in basis points of outstanding unpaid principal balance.

 

Loss severity – is the percentage of contractual cash flows lost in the event of a default.

 

Prepayment rate – is the estimated rate at which forecasted prepayments of principal of the related loan or debt instrument are expected to occur, expressed as a constant prepayment rate (CPR).

 

Volatility factor – is the extent of change in price an item is estimated to fluctuate over a specified period of time expressed as a percentage of relative change in price over a period over time.

 

Weighted average life – is the weighted average number of years an investment is expected to remain outstanding, based on its expected cash flows reflecting the estimated date the issuer will call or extend the maturity of the instrument or otherwise reflecting an estimate of the timing of an instrument’s cash flows whose timing is not contractually fixed.

Significant Recurring Level 3 Fair Value Asset and Liability Input Sensitivity

We generally use discounted cash flow or similar internal modeling techniques to determine the fair value of our Level 3 assets and liabilities. Use of these techniques requires determination of relevant inputs and assumptions, some of which represent significant unobservable inputs as indicated in the preceding table. Accordingly, changes in these unobservable inputs may have a significant impact on fair value.

Certain of these unobservable inputs will (in isolation) have a directionally consistent impact on the fair value of the instrument for a given change in that input. Alternatively, the fair value of the instrument may move in an opposite direction for a given change in another input. Where multiple inputs are used within the valuation technique of an asset or liability, a change in one input in a certain direction may be offset by an opposite change in another input having a potentially muted impact to the overall fair value of that particular instrument. Additionally, a change in one unobservable input may result in a

 

 

134


Table of Contents

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

 

change to another unobservable input (that is, changes in certain inputs are interrelated to one another), which may counteract or magnify the fair value impact.

SECURITIES and MORTGAGES HELD FOR SALE The fair values of predominantly all level 3 trading securities, mortgages held for sale, and securities available for sale have consistent inputs, valuation techniques and correlation to changes in underlying inputs. The internal models used to determine fair value for these level 3 instruments use certain significant unobservable inputs within a discounted cash flow or market comparable pricing valuation technique. Such inputs include discount rate, prepayment rate, default rate, loss severity and weighted average life.

These level 3 assets would decrease (increase) in value based upon an increase (decrease) in discount rate, default rate, loss severity, or weighted average life inputs. Conversely, the fair value of these level 3 assets would generally increase (decrease) in value if the prepayment rate input were to increase (decrease).

Generally, a change in the assumption used for default rate is accompanied by a directionally similar change in the risk premium component of the discount rate (specifically, the portion related to credit risk) and a directionally opposite change in the assumption used for prepayment rates. Unobservable inputs for loss severity and weighted average life do not increase or decrease based on movements in the other significant unobservable inputs for these level 3 assets.

DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS Level 3 derivative instruments are valued using market comparable pricing, option pricing and discounted cash flow valuation techniques. We utilize certain unobservable inputs within these techniques to determine the fair value of the level 3 derivative instruments. The significant unobservable inputs consist of credit spread, a comparability adjustment, prepayment rate, default rate, loss severity, initial value servicing, fall-out factor, volatility factor, and correlation factor.

Level 3 derivative assets (liabilities) would decrease (increase) in value upon an increase (decrease) in default rate, fall-out factor, credit spread or loss severity inputs. Conversely, level 3 derivative assets (liabilities) would increase (decrease) in value upon an increase (decrease) in prepayment rate, initial-value servicing or volatility factor inputs. The correlation factor and comparability adjustment inputs may have a positive or negative impact on the fair value of these derivative instruments depending on the change in value of the item the correlation factor and comparability adjustment is referencing. The correlation factor and comparability adjustment is considered independent from movements in other significant unobservable inputs for derivative instruments.

Generally, for derivative instruments for which we are subject to changes in the value of the underlying referenced instrument, change in the assumption used for default rate is accompanied by directionally similar change in the risk premium component of the discount rate (specifically, the portion related to credit risk) and a directionally opposite change in the assumption used for prepayment rates. Unobservable inputs for loss severity, fall-out factor, initial-value servicing, and volatility do not increase

or decrease based on movements in other significant unobservable inputs for these level 3 instruments.

MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS We use a discounted cash flow valuation technique to determine the fair value of level 3 mortgage servicing rights. These models utilize certain significant unobservable inputs including prepayment rate, discount rate and costs to service. An increase in any of these unobservable inputs will reduce the fair value of the mortgage servicing rights and alternatively, a decrease in any one of these inputs would result in the mortgage servicing rights increasing in value. Generally, a change in the assumption used for the default rate is accompanied by a directionally similar change in the assumption used for cost to service and a directionally opposite change in the assumption used for prepayment. The sensitivity of our residential MSRs is discussed further in Note 7.

 

 

135


Table of Contents

Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

We may be required, from time to time, to measure certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP. These adjustments to fair value usually result from application of LOCOM accounting or write-downs of individual

assets. For assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in the first half of 2012, and year ended December 31, 2011, that were still held in the balance sheet at each respective period end, the following table provides the fair value hierarchy and the carrying value of the related individual assets or portfolios at period end.

 

 

    
   June 30, 2012      December 31, 2011 
(in millions)  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total      Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total 

Mortgages held for sale (LOCOM) (1)

  $—       1,146     1,331     2,477       —       1,019     1,166     2,185  

Loans held for sale

   —       17     —       17       —       86     —       86  

Loans:

                  

Commercial

   —       1,278     1     1,279       —       1,501     13     1,514  

Consumer

   —       2,840     2     2,842       —       4,163     4     4,167  

Total loans (2)

   —       4,118     3     4,121       —       5,664     17     5,681  

Mortgage servicing rights (amortized)

   —       —       —       —         —       —       293     293  

Other assets (3)

   —       565     50     615        —       537     67     604  

 

(1)Predominantly real estate 1-4 family first mortgage loans.
(2)Represents carrying value of loans for which adjustments are based on the appraised value of the collateral.
(3)Includes the fair value of foreclosed real estate and other collateral owned that were measured at fair value subsequent to their initial classification as foreclosed assets.

 

The following table presents the increase (decrease) in value of certain assets that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis for which a fair value adjustment has been included in the income statement.

 

  
   Six months ended June 30, 
(in millions)  2012   2011 

Mortgages held for sale (LOCOM)

  $38     8  

Loans held for sale

   1     —    

Loans:

    

Commercial

   (471)     (684)  

Consumer (1)

   (2,153)     (2,929)  

Total loans

   (2,624)     (3,613)  

Mortgage servicing rights (amortized)

   —       (7)  

Other assets (2)

   (179)     (164)  

Total

  $(2,764)     (3,776)  

 

(1)Represents write-downs of loans based on the appraised value of the collateral.
(2)Includes the losses on foreclosed real estate and other collateral owned that were measured at fair value subsequent to their initial classification as foreclosed assets.

 

 

 

136


Table of Contents

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

 

The table below provides quantitative information about the valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation of substantially all of our Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis for which we use an internal model.

We have excluded from the table classes of Level 3 assets and liabilities measured using an internal model that we consider,

both individually and in the aggregate, insignificant relative to our overall Level 3 nonrecurring measurements. We made this determination based upon an evaluation of each class which considered the magnitude of the positions, nature of the unobservable inputs and potential for significant changes in fair value due to changes in those inputs.

 

 

($ in millions)  Fair value
Level 3
  Valuation technique(s) (1)   Significant
unobservable input (1)
  Range of inputs  Weighted
average (2)
 

June 30, 2012

        

Residential mortgages held for sale
    (LOCOM)

  $1,134(3)   Discounted cash flow     Default rate(4)     4.8    -    22.3%   11.9
      Discount rate   4.2    -    12.7   11.0  
      Loss severity   3.0    -    44.7   6.2  
      Prepayment rate(5)  1.0    -  100.0   68.2  

Commercial mortgages held for sale
    (LOCOM)

   197    Discounted cash flow     Discount rate(6)                  4.8   4.8  

Insignificant level 3 assets

   53          

Total

  $1,384                     

 

(1)Refer to the narrative following the recurring quantitative Level 3 table of this Note for a definition of the valuation technique(s) and significant unobservable inputs.
(2)Weighted averages are calculated using outstanding unpaid principal balance of the loans.
(3)Consists of approximately $1.0 billion government insured/guaranteed loans purchased from GNMA-guaranteed mortgage securitization and $111 million of other mortgage loans which are not government insured/guaranteed.
(4)Applies only to non-government insured/guaranteed loans.
(5)Includes the impact on prepayment rate of expected defaults for the government insured/guaranteed loans, which impacts the frequency and timing of early resolution of loans.
(6)Includes expectations about future defaults and loss severity upon default associated with the loan’s contractual cash flows.

 

137


Table of Contents

Alternative Investments

The following table summarizes our investments in various types of funds, which are included in trading assets, securities available for sale and other assets. We use the funds’ net asset

values (NAVs) per share as a practical expedient to measure fair value on recurring and nonrecurring bases. The fair values presented in the table are based upon the funds’ NAVs or an equivalent measure.

 

 

     
(in millions)  Fair
value
   Unfunded
commitments
   Redemption
frequency
   Redemption
notice
period
 

June 30, 2012

        

Offshore funds

  $384     -     Daily -Annually     1 -180 days  

Funds of funds

   1     -     Quarterly     90 days  

Hedge funds

   19     -     Daily -Annually     5 - 95 days  

Private equity funds

   913     221     N/A     N/A  

Venture capital funds

   85     22     N/A     N/A  

Total

  $1,402     243      
  

December 31, 2011

        

Offshore funds

  $352     -     Daily - Annually     
 
1 - 180
days
  
  

Funds of funds

   1     -     Quarterly     90 days  

Hedge funds

   22     -     Daily - Annually     5 - 95 days  

Private equity funds

   976     240     N/A     N/A  

Venture capital funds

   83     28     N/A     N/A  
               

Total

  $1,434     268      
  

N/A - Not applicable

 

Offshore funds primarily invest in investment grade European fixed-income securities. Redemption restrictions are in place for these investments with a fair value of $206 million and $200 million at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, due to lock-up provisions that will remain in effect until October 2015.

Private equity funds invest in equity and debt securities issued by private and publicly-held companies in connection with leveraged buyouts, recapitalizations and expansion opportunities. Substantially all of these investments do not allow redemptions. Alternatively, we receive distributions as the underlying assets of the funds liquidate, which we expect to occur over the next nine years.

Venture capital funds invest in domestic and foreign companies in a variety of industries, including information technology, financial services and healthcare. These investments can never be redeemed with the funds. Instead, we receive distributions as the underlying assets of the fund liquidate, which we expect to occur over the next six years.

 

 

 

138


Table of Contents

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

 

Fair Value Option

We measure MHFS at fair value for prime MHFS originations for which an active secondary market and readily available market prices exist to reliably support fair value pricing models used for these loans. Loan origination fees on these loans are recorded when earned, and related direct loan origination costs are recognized when incurred. We also measure at fair value certain of our other interests held related to residential loan sales and securitizations. We believe fair value measurement for prime MHFS and other interests held, which we hedge with free-standing derivatives (economic hedges) along with our MSRs measured at fair value, reduces certain timing differences and better matches changes in the value of these assets with changes in the value of derivatives used as economic hedges for these assets.

We elected to measure certain LHFS portfolios at fair value in conjunction with customer accommodation activities, to better align the measurement basis of the assets held with our management objectives given the trading nature of these portfolios. In addition, we elected to measure at fair value certain letters of credit that are hedged with derivative instruments to better reflect the economics of the transactions. These letters of credit are included in trading account assets or liabilities.

Loans that we measure at fair value consist of reverse mortgage loans previously transferred under a GNMA reverse mortgage securitization program accounted for as a secured borrowing. Before the transfer, they were classified as MHFS measured at fair value and, as such, remain carried on our balance sheet under the fair value option.

Similarly, we may elect fair value option for the assets and liabilities of certain consolidated VIEs. This option is generally elected for newly consolidated VIEs for which predominantly all of our interests, prior to consolidation, are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded to earnings. Accordingly, such an election allows us to continue fair value accounting through earnings for those interests and eliminate income statement mismatch otherwise caused by differences in the measurement basis of the consolidated VIEs assets and liabilities.

The following table reflects the differences between fair value carrying amount of certain assets and liabilities for which we have elected the fair value option and the contractual aggregate unpaid principal amount at maturity.

 

 

 

 
   June 30, 2012  December 31, 2011 

(in millions)

   
 
 
Fair value
carrying
amount
  
  
  
  
 
 
Aggregate
unpaid
principal
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value
carrying
amount
less
aggregate
unpaid
principal
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Fair value
carrying
amount
  
  
  
   
 
 
Aggregate
unpaid
principal
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value
carrying
amount
less
aggregate
unpaid
principal
  
  
  
  
  
  
  

 

 

Mortgages held for sale:

         

Total loans

  $46,621    45,334    1,287 (1)   44,791     43,687     1,104(1) 

Nonaccrual loans

   278    643    (365  265     584     (319

Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing

   47    58    (11  44     56     (12

Loans held for sale:

         

Total loans

   730    761    (31  1,176     1,216     (40

Nonaccrual loans

   17    23    (6  25     39     (14

Loans:

         

Total loans

   6,083    5,582    501    5,916     5,441     475  

Nonaccrual loans

   67    64    3    32     32     -  

Long-term debt

   (208  (1,679  1,471 (2)   -     -     -  

 

 

 

(1)The difference between fair value carrying amount and aggregate unpaid principal includes changes in fair value recorded at and subsequent to funding, gains and losses on the related loan commitment prior to funding, and premiums on acquired loans.
(2)Represents collateralized, non-recourse debt securities issued by certain of our consolidated securitization VIEs that are held by third party investors. To the extent cash flows from the underlying collateral is not sufficient to pay the unpaid principal amount of the debt, those third party investors absorb losses.

 

139


Table of Contents

The assets and liabilities accounted for under the fair value option are initially measured at fair value. Gains and losses from initial measurement and subsequent changes in fair value are recognized in earnings. The changes in fair value related to

initial measurement and subsequent changes in fair value included in earnings for these assets and liabilities measured at fair value are shown, by income statement line item, below.

 

 

    2012  2011 
(in millions)  Mortgage banking
noninterest income
   Net gains
(losses)
from
trading
activities
  Other
noninterest
income
  Mortgage
banking
noninterest
income
  Net gains
(losses)
from
trading
activities
   Other
noninterest
income
 

Quarter ended June 30,

         

Mortgages held for sale

  $2,526     -    -    1,199    -     -  

Loans held for sale

   -     -    6    -    -     12  

Loans

   -     -    (15  3    -     -  

Long-term debt

   -     -    (4  (1  -     -  

Other interests held

   -     (15  (8  -    -     14  
  

Six months ended June 30,

         

Mortgages held for sale

  $4,321     -    1    1,857    -     -  

Loans held for sale

   -     -    19    -    -     21  

Loans

   -     -    27    13    -     -  

Long-term debt

   -     -    (4  (11  -     -  

Other interests held

   -     (24  15    -    -     24  
  

 

For performing loans, instrument-specific credit risk gains or losses were derived principally by determining the change in fair value of the loans due to changes in the observable or implied credit spread. Credit spread is the market yield on the loans less the relevant risk-free benchmark interest rate. In recent years spreads have been significantly affected by the lack of liquidity in the secondary market for mortgage loans. For nonperforming loans, we attribute all changes in fair value to instrument-specific credit risk. The following table shows the estimated gains and losses from earnings attributable to instrument-specific credit risk related to assets accounted for under the fair value option.

 

 

 

    Quarter ended June 30,  Six months ended June 30, 
(in millions)  2012  2011  2012  2011 

Gains (losses) attributable to instrument-specific credit risk:

     

Mortgages held for sale

  $(52  (12  (91  (71

Loans held for sale

   6    12    19    21  
     

Total

  $(46  -    (72  (50

 

140


Table of Contents

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

 

Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The table below is a summary of fair value estimates for financial instruments, excluding financial instruments recorded at fair value on a recurring basis as they are included within the Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis table included earlier in this Note. The carrying amounts in the following table are recorded in the balance sheet under the indicated captions.

We have not included assets and liabilities that are not financial instruments in our disclosure, such as the value of the long-term relationships with our deposit, credit card and trust customers, amortized MSRs, premises and equipment, goodwill and other intangibles, deferred taxes and other liabilities. The total of the fair value calculations presented does not represent, and should not be construed to represent, the underlying value of the Company.

 

 

    June 30, 2012   December 31, 2011 
       Estimated fair value         

(in millions)

  Carrying
amount
   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total   Carrying
amount
   Estimated
fair value
 

Financial assets

              

Cash and due from banks (1)

  $16,811     16,811     -     -     16,811     19,440     19,440  

Federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments (1)

   74,635     3,156     71,479     -     74,635     44,367     44,367  

Mortgages held for sale (2)

   3,841     -     1,848     2,007     3,855     3,566     3,566  

Loans held for sale (2)

   123     -     109     15     124     162     176  

Loans, net (3)

   738,157     -     55,573     682,083     737,656     731,308     723,867  

Nonmarketable equity investments (cost method)

   8,123     -     4     9,439     9,443     8,061     8,490  

Financial liabilities

              

Deposits

   928,933     -     858,918     71,280     930,198     920,070     921,803  

Short-term borrowings (1)

   56,023     -     56,023     -     56,023     49,091     49,091  

Long-term debt (4)

   124,686     -     106,976     20,338     127,314     125,238     126,484  

 

 

 

(1)Amounts consist of financial instruments in which carrying value approximates fair value.
(2)Balance reflects MHFS and LHFS, as applicable, other than those MHFS and LHFS for which election of the fair value option was made.
(3)Loans exclude balances for which the fair value option was elected. Loans exclude lease financing with a carrying amount of $12.7 billion and $13.1 billion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.
(4)The carrying amount and fair value exclude balances for which the fair value option was elected and obligations under capital leases of $90 million and $116 million at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. The Level 2 fair values have been reclassified from Level 3 at March 31, 2012, as a result of reconsideration of the significance of the observable inputs to the valuation.

 

Loan commitments, standby letters of credit and commercial and similar letters of credit are not included in the table above. A reasonable estimate of the fair value of these instruments is the carrying value of deferred fees plus the related allowance. This amounted to $451 million and $495 million at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

 

 

 

141


Table of Contents

Note 14: Preferred Stock

 

 

We are authorized to issue 20 million shares of preferred stock and 4 million shares of preference stock, both without par value. Preferred shares outstanding rank senior to common shares both as to dividends and liquidation preference but have no general voting rights. We have not issued any preference shares under this authorization. If issued, preference shares would be limited to one vote per share. Our total issued and outstanding

preferred stock includes Dividend Equalization Preferred (DEP) shares and Series I, J, K and L, which are presented in the following two tables, and Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, which is presented in the table on the following page.

 

 

 

June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011

 
    Liquidation
preference
per share
   Shares
authorized
and designated
 

DEP Shares

    

Dividend Equalization Preferred Shares

  $10     97,000  

Series G

    

7.25% Class A Preferred Stock

   15,000     50,000  

Series H

    

Floating Class A Preferred Stock

   20,000     50,000  

Series I

    

5.80% Fixed to Floating Class A Preferred Stock

   100,000     25,010  

Series J

    

8.00% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock

   1,000     2,300,000  

Series K

    

7.98% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock

   1,000     3,500,000  

Series L

    

7.50% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Class A Preferred Stock

   1,000     4,025,000  

Total

        10,047,010  

 

 

 
   June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011  
(in millions, except shares)  

Shares

issued and

outstanding

   Par value   Carrying
value
   Discount 

 

 

DEP Shares

        

Dividend Equalization Preferred Shares

   96,546    $-     -       

Series I (1)

        

5.80% Fixed to Floating Class A Preferred Stock

   25,010     2,501     2,501       

Series J (1)

        

8.00% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A

        

Preferred Stock

   2,150,375     2,150     1,995     155   

Series K (1)

        

7.98% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative

        

Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock

   3,352,000     3,352     2,876     476   

Series L (1)

        

7.50% Non-Cumulative Perpetual

        

Convertible Class A Preferred Stock

   3,968,000     3,968     3,200     768   

 

 

Total

   9,591,931    $11,971     10,572     1,399   

 

 

 

(1)Preferred shares qualify as Tier 1 capital.

 

142


Table of Contents

Note 14: Preferred Stock (continued)

 

 

 

In the first half of 2012, we redeemed $2.7 billion of trust preferred securities. See Note 7 for additional information on our trust preferred securities. We do not have a commitment to issue Series G or H preferred stock.

ESOP CUMULATIVE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK   All shares of our ESOP Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (ESOP Preferred Stock) were issued to a trustee acting on behalf of the Wells Fargo & Company 401(k) Plan (the 401(k) Plan). Dividends on the ESOP Preferred Stock are cumulative from the date of initial issuance and are payable quarterly at annual rates based upon the year of issuance. Each share of ESOP Preferred

Stock released from the unallocated reserve of the 401(k) Plan is converted into shares of our common stock based on the stated value of the ESOP Preferred Stock and the then current market price of our common stock. The ESOP Preferred Stock is also convertible at the option of the holder at any time, unless previously redeemed. We have the option to redeem the ESOP Preferred Stock at any time, in whole or in part, at a redemption price per share equal to the higher of (a) $1,000 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends or (b) the fair market value, as defined in the Certificates of Designation for the ESOP Preferred Stock.

 

 

    
   Shares issued and outstanding     Carrying value   

 

Adjustable

  

   June. 30,     Dec. 31,     June. 30,    Dec. 31,    dividend rate  

(in millions, except shares)

   2012     2011     2012    2011    Minimum    Maximum  

ESOP Preferred Stock

         

$1,000 liquidation preference per share

         

2012

   439,972     -    $440    -    10.00  11.00  

2011

   284,080     370,280     284    370    9.00    10.00  

2010

   203,361     231,361     204    232    9.50    10.50  

2008

   75,154     89,154     75    89    10.50    11.50  

2007

   55,414     68,414     56    69    10.75    11.75  

2006

   35,112     46,112     35    46    10.75    11.75  

2005

   19,092     30,092     19    30    9.75    10.75  

2004

   9,115     17,115     9    17    8.50    9.50  

2003

   -     6,231     -    6    8.50    9.50  

Total ESOP Preferred Stock (1)

   1,121,300     858,759    $1,122    859    

Unearned ESOP shares (2)

  

    $(1,216  (926  
                        

 

(1)At June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, additional paid-in capital included $94 million and $67 million, respectively, related to preferred stock.
(2)We recorded a corresponding charge to unearned ESOP shares in connection with the issuance of the ESOP Preferred Stock. The unearned ESOP shares are reduced as shares of the ESOP Preferred Stock are committed to be released.

 

143


Table of Contents

Note 15: Employee Benefits

 

We sponsor a noncontributory qualified defined benefit retirement plan, the Wells Fargo & Company Cash Balance Plan (Cash Balance Plan), which covers eligible employees of

Wells Fargo; the benefits earned under the Cash Balance Plan were frozen effective July 1, 2009.

The net periodic benefit cost was:

 

 

 

   2012  2011 
   Pension benefits      Pension benefits     
(in millions)  Qualified  Non-
qualified
   Other
benefits
  Qualified  Non-
qualified
   Other
benefits
 

Quarter ended June 30,

   

Service cost

  $1    -     3    2    -     4  

Interest cost

   128    8     15    130    8     18  

Expected return on plan assets

   (163  -     (8  (190  -     (11

Amortization of net actuarial loss

   33    2     -    22    2     -  

Amortization of prior service credit

   -    -     -    -    -     (1

Settlement

   -    5     (1  1    -     -  

Net periodic benefit cost (income)

  $(1  15     9    (35  10     10  

Six months ended June 30,

   

Service cost

  $1    -     6    3    -     7  

Interest cost

   256    16     30    260    17     36  

Expected return on plan assets

   (325  -     (17  (379  -     (21

Amortization of net actuarial loss

   66    5     -    43    4     -  

Amortization of prior service credit

   -    -     (1  -    -     (2

Settlement

   1    5     (1  3    -     -  

Net periodic benefit cost (income)

  $(1  26     17    (70  21     20  

 

144


Table of Contents

Note 16: Earnings Per Common Share

 

 

The table below shows earnings per common share and diluted earnings per common share and reconciles the numerator and denominator of both earnings per common share calculations.

 

 

   
   Quarter ended June 30,   Six months ended June 30, 
(in millions, except per share amounts)  2012   2011   2012   2011 

Wells Fargo net income

  $4,622     3,948     8,870     7,707  

Less:    Preferred stock dividends and other (1)

   219     220     445     409  

Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock (numerator)

  $4,403     3,728     8,425     7,298  

Earnings per common share

        

Average common shares outstanding (denominator)

   5,306.9     5,286.5     5,294.9     5,282.7  

Per share

  $0.83     0.70     1.59     1.38  

Diluted earnings per common share

        

Average common shares outstanding

   5,306.9     5,286.5     5,294.9     5,282.7  

Add:    Stock options

   27.3     24.7     26.5     28.8  

             Restricted share rights

   35.7     20.5     32.9     18.4  

Diluted average common shares outstanding (denominator)

   5,369.9     5,331.7     5,354.3     5,329.9  

Per share

  $0.82     0.70     1.57     1.37  

 

(1)Includes preferred stock dividends of $219 million and $220 million for second quarter 2012 and 2011, respectively, and $439 million and $404 million for the first half of 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

The following table presents the outstanding options and warrants to purchase shares of common stock that were anti-dilutive (the exercise price was higher than the weighted-average market price), and therefore not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per common share.

 

 

  
   Weighted-average shares 
   Quarter ended June 30,   Six months ended June 30, 
(in millions)  2012   2011   2012   2011 

Options

   56.1     175.0     89.6     147.7  

Warrants

   39.2     39.4     39.2     39.4  

 

145


Table of Contents

Note 17: Other Comprehensive Income

 

The components of other comprehensive income (OCI) and the related tax effects were:

 

   
   Quarter ended June 30,  Six months ended June 30, 
   2012  2011  2012  2011 
(in millions)  Before
tax
  Tax
effect
  Net of
tax
  Before
tax
  Tax
effect
  Net of
tax
  Before
tax
  Tax
effect
  Net of
tax
  Before
tax
  Tax
effect
  Net of
tax
 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments:

             

Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period

  $(56  21    (35  5    (2  3    (46  17    (29  29    (11  18  

Reclassification of net gains included in net income

   (10  4    (6  -    -    -    (10  4    (6  -    -    -  

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period

   (66  25    (41  5    (2  3    (56  21    (35  29    (11  18  

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Securities available for sale:

             

Net unrealized gains arising during the period

   831    (316  515    631    (89  542    2,705    (1,020  1,685    1,129    (271  858  

Reclassification of net gains included in net income

   (23  14    (9  (234  88    (146  (249  94    (155  (183  69    (114

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains arising during the period

   808    (302  506    397    (1  396    2,456    (926  1,530    946    (202  744  

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Derivatives and hedging activities:

             

Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period

   (3  (4  (7  141    (52  89    39    (16  23    137    (51  86  

Reclassification of net gains on cash flow hedges included in net income

   (99  37    (62  (157  57    (100  (206  77    (129  (313  117    (196) (1) 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net unrealized losses arising during the period

   (102  33    (69  (16  5    (11  (167  61    (106  (176  66    (110

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Defined benefit plans adjustment:

             

Net actuarial losses arising during the period

   (12  5    (7  (2  1    (1  (17  7    (10  (3  1    (2

Amortization of net actuarial loss and prior service cost included in net income

   40    (16  24    24    (10  14    76    (29  47    48    (18  30  

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net gains arising during the period

   28    (11  17    22    (9  13    59    (22  37    45    (17  28  

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

  $668    (255  413    408    (7  401    2,292    (866  1,426    844    (164  680  

Less:    Other comprehensive income from noncontrolling interests, net of tax

     -      -      4      (4

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Wells Fargo other comprehensive income, net of tax

    $413      401      1,422      684  

 

 

 

(1)Prior period has been revised to correct previously reported amount.

 

146


Table of Contents

Cumulative OCI balances were:

 

      
(in millions)  Translation
adjustments
  Securities
available
for sale
  Derivatives
and
hedging
activities
  Defined
benefit
pension
plans
  Cumulative
other
comprehensive
income
 

Quarter ended June 30, 2012

      

Balance, beginning of period

  $96    5,433    453    (1,766  4,216  

Net change

   (41  506    (69  17    413  

Less:    Other comprehensive income from noncontrolling interests

   -    -    -    -    -  

Balance, end of period

  $55    5,939    384    (1,749  4,629  

Quarter ended June 30, 2011

      

Balance, beginning of period

  $127    5,418    640    (1,164  5,021  

Net change

   3    396    (11  13    401  

Less:    Other comprehensive income from noncontrolling interests

   -    -    -    -    -  

Balance, end of period

  $130    5,814    629    (1,151  5,422  

Six months ended June 30, 2012

      

Balance, beginning of period

  $90    4,413    490    (1,786  3,207  

Net change

   (35  1,530    (106  37    1,426  

Less:    Other comprehensive income from noncontrolling interests

   -    4    -    -    4  

Balance, end of period

  $55    5,939    384    (1,749  4,629  

Six months ended June 30, 2011

      

Balance, beginning of period

  $112    5,066    739    (1,179  4,738  

Net change

   18    744    (110  28    680  

Less:    Other comprehensive income from noncontrolling interests

   -    (4  -    -    (4

Balance, end of period

  $130    5,814    629    (1,151  5,422  

 

147


Table of Contents

Note 18: Operating Segments

 

 

We have three operating segments for management reporting: Community Banking; Wholesale Banking; and Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement. The results for these operating segments are based on our management accounting process, for which there is no comprehensive, authoritative guidance equivalent to GAAP for financial accounting. The management accounting process measures the performance of the operating segments based on our management structure and is not necessarily comparable with similar information for other financial services companies. We define our operating segments by product type and customer segment. If the management structure and/or the allocation process changes, allocations, transfers and assignments may change. In the first quarter 2012, we modified internal funds transfer rates and the allocation of funding. The prior periods have been revised to reflect these changes.

Community Banking offers a complete line of diversified financial products and services to consumers and small businesses with annual sales generally up to $20 million in which the owner generally is the financial decision maker. Community Banking also offers investment management and other services to retail customers and securities brokerage through affiliates. These products and services include the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM, a family of mutual funds. Loan products include lines of credit, auto floor plan lines, equity lines and loans, equipment and transportation loans, education loans, origination and purchase of residential mortgage loans and servicing of mortgage loans and credit cards. Other credit products and financial services available to small businesses and their owners include equipment leases, real estate and other commercial financing, Small Business Administration financing, venture capital financing, cash management, payroll services, retirement plans, Health Savings Accounts, credit cards, and merchant payment processing. Community Banking also offers private label financing solutions for retail merchants across the United States and purchases retail installment contracts from auto dealers in the United States and Puerto Rico. Consumer and business deposit products include checking accounts, savings deposits, market rate accounts, Individual Retirement Accounts, time deposits, global remittance and debit cards.

Community Banking serves customers through a complete range of channels, including traditional banking stores, in-store banking centers, business centers, ATMs, Online and Mobile Banking, andWells Fargo Customer Connection, a 24-hours a day, seven days a week telephone service.

Wholesale Banking provides financial solutions to businesses across the United States with annual sales generally in excess of $20 million and to financial institutions globally. Wholesale Banking provides a complete line of commercial, corporate, capital markets, cash management and real estate banking products and services. These include traditional commercial loans and lines of credit, letters of credit, asset-based lending, equipment leasing, international trade facilities, trade financing, collection services, foreign exchange services, treasury

management, investment management, institutional fixed-income sales, interest rate, commodity and equity risk management, online/electronic products such as the Commercial Electronic Office® (CEO®) portal, insurance, corporate trust fiduciary and agency services, and investment banking services. Wholesale Banking manages customer investments through institutional separate accounts and mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds and Wells Capital Management. Wholesale Banking also supports the CRE market with products and services such as construction loans for commercial and residential development, land acquisition and development loans, secured and unsecured lines of credit, interim financing arrangements for completed structures, rehabilitation loans, affordable housing loans and letters of credit, permanent loans for securitization, CRE loan servicing and real estate and mortgage brokerage services.

Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement provides a full range of financial advisory services to clients using a planning approach to meet each client’s needs. Wealth Management provides affluent and high net worth clients with a complete range of wealth management solutions, including financial planning, private banking, credit, investment management and trust. Abbot Downing (formerly branded as Lowry Hill and Wells Fargo Family Wealth) meets the unique needs of ultra high net worth clients. Brokerage serves customers’ advisory, brokerage and financial needs as part of one of the largest full-service brokerage firms in the United States. Retirement is a national leader in providing institutional retirement and trust services (including 401(k) and pension plan record keeping) for businesses, retail retirement solutions for individuals, and reinsurance services for the life insurance industry.

Otherincludes corporate items (such as integration expenses related to the Wachovia merger) not specific to a business segment and elimination of certain items that are included in more than one business segment.

 

 

148


Table of Contents

Note 18: Operating Segments (continued)

 

 

 

(income/expense in millions,

 

  Community
Banking
   Wholesale
Banking
  

Wealth,
Brokerage

and

Retirement

   Other (1)  Consolidated
Company
 
average balances in billions)  2012   2011   2012   2011  2012   2011   2012  2011  2012   2011 

Quarter ended June 30,

                 

Net interest income (2)

  $7,306     7,390     3,347     2,930    698     697     (314  (339  11,037     10,678  

Provision (reversal of provision)

                 

for credit losses

   1,573     1,916     188     (97  37     62     2    (43  1,800     1,838  

Noninterest income

   5,786     5,215     2,770     2,665    2,273     2,396     (577  (568  10,252     9,708  

Noninterest expense

   7,580     7,412     3,113     2,761    2,376     2,486     (672  (184  12,397     12,475  

Income (loss) before income

                 

tax expense (benefit)

   3,939     3,277     2,816     2,931    558     545     (221  (680  7,092     6,073  

Income tax expense (benefit)

   1,313     1,055     932     998    210     206     (84  (258  2,371     2,001  

Net income (loss) before

                 

noncontrolling interests

   2,626     2,222     1,884     1,933    348     339     (137  (422  4,721     4,072  

Less: Net income from

                 

noncontrolling interests

   91     102     3     20    5     2     -    -    99     124  

Net income (loss) (3)

  $2,535     2,120     1,881     1,913    343     337     (137  (422  4,622     3,948  

Average loans

  $483.9     497.0     270.2     242.9    42.5     43.5     (28.4  (32.1  768.2     751.3  

Average assets

   746.6     747.6     478.4     417.3    160.9     150.7     (64.3  (64.7  1,321.6     1,250.9  

Average core deposits

   586.1     552.0     220.9     190.6    134.2     125.9     (60.6  (61.0  880.6     807.5  

Six months ended June 30,

                 

Net interest income (2)

  $14,632     14,965     6,528     5,648    1,399     1,397     (634  (681  21,925     21,329  

Provision (reversal of provision)

                 

for credit losses

   3,451     3,977     283     37    80     102     (19  (68  3,795     4,048  

Noninterest income

   11,881     10,297     5,622     5,369    4,634     4,850     (1,137  (1,130  21,000     19,386  

Noninterest expense

   15,405     15,034     6,167     5,550    4,923     5,043     (1,105  (419  25,390     25,208  

Income (loss) before income

                 

tax expense (benefit)

   7,657     6,251     5,700     5,430    1,030     1,102     (647  (1,324  13,740     11,459  

Income tax expense (benefit)

   2,606     1,800     1,948     1,860    391     416     (246  (503  4,699     3,573  

Net income (loss) before

                 

noncontrolling interests

   5,051     4,451     3,752     3,570    639     686     (401  (821  9,041     7,886  

Less: Net income (loss) from

                 

noncontrolling interests

   168     151     3     22    -     6     -    -    171     179  

Net income (loss) (3)

  $4,883     4,300     3,749     3,548    639     680     (401  (821  8,870     7,707  

Average loans

  $485.0     502.7     269.4     238.8    42.5     43.1     (28.5  (31.9  768.4     752.7  

Average assets

   742.5     752.1     473.1     408.1    161.4     150.7     (64.7  (64.8  1,312.3     1,246.1  

Average core deposits

   580.7     550.0     220.9     187.7    134.9     125.7     (60.9  (61.2  875.6     802.2  

 

(1)Includes Wachovia integration expenses and the elimination of items that are included in both Community Banking and Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement, largely representing services and products for wealth management customers provided in Community Banking stores.
(2)Net interest income is the difference between interest earned on assets and the cost of liabilities to fund those assets. Interest earned includes actual interest earned on segment assets and, if the segment has excess liabilities, interest credits for providing funding to other segments. The cost of liabilities includes interest expense on segment liabilities and, if the segment does not have enough liabilities to fund its assets, a funding charge based on the cost of excess liabilities from another segment.
(3)Represents segment net income (loss) for Community Banking; Wholesale Banking; and Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement segments and Wells Fargo net income for the consolidated company.

 

149


Table of Contents

Note 19: Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements

 

 

Following are the condensed consolidating financial statements of the Parent and Wells Fargo Financial, Inc. and its owned subsidiaries (WFFI).

 

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Income

      
(in millions)  Parent  WFFI   Other
consolidating
subsidiaries
   Eliminations  Consolidated
Company
 

Quarter ended June 30, 2012

        

Dividends from subsidiaries:

        

Bank

  $3,151    -     -     (3,151  -  

Nonbank

   4    -     -     (4  -  

Interest income from loans

   -    468     8,855     (81  9,242  

Interest income from subsidiaries

   224    -     -     (224  -  

Other interest income

   55    15     3,042     -    3,112  

Total interest income

   3,434    483     11,897     (3,460  12,354  

Deposits

   -    -     443     -    443  

Short-term borrowings

   47    15     155     (197  20  

Long-term debt

   498    106     293     (108  789  

Other interest expense

   5    -     60     -    65  

Total interest expense

   550    121     951     (305  1,317  

Net interest income

   2,884    362     10,946     (3,155  11,037  

Provision for credit losses

   -    117     1,683     -    1,800  

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

   2,884    245     9,263     (3,155  9,237  

Noninterest income

        

Fee income – nonaffiliates

   -    26     5,849     -    5,875  

Other

   225    20     4,301     (169  4,377  

Total noninterest income

   225    46     10,150     (169  10,252  

Noninterest expense

        

Salaries and benefits

   37    14     7,057     -    7,108  

Other

   136    89     5,233     (169  5,289  

Total noninterest expense

   173    103     12,290     (169  12,397  

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) and equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

   2,936    188     7,123     (3,155  7,092  

Income tax expense (benefit)

   (450  67     2,754     -    2,371  

Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

   1,236    -     -     (1,236  -  

Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interests

   4,622    121     4,369     (4,391  4,721  

Less: Net income from noncontrolling interests

   -    -     99     -    99  

Parent, WFFI, Other and Wells Fargo net income (loss)

  $4,622    121     4,270     (4,391  4,622  

Quarter ended June 30, 2011

        

Dividends from subsidiaries:

        

Bank

  $3,103    -     -     (3,103  -  

Nonbank

   88    -     -     (88  -  

Interest income from loans

   -    551     8,886     (76  9,361  

Interest income from subsidiaries

   235    -     -     (235  -  

Other interest income

   57    28     2,938     -    3,023  

Total interest income

   3,483    579     11,824     (3,502  12,384  

Deposits

   -    -     594     -    594  

Short-term borrowings

   60    16     124     (180  20  

Long-term debt

   639    142     359     (131  1,009  

Other interest expense

   2    -     81     -    83  

Total interest expense

   701    158     1,158     (311  1,706  

Net interest income

   2,782    421     10,666     (3,191  10,678  

Provision for credit losses

   -    180     1,658     -    1,838  

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

   2,782    241     9,008     (3,191  8,840  

Noninterest income

        

Fee income – nonaffiliates

   -    24     6,020     -    6,044  

Other

   87    26     3,709     (158  3,664  

Total noninterest income

   87    50     9,729     (158  9,708  

Noninterest expense

        

Salaries and benefits

   (165  23     7,061     -    6,919  

Other

   (218  155     5,777     (158  5,556  

Total noninterest expense

   (383  178     12,838     (158  12,475  

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) and equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

   3,252    113     5,899     (3,191  6,073  

Income tax expense (benefit)

   (30  26     2,005     -    2,001  

Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

   666    -     -     (666  -  

Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interests

   3,948    87     3,894     (3,857  4,072  

Less: Net income from noncontrolling interests

   -    -     124     -    124  

Parent, WFFI, Other and Wells Fargo net income (loss)

  $3,948    87     3,770     (3,857  3,948  

 

150


Table of Contents

Note 19: Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Income

 

(in millions)  Parent  WFFI   Other
consolidating
subsidiaries
   Eliminations  Consolidated
Company
 

Six months ended June 30, 2012

        

Dividends from subsidiaries:

        

Bank

  $6,202    -     -     (6,202  -  

Nonbank

   381    -     -     (381  -  

Interest income from loans

   -    951     17,635     (147  18,439  

Interest income from subsidiaries

   456    -     -     (456  -  

Other interest income

   112    30     6,028     -    6,170  

 

 

Total interest income

   7,151    981     23,663     (7,186  24,609  

 

 

Deposits

   -    -     900     -    900  

Short-term borrowings

   91    29     304     (388  36  

Long-term debt

   1,003    219     612     (215  1,619  

Other interest expense

   8    -     121     -    129  

 

 

Total interest expense

   1,102    248     1,937     (603  2,684  

 

 

Net interest income

   6,049    733     21,726     (6,583  21,925  

Provision for credit losses

   -    282     3,513     -    3,795  

 

 

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

   6,049    451     18,213     (6,583  18,130  

 

 

Noninterest income

        

Fee income – nonaffiliates

   -    53     11,494     -    11,547  

Other

   183    46     9,556     (332  9,453  

 

 

Total noninterest income

   183    99     21,050     (332  21,000  

 

 

Noninterest expense

        

Salaries and benefits

   142    37     14,555     -    14,734  

Other

   222    194     10,572     (332  10,656  

 

 

Total noninterest expense

   364    231     25,127     (332  25,390  

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) and equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

   5,868    319     14,136     (6,583  13,740  

Income tax expense (benefit)

   (561  112     5,148     -    4,699  

Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

   2,441    -     -     (2,441  -  

 

 

Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interests

   8,870    207     8,988     (9,024  9,041  

Less: Net income from noncontrolling interests

   -    -     171     -    171  

 

 

Parent, WFFI, Other and Wells Fargo net income (loss)

  $            8,870    207     8,817     (9,024  8,870  

 

 

Six months ended June 30, 2011

        

Dividends from subsidiaries:

        

Bank

  $4,695    -     -     (4,695  -  

Nonbank

   88    -     -     (88  -  

Interest income from loans

   -    1,129     17,818     (199  18,748  

Interest income from subsidiaries

   543    -     -     (543  -  

Other interest income

   105    57     5,946     -    6,108  

 

 

Total interest income

   5,431    1,186     23,764     (5,525  24,856  

 

 

Deposits

   -    -     1,209     -    1,209  

Short-term borrowings

   165    31     311     (461  46  

Long-term debt

   1,333    309     752     (281  2,113  

Other interest expense

   3    -     156     -    159  

 

 

Total interest expense

   1,501    340     2,428     (742  3,527  

 

 

Net interest income

   3,930    846     21,336     (4,783  21,329  

Provision for credit losses

   -    427     3,621     -    4,048  

 

 

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

   3,930    419     17,715     (4,783  17,281  

 

 

Noninterest income

        

Fee income – nonaffiliates

   -    52     11,866     -    11,918  

Other

   84    50     7,648     (314  7,468  

 

 

Total noninterest income

   84    102     19,514     (314  19,386  

 

 

Noninterest expense

        

Salaries and benefits

   25    50     14,037     -    14,112  

Other

   (65  300     11,175     (314  11,096  

 

 

Total noninterest expense

   (40  350     25,212     (314  25,208  

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) and equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

   4,054    171     12,017     (4,783  11,459  

Income tax expense (benefit)

   (464  41     3,996     -    3,573  

Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

   3,189    -     -     (3,189  -  

 

 

Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interests

   7,707    130     8,021     (7,972  7,886  

Less: Net income from noncontrolling interests

   -    -     179     -    179  

 

 

Parent, WFFI, Other and Wells Fargo net income (loss)

  $7,707    130     7,842     (7,972  7,707  

 

 

 

151


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income

 

(in millions)  Parent  WFFI  Other
consolidating
subsidiaries
  Eliminations  Consolidated
Company
 

Quarter ended June 30, 2012

      

Parent, WFFI, Other and Wells Fargo net income (loss)

  $4,622    121    4,270    (4,391  4,622  

 

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

      

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   -    (35  (21  15    (41

Securities available for sale

   4    -    510    (8  506  

Derivatives and hedging activities

   9    -    (78  -    (69

Defined benefit plans adjustment

   22    (4  (1  -    17  

Equity in other comprehensive income of subsidiaries

   378    -    -    (378  -  

 

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

   413    (39  410    (371  413  

Less: Other comprehensive income from noncontrolling interests

   -    -    -    -    -  

 

 

Parent, WFFI, Other and Wells Fargo other comprehensive income, net of tax

   413    (39  410    (371  413  

 

 

Parent, WFFI, Other and Wells Fargo comprehensive income

   5,035    82    4,680    (4,762  5,035  

Comprehensive income from noncontrolling interests

   -    -    99    -    99  

 

 

Total comprehensive income

  $5,035    82    4,779    (4,762  5,134  

 

 

Quarter ended June 30, 2011

      

Parent, WFFI, Other and Wells Fargo net income (loss)

  $3,948    87    3,770    (3,857  3,948  

 

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

      

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   -    2    1    -    3  

Securities available for sale

   (10  9    397    -    396  

Derivatives and hedging activities

   (24  -    13    -    (11

Defined benefit plans adjustment

   13    -    -    -    13  

Equity in other comprehensive income of subsidiaries

   422    -    -    (422  -  

 

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

   401    11    411    (422  401  

Less: Other comprehensive income from noncontrolling interests

   -    -    -    -    -  

 

 

Parent, WFFI, Other and Wells Fargo other comprehensive income, net of tax

   401    11    411    (422  401  

 

 

Parent, WFFI, Other and Wells Fargo comprehensive income

   4,349    98    4,181    (4,279  4,349  

Comprehensive income from noncontrolling interests

   -    -    124    -    124  

 

 

Total comprehensive income

  $4,349    98    4,305    (4,279  4,473  

 

 

Six months ended June 30, 2012

      

Parent, WFFI, Other and Wells Fargo net income (loss)

  $8,870    207    8,817    (9,024  8,870  

 

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

      

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   -    (29  (6  -    (35

Securities available for sale

   45    (6  1,499    (8  1,530  

Derivatives and hedging activities

   12    -    (118  -    (106

Defined benefit plans adjustment

   43    (2  (4  -    37  

Equity in other comprehensive income of subsidiaries

   1,322    -    -    (1,322  -  

 

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

   1,422    (37  1,371    (1,330  1,426  

Less: Other comprehensive income from noncontrolling interests

   -    -    4    -    4  

 

 

Parent, WFFI, Other and Wells Fargo other comprehensive income, net of tax

   1,422    (37  1,367    (1,330  1,422  

 

 

Parent, WFFI, Other and Wells Fargo comprehensive income

   10,292    170    10,184    (10,354  10,292  

Comprehensive income from noncontrolling interests

   -    -    175    -    175  

 

 

Total comprehensive income

  $10,292    170    10,359    (10,354  10,467  

 

 

Six months ended June 30, 2011

      

Parent, WFFI, Other and Wells Fargo net income (loss)

  $7,707    130    7,842    (7,972  7,707  

 

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

      

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   -    11    7    -    18  

Securities available for sale

   20    10    714    -    744  

Derivatives and hedging activities

   (7  -    (103  -    (110

Defined benefit plans adjustment

   26    1    1    -    28  

Equity in other comprehensive income of subsidiaries

   645    -    -    (645  -  

 

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

   684    22    619    (645  680  

Less: Other comprehensive income from noncontrolling interests

   -    -    (4  -    (4

 

 

Parent, WFFI, Other and Wells Fargo other comprehensive income, net of tax

   684    22    623    (645  684  

 

 

Parent, WFFI, Other and Wells Fargo comprehensive income

   8,391    152    8,465    (8,617  8,391  

Comprehensive income from noncontrolling interests

   -    -    175    -    175  

 

 

Total comprehensive income

  $8,391    152    8,640    (8,617  8,566  

 

 

 

152


Table of Contents

Note 19: Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets

 

(in millions)  Parent   WFFI  Other
consolidating
subsidiaries
  Eliminations  Consolidated
Company
 

June 30, 2012

       

Assets

       

Cash and cash equivalents due from:

       

Subsidiary banks

  $29,447     208    -    (29,655  -  

Nonaffiliates

   42     177    91,227    -    91,446  

Securities available for sale

   2,195     1,716    223,015    (80  226,846  

Mortgages and loans held for sale

   -     -    51,315    -    51,315  

Loans

   6     27,496    766,648    (18,951  775,199  

Loans to subsidiaries:

       

Bank

   3,885     -    -    (3,885  -  

Nonbank

   44,289     -    -    (44,289  -  

Allowance for loan losses

   -     (1,603  (16,717  -    (18,320

 

 

Net loans

   48,180     25,893    749,931    (67,125  756,879  

 

 

Investments in subsidiaries:

       

Bank

   138,665     -    -    (138,665  -  

Nonbank

   18,326     -    -    (18,326  -  

Other assets

   8,153     1,386    201,544    (1,365  209,718  

 

 

Total assets

  $245,008     29,380    1,317,032    (255,216  1,336,204  

 

 

Liabilities and equity

       

Deposits

  $-     -    958,588    (29,655  928,933  

Short-term borrowings

   1,693     16,268    83,134    (45,072  56,023  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

   6,861     1,647    69,684    (1,365  76,827  

Long-term debt

   75,295     9,685    49,048    (9,044  124,984  

Indebtedness to subsidiaries

   13,089     -    -    (13,089  -  

 

 

Total liabilities

   96,938     27,600    1,160,454    (98,225  1,186,767  

 

 

Parent, WFFI, Other and Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity

   148,070     1,780    155,211    (156,991  148,070  

Noncontrolling interests

   -     -    1,367    -    1,367  

 

 

Total equity

   148,070     1,780    156,578    (156,991  149,437  

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

  $245,008     29,380    1,317,032    (255,216  1,336,204  

 

 

December 31, 2011

       

Assets

       

Cash and cash equivalents due from:

       

Subsidiary banks

  $19,312     211    -    (19,523  -  

Nonaffiliates

   30     355    63,422    -    63,807  

Securities available for sale

   7,427     1,670    213,516    -    222,613  

Mortgages and loans held for sale

   -     -    49,695    -    49,695  

Loans

   6     26,735    759,794    (16,904  769,631  

Loans to subsidiaries:

       

Bank

   3,885     -    -    (3,885  -  

Nonbank

   46,987     -    -    (46,987  -  

Allowance for loan losses

   -     (1,775  (17,597  -    (19,372

 

 

Net loans

   50,878     24,960    742,197    (67,776  750,259  

 

 

Investments in subsidiaries:

       

Bank

   135,155     -    -    (135,155  -  

Nonbank

   17,294     -    -    (17,294  -  

Other assets

   7,573     1,255    219,945    (1,280  227,493  

 

 

Total assets

  $237,669     28,451    1,288,775    (241,028  1,313,867  

 

 

Liabilities and equity

       

Deposits

  $-     -    939,593    (19,523  920,070  

Short-term borrowings

   759     15,503    79,682    (46,853  49,091  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

   7,052     1,603    70,290    (1,280  77,665  

Long-term debt

   77,613     9,746    46,914    (8,919  125,354  

Indebtedness to subsidiaries

   12,004     -    -    (12,004  -  

 

 

Total liabilities

   97,428     26,852    1,136,479    (88,579  1,172,180  

 

 

Parent, WFFI, Other and Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity

   140,241     1,599    150,850    (152,449  140,241  

Noncontrolling interests

   -     -    1,446    -    1,446  

 

 

Total equity

   140,241     1,599    152,296    (152,449  141,687  

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

  $        237,669     28,451    1,288,775    (241,028  1,313,867  

 

 

 

153


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows

 

   Six months ended June 30, 
   2012  2011 
(in millions)  Parent  WFFI  Other
consolidating
subsidiaries/
eliminations
  Consolidated
Company
  Parent  WFFI  Other
consolidating
subsidiaries/
eliminations
  Consolidated
Company
 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

         

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $6,285    475    28,621    35,381    7,742    805    20,014    28,561  

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

         

Securities available for sale:

         

Sales proceeds

   5,435    253    2,595    8,283    257    542    18,002    18,801  

Prepayments and maturities

   -    91    30,508    30,599    -    85    20,994    21,079  

Purchases

   (64  (387  (38,202  (38,653  (4,118  (686  (40,321  (45,125

Loans:

         

Loans originated by banking subsidiaries, net of principal collected

   -    (242  (14,184  (14,426  -    (10  (5,793  (5,803

Proceeds from sales (including participations) of loans originated for investment by banking subsidiaries

   -    -    3,612    3,612    -    -    3,492    3,492  

Purchases (including participations) of loans by banking subsidiaries

   -    -    (7,584  (7,584  -    -    (2,277  (2,277

Principal collected on nonbank entities’ loans

   -    3,446    8,642    12,088    -    5,455    88    5,543  

Loans originated by nonbank entities

   -    (2,737  (8,279  (11,016  -    (3,988  -    (3,988

Net repayments from (advances to) subsidiaries

   2,743    (397  (2,346  -    (186  25    161    -  

Capital notes and term loans made to subsidiaries

   (1,325  (1,506  2,831    -    (1,340  -    1,340    -  

Principal collected on notes/loans made to subsidiaries

   1,280    -    (1,280  -    3,178    -    (3,178  -  

Net decrease (increase) in investment in subsidiaries

   (767  -    767    -    (117  -    117    -  

Net cash paid for acquisitions

   -    -    (4,075  (4,075  -    -    -    -  

Other, net

   2    43    (26,592  (26,547  14    37    (2,036  (1,985

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided (used) by investing activities

   7,304    (1,436  (53,587  (47,719  (2,312  1,460    (9,411  (10,263

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

         

Net change in:

         

Deposits

   -    -    8,860    8,860    -    -    5,693    5,693  

Short-term borrowings

   858    765    4,924    6,547    (432  1,497    (2,506  (1,441

Long-term debt:

         

Proceeds from issuance

   13,164    1,506    2,463    17,133    3,847    513    2,342    6,702  

Repayment

   (14,024  (1,491  (3,606  (19,121  (11,363  (4,228  (6,100  (21,691

Preferred stock:

         

Proceeds from issuance

   -    -    -    -    2,501    -    -    2,501  

Cash dividends paid

   (439  -    -    (439  (404  -    -    (404

Common stock:

         

Proceeds from issuance

   1,311    -    -    1,311    801    -    -    801  

Repurchased

   (2,101  -    -    (2,101  (1,072  -    -    (1,072

Cash dividends paid

   (2,336  -    -    (2,336  (1,269  -    -    (1,269

Excess tax benefits related to stock option payments

   125    -    -    125    64    -    -    64  

Net change in noncontrolling interests

   -    -    (270  (270  -    (11  (156  (167

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided (used) by financing activities

   (3,442  780    12,371    9,709    (7,327  (2,229  (727  (10,283

 

  

 

 

 

Net change in cash and due from banks

   10,147    (181  (12,595  (2,629  (1,897  36    9,876    8,015  

Cash and due from banks at beginning of period

   19,342    566    (468  19,440    30,249    366    (14,571  16,044  

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks at end of period

  $29,489    385    (13,063  16,811    28,352    402    (4,695  24,059  

 

 

 

154


Table of Contents

Note 20: Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements

 

 

The Company and each of its subsidiary banks are subject to regulatory capital adequacy requirements promulgated by federal regulatory agencies. The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements, including well capitalized standards, for the consolidated financial holding company, and the OCC has similar requirements for the Company’s national banks, including Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

We do not consolidate our wholly-owned trust (the Trust) formed solely to issue trust preferred and preferred purchase securities (the Securities). Securities issued by the Trust includable in Tier 1 capital were $4.8 billion at June 30, 2012. Since December 31, 2011, we have redeemed $2.7 billion of trust preferred securities. Under applicable regulatory capital guidelines issued by bank regulatory agencies, upon notice of redemption, the redeemed trust preferred securities no longer qualify as Tier 1 Capital for the Company. This redemption is

consistent with the Capital Plan the Company submitted to the Federal Reserve Board and the actions the Company previously announced on March 13, 2012.

Certain subsidiaries of the Company are approved seller/servicers, and are therefore required to maintain minimum levels of shareholders’ equity, as specified by various agencies, including the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development, GNMA, FHLMC and FNMA. At June 30, 2012, each seller/servicer met these requirements. Certain broker-dealer subsidiaries of the Company are subject to SEC Rule 15c3-1 (the Net Capital Rule), which requires that we maintain minimum levels of net capital, as defined. At June 30, 2012, each of these subsidiaries met these requirements.

The following table presents regulatory capital information for Wells Fargo & Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

 

 

 

 

 

   Wells Fargo & Company   Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.   Well-   Minimum 
(in billions, except ratios)  June 30,
2012
  Dec. 31,
2011
   June 30,
2012
   Dec. 31,
2011
   capitalized
ratios (1)
   capital
ratios (1)
 

 

 

Regulatory capital:

           

Tier 1

  $117.9    114.0     93.8     92.6      

Total

   149.8    148.5     116.9     117.9      

Assets:

           

Risk-weighted

  $1,008.6    1,005.6     927.1     923.2      

Adjusted average (2)

   1,274.2    1,262.6     1,132.8     1,115.4      

Capital ratios:

           

Tier 1 capital

   11.69   11.33     10.11     10.03     6.00     4.00  

Total capital

   14.85    14.76     12.61     12.77     10.00     8.00  

Tier 1 leverage (2)

   9.25    9.03     8.28     8.30     5.00     4.00  

 

 

 

(1)As defined by the regulations issued by the Federal Reserve, OCC and FDIC.
(2)The leverage ratio consists of Tier 1 capital divided by quarterly average total assets, excluding goodwill and certain other items. The minimum leverage ratio guideline is 3% for banking organizations that do not anticipate significant growth and that have well-diversified risk, excellent asset quality, high liquidity, good earnings, effective management and monitoring of market risk and, in general, are considered top-rated, strong banking organizations.

 

155


Table of Contents

Glossary of Acronyms

 

 

ACL

  Allowance for credit losses

ALCO

  Asset/Liability Management Committee

ARM

  Adjustable-rate mortgage

ARS

  Auction rate security

ASC

  Accounting Standards Codification

ASU

  Accounting Standards Update

AVM

  Automated valuation model

BCBS

  Basel Committee on Bank Supervision

BHC

  Bank holding company

CCAR

  Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review

CD

  Certificate of deposit

CDO

  Collateralized debt obligation

CLO

  Collateralized loan obligation

CLTV

  Combined loan-to-value

CPP

  Capital Purchase Program

CPR

  Constant prepayment rate

CRE

  Commercial real estate

DOJ

  United States Department of Justice

DPD

  Days past due

ESOP

  Employee Stock Ownership Plan

FAS

  Statement of Financial Accounting Standards

FASB

  Financial Accounting Standards Board

FDIC

  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

FFELP

  Federal Family Education Loan Program

FHA

  Federal Housing Administration

FHFA

  Federal Housing Finance Agency

FHLB

  Federal Home Loan Bank

FHLMC

  Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation

FICO

  Fair Isaac Corporation (credit rating)

FNMA

  Federal National Mortgage Association

FRB

  Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System

GAAP

  Generally accepted accounting principles

GNMA

  Government National Mortgage Association

GSE

  Government-sponsored entity

G-SIB

  Globally systemic important bank

HAMP

  Home Affordability Modification Program

HPI

  Home Price Index

HUD

  Department of Housing and Urban Development

IFRS

  International Financial Reporting Standards

LHFS

  Loans held for sale

LIBOR

  London Interbank Offered Rate

LOCOM

  Lower of cost or market value

LTV

  Loan-to-value

MBS

  Mortgage-backed security

MHA

  Making Home Affordable programs

MHFS

  Mortgages held for sale

MSR

  Mortgage servicing right

MTN

  Medium-term note

NAV

  Net asset value

NPA

  Nonperforming asset

OCC

  Office of the Comptroller of the Currency

OCI

  Other comprehensive income

OTC

  Over-the-counter

OTTI

  Other-than-temporary impairment

PCI Loans

  Purchased credit-impaired loans

PTPP

  Pre-tax pre-provision profit

RBC

  Risk-based capital

ROA

  Wells Fargo net income to average total assets

ROE

  Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock to average Wells Fargo common stockholders’ equity

SEC

  Securities and Exchange Commission

S&P

  Standard & Poor’s

SPE

  Special purpose entity

TARP

  Troubled Asset Relief Program

TDR

  Troubled debt restructuring

VA

  Department of Veterans Affairs

VaR

  Value-at-risk

VIE

  Variable interest entity

WFCC

  Wells Fargo Canada Corporation

WFFI

  Wells Fargo Financial, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries
 

 

156


Table of Contents

PART II – OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 1.Legal Proceedings

Information in response to this item can be found in Note 11 (Legal Actions) to Financial Statements in this Report which information is incorporated by reference into this item.

 

Item 1A.Risk Factors

Information in response to this item can be found under the “Financial Review – Risk Factors” section in this Report which information is incorporated by reference into this item.

 

Item 2.Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

The following table shows Company repurchases of its common stock for each calendar month in the quarter ended June 30, 2012.

 

Calendar month  Total number
of shares
repurchased (1)
   Weighted-average
price paid per share
   Maximum number of
shares that may yet
be purchased under
the authorizations
 

April

   275,904    $            33.72     109,385,710  

May (2)

   18,371,127     32.05     91,014,583  

June

   34,703,056     31.39     56,311,527  

Total

   53,350,087      

 

 

 

(1)All shares were repurchased under an authorization covering up to 200 million shares of common stock approved by the Board of Directors and publicly announced by the Company on March 18, 2011. Unless modified or revoked by the Board, this authorization does not expire.
(2)Includes 10,823,038 shares at a weighted-average price paid per share of $32.34 repurchased in a private transaction.

The following table shows Company repurchases of the warrants for each calendar month in the quarter ended June 30, 2012.

 

    
Calendar month  Total number
of warrants
repurchased (1)
   Average price
paid per warrant
   

Maximum dollar value
of warrants that

may yet be purchased

 

April

   -    $                -     452,547,853  

May

   -     -     452,547,853  

June

   35,210     8.32     452,254,979  

Total

   35,210      

 

 

 

(1)Warrants are purchased under the authorization covering up to $1 billion in warrants approved by the Board of Directors (ratified and approved on June 22, 2010). Unless modified or revoked by the Board, authorization does not expire.

 

157


Table of Contents
Item 6.Exhibits

A list of exhibits to this Form 10-Q is set forth on the Exhibit Index immediately preceding such exhibits and is incorporated herein by reference.

The Company’s SEC file number is 001-2979. On and before November 2, 1998, the Company filed documents with the SEC under the name Norwest Corporation. The former Wells Fargo & Company filed documents under SEC file number 001-6214.

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

Dated: August 7, 2012  WELLS FARGO & COMPANY
  By: /s/ RICHARD D. LEVY
   Richard D. Levy
   

Executive Vice President and Controller

(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

158


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  

Location

3(a)  Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and in effect on the date hereof.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(a) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.
3(b)  By-Laws.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 28, 2011.
4(a)  See Exhibits 3(a) and 3(b).  
4(b)  The Company agrees to furnish upon request to the Commission a copy of each instrument defining the rights of holders of senior and subordinated debt of the Company.  
12(a)  Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges:  Filed herewith.

 

     Quarter ended
June 30,
     

Six months ended

June 30,

       
 

 

    

 

 

     
    2012     2011      2012     2011      
 

 

     
 Including interest on deposits   5.99     4.31      5.75     4.04      
 

 

Excluding interest on deposits

   8.29     5.94      7.93     5.51      
 

 

     

 

12(b)          Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends:  Filed herewith.

 

     Quarter ended
June 30,
     

Six months ended

June 30,

       
 

 

    

 

 

     
    2012     2011      2012     2011      
 

 

     
 Including interest on deposits   4.84     3.64      4.64     3.48      
 

 

Excluding interest on deposits

   6.16     4.66      5.88     4.44      
 

 

     

 

159


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

 

Description

  

Location

   
31(a) Certification of principal executive officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  Filed herewith.  
31(b) Certification of principal financial officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  Filed herewith.  
32(a) Certification of Periodic Financial Report by Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and 18 U.S.C. § 1350.  Furnished herewith.  
32(b) Certification of Periodic Financial Report by Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and 18 U.S.C. § 1350.  Furnished herewith.  
101 XBRL Instance Document  Filed herewith.  
101 XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document  Filed herewith.  
101 XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document  Filed herewith.  
101 XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document  Filed herewith.  
101 XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document  Filed herewith.  
101 XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definitions Linkbase Document  Filed herewith.  

 

160